Preface
Ever since the assessment and accreditation by NAAC in 2002, Barrackpore
Rastraguru Surendranath Collegeis the first college outside the Kolkata and the second
college in West Bengal which is submitting the Self Study report for Re-accreditation.
In the first assessment, the college was awarded ‘B’ grade with 73.13 percent of
marks. The NAAC Peer Team gave some individual suggestion and guidelines in their
Recommendation Report. Those suggestions and Recommendations gave a new
dimension and imputes to the forward march of our institution. During the last five years
we have tried out best to develop our institution with all the stakeholders of the college.
The Self Study Report is given in two (2) Volumes. Volume one contains
Institutional Data consisting of Profile of the College, Criterion wise Inputs, Profile of the
Departments and Volume two contains Executive Summary, Criterion wise Evaluative
Report and Evaluation report of the Departments.
During the preparation of Self Study Report, we have to collect individual wise,
Department wise and Institutional wise. In this regard, cooperative and assistances from
all the stakeholders are gratefully acknowledged.
I
While presenting our Self Study Report in connection with the Re-accreditation of Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College, Barrackpore, 24 Parganas (North), West Bengal. I would like to quote from a Bengali Poem, written by Rabindranath Tagore to express the feeling for our quest for excellence, the vision of the college as:
“ Je Nodee Haraae Sroat Cholite Na Paare Sahasra Shaibal Daam Baandhe Asi Taare”
i.e. if the river stop flowing, it becomes covered by moss. If we want to project our country as knowledge economy we should not compromise on quality, the elixir of higher education. Quality higher education leads to human capital formation with higher productivity which can bring about higher economic growth we are striving for. Actually, we are cultivating, producing and disseminating knowledge in the institutions of higher education. It is a continuous process as we are striving for enhancement of knowledge through research activities in various fields and improvement in intellect and thought.
We all know that change is the only constant in nature and we have to mould ourselves accordingly.
During the last five years we acted upon different criteria as follow: Curricular Aspects:
To facilitate vertical progression of our students we have introduced Four PG courses on autonomous basis since 2004.
To increase horizontal mobility of students three new courses at the UG level have been introduced during the last five years.
Four value added courses have been introduced to make the students globally competent and help them building their careers.
At present, the college runs 26 UG programmes, Four PG programmes and six Value Added Programmes.
College is offering sufficient Academic Flexibility Well thought curricula have been designed on the basis of the feedback from
different stakeholders. Teaching- Learning and Evaluation: So far as teaching–learning process is concerned we have given utmost importance on it.
Executive Summary
II
Admission process is transparent and totally computerised. Students can avail of the opportunity of admission through Internet by Online Submission.
Access and Equity: During the last five years there has been an increase in the number of students by almost 12%. The increase in the girls students is significant and it is now ~60% of the students population representing gender balance. 45% of the students are coming from the families whose monthly income is less than Rs. 5000/-and SC and ST students are given their due share as per Government norms.
Monitoring the performance of the teachers, students and non-teaching staff is unique in this college. Daily basis performance appraisal of teachers is maintained which had been appreciated by the previous peer members during last visit. This unique feature is still sustained.
Multi-cornered feedback mechanism has been emphasised and it is being used for reforms and developments. Feedback from the students in this college was started before the prescription given by the Peer members. This is also a special feature of this college and this is updated and sincerely maintained.
Number of faculty members increased from 46 to 85. Besides, 56 Part time- management Appointee teachers have been appointed leading to improve the teachers: student ratio.
Appointment procedure is very transparent and Teacher Quality is very high. Some Guest Teachers from different Universities and institute of repute like
ISI, IACS, Bose Institute etc are invited to impart quality teaching at the PG level and UG level.
Number of Non-teaching staff increased from 47 to 57 for better support services.
The success rate at the end level examination of the University of Calcutta is almost 100% during the last five years. Students getting 1st class marks in absolute number and in percentage are increasing.
The percentage of college students getting 1st class marks is more than the University average of the same. A good number of our students are rank holders in the University’s merit list.
From the analysis of the result of the University of Calcutta it is seen that the college obtains the top position compared to the colleges of the neighbourhood area i.e. in the North 24 Parganas District and the college
III
occupies a place in the top 10 colleges among the affiliated college to the University of Calcutta.
This has been possible through continuous evaluation of the students. Research, Consultancy and Extension: A Research Monitoring Cell has been formed to motivate the teachers and
postgraduate students to engage themselves in research and project works. Around fifty percent of the teachers are engaged in direct research and
number of publications by the faculty is reasonably high. College is funding at present for six Minor Research Projects. Career Development cell is participating in consultancy and generating
resource. College has developed a strong culture of its NCC & NSS activities. Extensive community services through Thalassaemia Eradication,
Voluntary Blood Donors Club, Adoption of a Municipal Ward are the commitments towards society.
The College has set up a number of collaboration with different organizations of national and international repute like Indian Red Cross Society, IGNOU, IACS etc.
Infrastructure and Learning Resources: To ensure quality in education we have to emphasise on Capacity Building encompassing options. Physical infrastructure has been more than doubled from 60000.sq. ft. to
125000 sq. ft. Number of computer increased from 32 to 160 leading to ratio 1:35 Up gradation of computers with latest versions. Number of LCD projectors increased from 01 to 09 and Internet node
developed up to 78 to encourage ICT. Number of library book increased from 22000 to 31000; Number of Journals increased from 08 to 40 including e-journals. Library space increased from 4000 sq. ft. to 10000 sq. ft. Open Access of Library from 2003 with Uninterrupted Internet Service. Girls’ Hostel has been set up. Sincere efforts for Good House Keeping; Optimal utilisation of the
Infrastructure. Availability of sport coaching in the college ground, improved Canteen and
Sanitary facility.
IV
Arrangement of separate office space for each department as recommended by Peer members.
Student Support: System of monitoring student progression through different mechanism. To aware the students of the dignity of labour on the one hand and enthuse
the financially challenged students to pursue their studies on the other, college promote the “Earn and Learn” programme and ‘Art Exhibition’ programme.
On average every year 12% students are receiving Merit and Means Fund. Accidental Insurance benefits up to Rs. 22000/-has been arranged to the
students for the treatment. Coaching facility for Football, Cricket, Athletes and Gymnasium has been
introduced since 2004-2005. Special Diet for the sportsmen is arranged since 2005-06.
Health facilities are provided to students through Health Centre, Health Awareness Programme and Students’ Health Home.
Mass Participation of students in Cultural Competition, Sports activity (both Indoor & Out door); Publication of Wall and Printed Magazine.
Introduction of Placement Cell since 2004-05, with effective student counselling services.
Participation of students in different academic and administrative bodies. Effective support from the Alumni through its registered association. Effective safety measures for students and college assets.
Governance and Leadership: The governance and leadership role of the college as well as the Principal is being felt in collegiating the teachers, students, non-teaching member, Alumni, Society persons. Operation of Decentralisation and Participative Management with functioning
of different committees. Special drive for recruitment of teachers and non teaching staff and required
training for them to improve the teacher- taught ratio and support services. Strict Observance of Govt. Rules in Recruitment Procedure. Resource generation increased to 2.5 fold during last five years and its
optimal utilisation for academic growth. Maintenance of Up to date & Regular Internal and External Audit Mechanism.
V
The college is free from Ragging, Agitation, Sexual harassment and any bias towards any caste, creed and religion.
The college is providing financial support during emergency to its staff members through registered Staff Cooperative Credit Society.
Innovative Practices: Working of the ‘Internal Quality Assurance Cell’ as a quality assurance
system. The college administration maintains regular contact with Guardians, Alumni
and Society Person, which was pointed out by the earlier Peer members and has been retained during the last five years.
‘The team work to raise the academic standard of the college is impressive’ – an observation of the previous Peer members which is still operated effectively.
The roles of Students’ Union are commendable for the development of the college. Students are so motivated that Students’ Union is often contributing from their fund towards college development. This year they contributed Rs. 80,000/- for the purchase of library books and Rs. 20000/- for purchase of sports gears.
The Teachers’ Council’s roles are praiseworthy for the development of the college. It is also contributing monthly to generate a fund from which the needy students are offered financial help.
Rainwater Harvesting as a model of recharging and ecological balance is a major step taken by the college.
Generation of funds by the students through Micro-saving boxes are used for community services.
At the end we would like to say that all the activities in different criteria are being channelised in our journey for the quest for excellence. Regarding Internal Quality Assurance and Inclusive Practices, let me allow to quote here from a poem written by American Poet Elia Wheeler Wilcox
“One ship sails east and another west While the self-same breezes blow
‘T is the set of the sail And not the gail
That bids then where to go.” Yes, we believe, we can.
1
Part II: Evaluative Report Criterion I: Curricular Aspects
1.1.1 State the vision and mission of the institution, and how it is communicated
to the students, teachers, staff and other stakeholders?
The vision, mission and objectives of Barrackpore Rastraguru
Surendranath College are stated below:
VISION:
To make the college a centre of excellence and an institution of national
acclaim.
MISSION:
1.To ensure and sustain Quality in education.
2.To provide value based and value added education with a view to
instilling self-confidence among the students.
3.To inject energy and vigour among our youth and help them to learn,
grow and evolve so that their dreams come true.
4.To make our students socially committed and adaptable to global
changes.
OBJECTIVES:
1.Advancement of learning accompanied by modern teaching aids.
2.Provision of need based higher education to cope up with the changing
requirements of the society.
3.Attainment of excellence through academics.
The resolution adopted by the Founder Members in the meeting
dated 27th July, 1953 also corroborates our mission, vision and
objectives of today, is annexed (annexure no. 1.1)
1.1 Curriculum Design and Development
2
The vision, mission and objectives of the institution are
communicated to the students, teachers, non-teaching staff and other
stakeholders through
1 Distribution of prospectus to the students.
2 Website: www.brsnc.com [website has been opened in 2001 in the first
phase (http://education.vsnl.net/brsc) and it has been revised and
replaced in 2004 by the present web site and is updated at regular
intervals]
Record shows that from June 2008 the college website was used by
10000 (approx) number of viewers till date.
3 Discussions in the meetings and workshops of the Teachers’ Council,
Non-teaching staff, Students and Parent-Teacher Association
through power point presentation.
4 Interaction with Society Persons e.g., Local Physicians, Local
Municipal Councillors & Chairmen, Local Academic Personalities,
Head of the Institutions of the Sub divisional Schools, MLA, M.P.
5 Sending Annual reports to the Higher Education Department,
University, and other departments of the Govt. of W.B., University
Grants Commission and the NAAC.
1.1.2 How does the mission statement reflect the institution’s distinctive characteristics in terms of addressing the needs of the society, the students it seeks to serve, institution’s traditions and value orientation?
Education is not only the transfer of knowledge to the next
generation but also ignition of their quest for new knowledge and
experience. The college is trying its best to inculcate this spirit among the
students since its inception keeping in mind its broad vision, mission and
objectives.
Providing quality education, maintenance of overall discipline –
administrative, academic and financial - sincere devotion to the cause of
true education with utmost accountability of teachers, staff and students
3
towards society and social auditing by the stakeholders of higher education
are the distinctive characteristics of our institution. This is aimed to achieve
the mission enshrined in our vision, which the founder members of this
college visualised as the changing requirements of education with the
change of time. Initially, it was an intermediate college for girls and
subsequently feeling the pulse of the locality it was turned into a co-
education degree college. Being forced by the financial requirements of the
families evicted from their erstwhile motherland due to partition of Bengal
the youth had to engage themselves in various jobs in this industrial belt at
the cost of their hopes for higher education. Sensing that the youth of the
locality could not avail of higher education because they were faced to be
bread earners, the then Governing Body introduced the Undergraduate
course in the evening section, thus enabling the employed youth to improve
their educational status. This single step helped them enormously in
getting better placement in their respective jobs or vertical progression
of their careers. This is a unique example of serving the dual needs of
the society in general and the students in particular. So it can be said
that the college is not only a seat of higher learning but it can also
efficiently accommodate the ever-changing scenario of higher education
with the passage of time.
Following the same tradition of the college established by our
predecessors we felt the need of introducing new subjects without
marginalizing the traditional ones in the last decade of twentieth century
and beginning of the twenty-first century. The following courses were
introduced at UG and PG level:
1 Opening up of the New Courses e.g., Computer Science, Journalism
& Mass Communication, Microbiology, Bachelor of Business
Administration, Psychology, Film Studies, Food & Nutrition,
Electronics Science, Sociology etc.
4
2 Opening up of the New Post Graduate Courses e.g., Computer
Science, Microbiology, Accounts, Finance and Control, Marketing
Management.
In order to hone the skills of our students we have emphasised and
introduced some value added courses like
1 Communicative English
2 Personality and Soft Skill Development
3 Computer Literacy
4 Training Programme e.g., School Service Commission, MAT,
Combined Examination,
5 BPO Services,
6 Hardware & Networking.
To make the students socially committed and to inculcate values
among them and to promote social justice and good citizenship, National
Service Scheme (NSS) and National Cadets Corps (NCC) have been
implemented with the involvement of students. As part of these activities
the college has been organising a host of outreach programmes for the
benefit of the surrounding community. The programmes are organised in
association with different societies and bodies such as Voluntary Blood
Donors Club, Holding of Blood Donation Camp with B. N. Bose
Hospital, Awareness campaigning for Anti-AIDS/HIV with
Thoughtshop Foundation an NGO, Health Awareness with Physicians,
Earn & Learn, National Integration camp, Army Attachment Camp,
All Indian Gujarat Trek Camp with 48 Bengal Battalion, NCC. These
will definitely add value to the quality of our students. In appreciation of
the present day needs we organise classes to instil values among the
students so that they can grow up with fresh minds to preserve the
constitutional obligations of maintaining democratic, secular and
socialistic norms in the society in which they live. We also lay stress on
5
building a healthy body and mind by introducing the 17-Unit Gymnasium,
different outdoor and indoor games and sports, and cultural activities. All
these activities are directed to preserve the tradition of the college along
with the orientation of established values in the society.
The College has set up a ‘Centre for Thalassaemia Eradication’
with the assistance of the Indian Red Cross Society (Barrackpore
Branch), which is perhaps the first of its kind in the state as well as in the
country.
1.1.3 Are the academic programmes in line with the institution’s goals and objectives? If yes, give details on how the curricula developed / adopted, address the needs of the society and have relevance to the regional / national and global trends and developmental needs? (Access to the Disadvantaged, Equity, Self development, Community and National Development, Ecology and environment, Value orientation, Employment, ICT introduction, Global and National demands and so on)
1.1.3 The College has initiated and introduced different academic
programmes in line with the institution’s goals and objectives.
The founder members of our college have set the goal - To make the
college a centre of excellence and an institution of national acclaim and to
achieve the goal the following objectives have been taken into
consideration:
• Advancement of learning accompanied by modern teaching aids.
• Provision of need based higher education to cope with the changing
requirements of the society.
• Attainment of excellence through academics.
Guided by the goals and objectives, the founder members had
established this college in 1953 at Intermediate level for girls with the
affiliation of the University of Calcutta. Subsequently, feeling the local
needs of the society the college was upgraded to the degree level with the
provision of co-education. Due to partition of Bengal and influx of families
from the East Bengal, the management body extended the degree course in
the evening shift with the permission from University of Calcutta in order
6
to satisfy the demands for higher education of the local youth and to help
them to be better placed in different jobs. The college in this way has acted
as not only a seat of higher learning but also has tried to introduce different
academic programmes consistent with the institution’s goals and objectives.
With the emerging needs of the society the college has introduced
New Courses e.g., Computer Science, Journalism & Mass
Communication, Microbiology, Bachelor of Business Administration,
Psychology, Film Studies, Food & Nutrition, Electronic Science,
Sociology etc at the Undergraduate level and new Post graduate
courses in Computer Science, Microbiology, Accounts, Finance and
Control, Marketing Management.
The syllabi of these courses at the undergraduate level have
been framed by the University of the Calcutta and we have to accept
these syllabi as an affiliated college. The University of Calcutta revises
the syllabi of different subjects from time to time with the
consideration of the needs of the society, relevance to regional /
national /global trends, availability of new technologies, value
orientation etc. The basic objectives for the revision of syllabi at
the undergraduate level by the University of Calcutta are the
tremendous developments in various fields of study, availability of
sophisticated instrumental techniques, turning the Indian youth a
skilful and productive manpower, so that they can contribute to
national development and to achieve global competencies.
The syllabi of different subjects have been revised with a view to
acquainting the students with fundamental basic concepts and
methodologies of different subjects and to orient them towards the
applied fields in all subjects as far as practicable.
Academic programmes in different subjects are developed and adopted
with the following considerations:
7
Needs of the Society - Microbiology is the base of other branches
of life sciences such as Genetic engineering; Biotechnology, Molecular
Biology, Genomics, Proteomics etc and the emerging scientific research on
these fields are partly dependent on microbiology.
A large number of affiliated UG colleges teach Honours in
Microbiology but the intake capacity in Microbiology at PG level of
Calcutta University was too meagre compared to the number of Honours
graduate students passing out with high first class marks. A good number of
students were deprived of the opportunity to pursue masters degree. For
this reason the department of Microbiology of this college opened the PG
course on an autonomous basis affiliated to Calcutta University. The
department initially adopted the curricula designed by the University of
Calcutta. Subsequently the curriculum was revised as per the needs of
the society.
It’s a fact well known that studies in Computer Science came rather
late to the Eastern region. When Calcutta University brought in Computer
Science as a subject in its curriculum in the early 90’s, Barrackpore
Rastraguru Surendranath College was among the forerunners to introduce
the said course at the UG level. Global demands for training and
employability, our objectives of need based higher education, fostering
global competencies among the students through the promotion of
modern technology and providing opportunities for vertical progression of
our graduates are some of the reasons for the opening of PG course in
computer science in our college. This was seconded by the University of
Calcutta through extension of PG courses in colleges on autonomous
basis.
Limited scope for admission to PG course due to seat restriction at
the University level, absence of vertical progression of the students having
Marketing Management at the UG level, widened scope of Accounts,
8
Finance and Control and Marketing Management as specializations with
ample opportunity for employment due to expanded market economy
facilitated us to start the PG courses of commerce.
Provision For Employment of The Students – syllabi have been
redesigned introducing current aspects of medical microbiology and
bioinformatics including genomics and proteomics which is relevant to
drug designing. It is so done that the students passing out with
microbiology can work in the pharmaceuticals industry and other
laboratories as per the industries’ demand.
M.Sc. in Computer Science in our college has been introduced
considering the employment prospects in IT Industries at the national &
global level, different public sector organizations (Railways, Financial
Sectors, Land & Land Revenue Offices, Telephones) and other
Government offices (Webel) and teaching in schools and colleges.
The curricula in Postgraduate courses in commerce have been
designed keeping the employability of the students in mind. The two
specialisations, namely Accounts, Finance and Control and Marketing
Management have opened up opportunities for jobs for the commerce
students in the fields of Business, Commerce, Trade, Industries, Bank,
Insurance, and Management etc.
Matching With Current Research – Relevant to current emerging
research in different fields of life sciences, Molecular Biology, Genomics,
Proteomics, Biotechnology, Industrial & Agricultural Microbiology,
Microbial cell biology with adequate practical trainings have been
introduced in the new curriculum.
The computer science syllabus has been revised with a view to
emphasise modern technological development relevant to current research
work like VLSI (very large scale integration), image processing, and
pattern etc. The course has been designed considering the global industrial
9
needs and market potential. The languages like JAVA, Rational Rose have
been introduced in the syllabus so also new trends in developments in
Algorithm. The Department of Commerce has included new topics
consistent with the current research in Financial market, Accounts and
Marketing management.
Keeping Ecological And Environmental Aspects In View –
Relevant to the application of microbes in Bioremediation removal of toxic
and heavy metals in environment is done.
Fitting With The Development of Entrepreneurial Ability – The
students learning with these curricula can participate in making alcohol
fermentation and designing instruments.
The course in Computer Science at Postgraduate level has been
designed with consideration of the specific qualities demanded by
employers.
The Computer Science department has been enriched from the
feedback of employers of our students who have passed out from the
department. It is learnt that the employers look for some specific qualities
from the students such as ability to adopt oneself to latest technology, to
learn quickly, readiness of mind, constant learning to match the global
trends and ability to communicate. Accordingly the department has taken
initiatives to train and mould the students in order to develop
entrepreneurial ability. The students can develop the skills for software
consultancy with JAVA, visual basic, oracle, SQL server etc, web page
designing, database management, and services related to hardware network.
The course designers of M.Com has taken special care to include
papers on Organisational Behaviour, Labour Laws, and Business Taxation
etc to equip students with the basics of entrepreneurship development.
Further, the department also holds seminars on Entrepreneurship
10
Development to help students in selecting business areas that can prove
beneficial with small investments.
1.1.4 How does the curriculum cater to inclusion/integration of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in the curriculum, for equipping the students to compete in the global employment markets
1.1.4 The curriculum caters to inclusion/integration of Information and
Communication Technology (ICT) through introduction of Digital Class
room/ virtual classroom / seminar room with Internet connection and
other devices like, visualizer, sensor, microprocessors, circuit design
and software, LCD Projector and OHP.
Digital classroom facility with Internet connection is widely used in the
department of Microbiology, Computer Science, PG Commerce,
Geography, Chemistry etc.
Information and Communication Technology (ICT) is used to train the
students in searching online information in various fields of microbiology
and related areas of life sciences. Students get the scope to search
different databases like Medline, blast search etc., to compare and analyse
the genome sequences of related microorganisms. These tools also enable
them to predict and determine protein structure and function and this
knowledge can be applied in targeted drug delivery and also in drug
designing in pharmaceutical sectors. The department of Computer
Science has introduced courses on Java, Networking & operating
system with use of e-book in classroom teaching, both theoretical and
practical, and LAN in the laboratory.
The curricula of Accounts, Finance and Control (AFCM) & Marketing
Management (MRMM) introduce project work and practical classes on
the use of the software package of accounts e.g., Tally.
The students regularly use the advantage of Information and
11
Communication Technology (ICT) in preparing their project reports,
seminar lectures, online questionnaire solving, power point
presentation of self-created contents, group discussions on some article
of some online journals etc. The course design of M.Com. has taken care
to include papers on computers involving financial accounting
package-Tally, practical taxation through filing of e-returns, project
presentations through power points etc. in order to equip the students
with the latest uses of ICT in the field of Commerce and Management.
The curricula of Honours in Geography, Physics, Chemistry, Computer
Science, Microbiology and Mathematics at undergraduate level
introduce routine class, project works, and seminar presentation using
ICT. The curriculum design has also carefully considered the
employment aspect of the students. The two specialisations, namely
Accounts Finance and Control and Marketing Management have been
introduced considering the current trend and market potential.
1.1.5 Specify the initiatives and contributions of the institution in the curriculum design and development process. (Need assessment, development of information database, feedback from faculty, students, alumni, employees and academic peers, and communicating the information and feedback for appropriate inclusion and decisions in statutory academic bodies, Membership of BOS and by sending agenda items etc.)
1.1.5 The basic objectives in redesigning of curriculum are
Needs of the society
Current research trends
Incorporating new technologies
Employment aspects to the Industry.
Access to the NET, SET, GATE etc. and vertical
progression
The initiatives in the curriculum design and development process of
the institution are based on the following considerations.
12
Online searching of syllabus from International and National
institutes of repute like Harvard University, MIT, Cornell University,
Yale University, JNU, BHU, UGC Guideline, Calcutta University,
Indian Statistical Institute (ISI), University of Pune, Vellore Institute of
Technology, Bengal Engineering and Science University (BESU),
University of Kalyani, University of Burdwan, Jadavpur University,
IIT Kharagpur etc.
Feedback from the faculty, students, alumni, and academic peers on
the existing syllabus are invited and suggestions for improvement have
been accepted.
Methodology used: Expert committees from specific fields related
to Microbiology, Computer Science, and Commerce have been constituted.
The opinions and suggestions of experts from reputed institutes and
universities like ISI, Calcutta University, BESU, Industries, Chamber of
Commerce, Central Universities, are included and accepted as far as
practicable.
Then the draft syllabi of different subjects are placed in the PG
Board of Studies of respective subjects, and after detailed discussions, final
revised syllabi are prepared and approved in PG Boards of studies of
respective subjects.
1.2.1 What are the range of programme options available to learners in terms of Degrees, Certificates and Diplomas?
Range of Programmes options available to learners are presented in the following Tabular form:
1.2 Academic Flexibility
13
Table No. – 1.1 Programme Options with Possible Combinations
HONS. IN POSSIBLE COMBINATION (S)
HONS. IN POSSIBLE COMBINATION (S)
BENGALI
HISTORY EDUCATION PHYSICS CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS HISTORY PHILOSOPHY CHEMISTRY PHYSICS MATHEMATICS EDUCATION PHILOSOPHY MATHEMATICS CHEMISTRY PHYSICS JOURNALISM FILM STUDIES PHYSICS STATISTICS
ENGLISH
PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION POLITICAL SCIENCE
STATISTICS
HISTORY EDUCATION GEOGRAPHY ECONOMICS STATISTICS JOURNALISM FILM STUDIES ECONOMICS POLITICAL
SCIENCE
PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION MICROBIOLOGY ZOOLOGY CHEMISTRY EDUCATION JOURNALISM COMPUTER
SCIENCE PHYSICS MATHEMATICS
EDUCATION HISTORY ELECTRONIC SCIENCE
PHYSICS MATHEMATICS
HINDI
PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION ECONOMICS MATHEMATICS STATISTICS PHILOSOPHY HISTORY MATHEMATICS POLITICAL
SCIENCE EDUCATION HISTORY PSYCHOLOGY ECONOMICS POLITICAL
SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE
BENGALI POLITICAL SCIENCE
ECONOMICS ZOOLOGY
POLITICAL SCIENCE
JOURNALISM FOOD & NUTRITION
CHEMISTRY MICROBIOLOGY
ENGLISH POLITICAL SCIENCE POST GRADUATE COURSES
BENGALI PHILOSOPHY HISTORY
POLITICAL SCIENCE
HISTORY MICROBIOLOGY
BENGALI HISTORY COMPUTER SCIENCE
ENGLISH POLITICAL SCIENCE
ACCOUNTS, FINANCE & CONTROL
ACCOUNTS, FINANCE & CONTROL HISTORY ENGLISH
BENGALI POLITICAL SCIENCE
MARKETING MANAGEMENT
MARKETING MANAGEMENT
14
PHILOSOPHY
BENGALI PHILOSOPHY POLITICAL SCIENCE
JOURNALISM POSSIBLE COMBINATION (S) - GEN
ENGLISH PHILOSOPHY POLITICAL SCIENCE
BENGALI POLITICAL SCIENCE
EDUCATION HISTORY
POLITICAL SCIENCE
ENGLISH HISTORY BENGALI EDUCATION
EDUCATION
POLITICAL SCIENCE
EDUCATION
BENGALI EDUCATION PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION HISTORY
BENGALI FILM STUDIES
MICROBIOLOGY CHEMISTRY ZOOLOGY
ENGLISH FILM STUDIES
PHYSICS CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS
JOURNALISM & MASS COMMUNICATION
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PHILOSOPHY COMMERCE GRP-I
GRP-II GRP -III
POLITICAL SCIENCE
EDUCATION POLITICAL SCIENCE
PHILOSOPHY HISTORY
PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION POLITICAL SCIENCE
PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION
ACCOUNTANCY GRP-I GRP-II POLITICAL SCIENCE
JOURNALISM EDUCATION
MARKETING GRP-I GRP-II POLITICAL SCIENCE
JOURNALISM HISTORY
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
ENGLISH HISTORY EDUCATION
JOURNALISM HISTORY EDUCATION BENGALI PHILOSOPHY EDUCATION ENGLISH HISTORY FILM STUDIES BENGALI HISTORY FILM STUDIES
The table shows the scope of the elective combinations for different
Honours programmes. Arts and Humanities programmes are designed by
offering three or four elective combinations while science programmes
are designed by offering one or two elective combinations. Arts General
programme offers twelve possible combinations. Moreover, any student
of UG level is getting scope to get admission in O Level and A Level
Courses, Course on Communicative English (CCE), JCHNP, Course
on Computer Concept (CCC), Soft Skill Development (SSD) as value
added courses. The college is planning to extend some courses to the
students e.g., Animation Course, Hardware Networking in the form of
Degree, Certificate, Diploma.
1.2.2 Give details on the following provisions with reference to academic flexibility, value addition and course enrichment: a) Core options b) Elective options c) Add on courses d) Interdisciplinary courses
15
e) Flexibility to the students to move from one discipline to another f) flexibility to pursue the programme with reference to the time frame (flexible time for completion)
1.2.2 The college provides the following facilities to the students to
continue their studies with reference to academic flexibility, value
addition and course enrichment
a) Core options: A student has to take some core subjects such as Modern
Indian Language, Compulsory English Language and Environmental
Studies.
b) Elective options: A student can opt for any one of the 2-4 elective
combination of subjects for Honours and any one from the 12 elective
combinations in General courses from the range of programme options
listed 1.2.1.
c) Add On Courses: Courses on Communicative English, aptitude and
soft skill personality development, computer literacy programme,
coaching for SSC, MAT and combined services examinations,
hardware and networking are imparted to the students at the UG & PG
level. Curricula of these courses are designed and enriched by the
respective faculty members in consultation with the experts in the
fields, students feed back, employers feed back etc. A student at the UG
& PG level can continue his or her study and also take up the Add On
courses at the same time. Thus the students can enjoy the facilities of
horizontal flexibility.
d) Inter disciplinary courses: Courses like Film Studies, Computer
Science, Commerce, Electronics, Food & Nutrition, Psychology and
Microbiology have been introduced as Inter Disciplinary Courses to
cater the needs of the society.
e) Flexibility to the students to move from one discipline to another is
16
allowed to a great extent. Students passing with science at the +2 level
are allowed to move to any discipline. Students passing with commerce
at the +2 level are allowed to move to any combination of Literature or
Social Science. Slight restriction is maintained in the combination of
Science stream in view of the routine.
f) Time flexibility: The degree course for Honours and General are of a
span of 3 years and a candidate has to appear in the examination at the
end of each year as Part-I, Part-II and Part-III Examination. However, a
candidate has the flexibility to qualify in Part-I Examination latest by
the 4th year excluding the year of admission (Ref. No. CSR/79/05 dated
29/11/2005 of C.U.). An honours candidate becoming unsuccessful at
the Part-II Examination has the option to switch over to General course
and get admission in 3rd year classes.
All these provisions are made in keeping with the goals and
objectives of the institutions.
1.2.3 Give details of the programmes and other facilities available for international Students (if any)
1.2.3 All the above programmes are available for international students also.
1.2.4 Does the institution offer any self-financed programmes in the institution? If yes, list them and indicate how they differ from other programmes, with reference to admission, curriculum, fee structure, teacher qualification and salary etc.
1.2.4 The institution offers the following Self-financed programmes:
Table No. -1.2 Self-Financed Programmes with its Features
Programme Method of Admission
Curriculum Fees Structure
Teacher Qualification
Salary
1. Bachelor of Business Administration (Hons.)
Based on merit & interview
Designed by C.U.
Rs. 1500/- pm as Tuition fee with other charges or Rs.
MBA & Post-graduation
As per UGC rule
17
20400/- annually
Programme Method of Admission
Curriculum Fees Structure
Teacher Qualification
Salary
2. Jetking Certified Hardware & Networking Professional (JCHNP)
Any discipline after 10+2
Designed by Jetking & other certified co.
Rs. 44,000/- per 13 months course
Hardware, RHCE, CCNA, N+, MCSE, CSPFA
Varies from Rs. 10,000/- to 20,000/- depending upon teachers qualification and settled by Jetking
3. School Service Commission (SSC)
Graduate in any discipline
Designed by W.B. SSC
Rs. 6000/- for 6 months duration
Post-graduation & graduation
On class basis
4. Combined Services Examination
Graduate in any discipline
Designed by the concerned authority such as RRB, BSRB, PSC, Management Board
Rs. 10,000/- for 10 months course
Post-graduation & graduation
On class basis
5. Computer Literacy Programme (CLP)
Passed 10+2
Designed by DOEACC & approved by AICTE
Rs. 500/- for 3 months duration
PGDSE Rs. 10,000/- to 20,000/- as set out by ICE
6. O level (GDCA)
Passed 10+2
Designed by DOEACC & approved by AICTE
Rs. 7500/- for 1 yr.
PGDSE Rs. 10,000/- to 20,000/- as set out by ICE
7. A level (PGDSE)
Passed graduate or polytechnic diploma or O level
Designed by DOEACC & approved by AICTE
Rs. 18,000/- for 18 months
MCA Rs. 10,000/- to 20,000/- as set out by ICE
8. Course on Communicative English (CCE)
Passed 10+2
Designed jointly by the college & the Institute of English, Kolkata
Rs. 100/- pm for 1 yr.
DELT Rs. 6,000/- as basic with usual allowances for full time teachers & class basis salary for class basis contract teachers
18
Overall analysis of the table shows that the self-financed
programmes differ from the university prescribed programmes to some
extent in respect of curriculum, admission, fees structure, teacher
qualification, salary as shown below
Table No. 1.3 Features of University Prescribed Programme vis-à-vis Self-
Financed Programme
With reference
to University prescribed
programme Self-financed programme
Curriculum Designed by Calcutta University
Designed by certified co. and approved nationally & internationally
Admission Based on merit Based on merit, interview & technical education
Fees structure Designed by the Education Directorate, Govt. of W.B.
Designed by the institute / companies
Teachers qualification
As per UGC guideline As per the guideline of institute and different companies
Salary As per UGC rule As per the institute / companies rule
1.3.1. How does the college obtain feedback on curriculum from
a) Students? b) alumni? c) Parents? d) employers / industries? e) academic peers? f) community?
1.3.1 The College obtains feedback on curriculum from
a) Students of 3rd year who have to fill up the students’ feedback form
compulsorily before filling up the form for the final year examination.
They fill up the feedback form on different aspects of the college from
their three-year experience as students of the college, without disclosing
their identity. Students’ Feedback Form is enclosed herewith
b) Alumni who meet on the 1st Sunday of the month of December every
1.3 Feedback on Curriculum
19
year in a re-union meeting. The alumni interact with the students,
teachers and others. They are requested to fill up a questionnaire as part
of the feedback process. Departments and college also receive feedback
from the alumni during their visits on different occasions. The alumni
register their names and give suggestion and comments about the
departments and the college.
c) Feedback from Parents: in the Parent-Teachers meeting are usually held
in the month of February-March every year where the parents point out
strengths and weaknesses of the department and the college.
d) Employers/Industries can ventilate their views at the meetings of the
Subcommittees, PG Board of Studies and in the seminars, workshops
and symposiums. Representatives from industry give suggestions for the
development of the curriculum. For example, in the meeting of the
expert committee of the Department of Microbiology (PG), industry
personnel from East India Pharmaceuticals Ltd. gave their expert
opinion regarding modification of syllabi. One industrial person is
working as a member of the PG Board of Studies of Commerce as
Principal’s Nominee. This shows the industrial linkage with the
college so far as designing of syllabi is concerned.
e) Academic peers participate in the meetings of the committees for
framing and revision/modification/amendment of the syllabus conducted
by the C.U. and in meeting of the UG Board of Studies & PG Board of
Studies.
1.3.2 How is the above feedback analyzed and the outcome / suggestions used for continuous improvements, and communicated to the affiliating university for appropriate inclusion?
1.3.2 The feedback from students are analysed during departmental meetings.
The shortcomings and weaknesses are noted down and suggestions for
improvement are considered. The department adopts resolutions on different
20
aspects and submits it to the principal for further discussion in the academic
subcommittee which is constituted by the Heads of the departments, senior
teachers, students representatives and non-teaching staff. Academic
subcommittee considers the suggestions and the proposals from the
students’ feedback. Since the college is affiliated to the University of
Calcutta representatives of the college take this up at the Board of Studies of
the University where amendments to the syllabus can be effected. Regarding
autonomous postgraduate courses these suggestions are acted upon by the
PG departments of Microbiology, Computer Science and Commerce.
1.4.1 What is the frequency and the basis for syllabus revision and what are the major revisions made during the last two years?
1.4.1 Syllabi are revised once every 3–4 years. The Calcutta University
designed the syllabi for Honours and General course at the UG level in
2002–03 and these were revised and came into effect from the session
2005–06 and 2006–07, [Notification no. CSR/64/06 dated 26/12/2006].
Syllabi of some papers of relevant subjects were also revised during this
period.
The basis for syllabus revision is:
To acquaint the students and the teachers with the salient features
of the subjects and its development;
To incorporate the current issues and regional, national and
global trends;
To accommodate the changes in knowledge and technologies.
Though the college is an affiliated college of Calcutta University
and has no direct role in designing and revision of syllabus, the college has
1.4 Curriculum update
21
an indirect role in designing of syllabus because the teachers of different
departments are members of respective Boards of studies of Calcutta
University which frame the syllabi.
Some of our teachers in the department of Chemistry, Economics,
Geography, Electronic Science, Computer Science have participated in
reviewing and revising UG Honours syllabi as members of UG Boards of
Studies of University of Calcutta.
Autonomous Post-graduate departments such as Microbiology,
Computer Science and Commerce take active part in the designing and
revision of syllabi by the PG Boards of studies constituted by the experts
from Calcutta University, Burdwan University, Kalyani University,
Jadavpur University, Bengal Engineering and Science University (BESU),
Indian Statistical Institute (ISI), experts from industries and departmental
teachers. Department of Microbiology designed its syllabus in 2003-04 and
revised it in July’ 08. Department of Computer Science designed its
syllabus in 2005-06 and revised portions of the syllabus in 2006, 2007, and
2008 on the basis of the current trend in research methodology of
teaching, changes in technology and market demand. Department of
Commerce framed their syllabus in 2005 and revised in 2008. The revised
syllabus of Microbiology, Computer Sc. and Commerce will come into
effect from 2009–10 on semester basis.
The Department of Communicative English has designed its
syllabus in association with the Institute of English, Kolkata, in 2003
and revised its syllabus in 2007 accordingly to the developments in the
subjects.
1.4.2 How does the institution ensure that the curriculum bears a thrust on core values adopted by NAAC?
1.4.2 Excellence is the ethos of higher education and it is one of the core
values of the NAAC as described in the NAAC journal.
22
Guided by the core values adopted by the NAAC the institution
takes initiative directly or indirectly to frame curricula and tries to
incorporate new and updated matters supplemented by modern teaching
aids based on technology to achieve and sustain quality education. Framing
and updating of syllabi at the Undergraduate and Postgraduate levels
involve fundamental concepts, value based and value added education,
sophisticated instrumental techniques and knowledge of applied education.
All these help human resource development and engage Indian youth in
skilful productive employment through global competencies. Thus the
institution ensures that the curriculum focuses on core values adopted by
NAAC.
1.4.3 Does the institution use the guidelines of statutory bodies (UGC/ AICTE / State Councils of HE and other bodies) for developing and/or restructuring the curricula?
1.4.3 Yes, the institution is guided by the curricula of the University
Grants Commission, universities from state and outside state for developing
and/or restructuring the curricula. The Department of Microbiology
adopted the syllabus of the University of Calcutta at the Post Graduate level
in October 2004 and revised it in June 2008. The Department of Computer
Science designed a Post Graduate syllabus in Computer Science at the PG
level following the UGC Syllabus.
In the designing of the syllabi & curriculum of M.Com courses, all
the five provisions of M.Com. courses as designed by the UGC, such as
Master of Commerce, Master of Finance & Control, Master of Marketing,
Master of International Business, and Master of e-Commerce were
considered. Of these five provisions the Department of Commerce of this
college has chosen two courses - i) Accounts, Finance & Control ii)
Marketing Management for introduction at the PG level. It is to be noted
that though the university of Calcutta has no provision for Marketing
Management in it curriculum at the PG level we have introduced it in
23
our college at the PG level. In framing the course content the
Postgraduate Board of Studies have considered the syllabi of other
Universities like Delhi University, Pune University, Bangalore
University and IIM – Kolkata.
1.4.4 How are the existing courses modified to meet the emerging/ changing national and global trends?
1.4.4 The existing courses are modified to accommodate the needs of
society, which include employability of students, current research
trends, ecological and environmental aspects, development of
entrepreneurial ability and market potential.
Department of Microbiology has modified the existing courses by
introducing application of microbes and food bio-technologies for crop
improvement, Molecular biology, Genomics, Bio-technologies,
industrial and agricultural microbiology relevant to current research
work, introduction of technology for removal of toxic and heavy metals
in an effort to clean up the environment.
Department of computer science has modified the existing courses by
introducing Networking and communication, increasing the number of
LAN in the Laboratories, UNIX, Software testing, Software
manufacturing etc. in their syllabus.
SPSS Software in Marketing Research Paper for the Marketing
Management Specialization students of M. Com. has been introduced.
Syllabi on Managerial Economics have been updated to suit the job
requirements as well as mathematical orientation.
Chapters on ‘Computer Application’ have been included in order to
ensure a better coverage and expertise of students using computers in
their job field.
24
1.5.1 What are the quality sustenance and quality enhancement measures
undertaken by the institution during the last five years in curricular aspects?
1.5.1. Quality sustenance and quality enhancement measures undertaken
by the institution are the following:
The University of Calcutta modified the syllabi in the year 2003-04 and
some of them were subsequently revised in the sessions 2005-06 and
2006-07. The curricula have been amended during different sessions to
prepare the students to face new pattern of questions, to acquaint them
with current issues of Regional, National and Global trends, to
accommodate the changes in knowledge and technologies. The changes
in the syllabi, the change in the pattern of questions are geared towards
quality enhancement of the institution. The teachers of the college have
participated in the revision and framing of model questions in different
subjects.
The faculty members regularly participate in refresher courses and
receive necessary inputs regarding the changes taking place in the
academic world. These changes are incorporated through Syllabi
Revision Meetings where the college teachers of different departments
can participate.
Through the participation of the faculty and students in the seminars
where eminent Scientists, Professors and Educationists of different
institutes of national repute are the speakers, the teachers of our college
have an opportunity to update themselves.
The college follows and monitors the Academic Calendar diligently.
The syllabi of different subjects have been unitised according to the
Academic Calendar and specific numbers of lectures are allotted for
1.5 Best Practices in Curricular Aspects
25
each unit. Departmental teachers, the members of the Academic Sub-
Committee and Principal monitor periodically the progress of the
syllabi according to the Academic Calendar.
Students of our college are put through a continuous evaluation
system in the form of Class Tests, Pre Test, Test and University
examinations and evaluation of answer scripts of the college level
examinations are shown to the students for necessary improvement.
This is a unique feature of our college because very few institutions
in the state have succeeded in doing this.
Discussions on University results of Part-I, Part –II and Part-III are held
in departmental meetings, TC meeting and Academic Sub committee
meeting. On the basis of the results students are honoured and
felicitated in the Annual Reunion Meeting & Commencement Meeting
(Convocation Address).
The Research Monitoring Cell encourages research work by the
Faculty members. The college has taken the initiative of providing
financial assistance for the research projects initiated by the faculty
members and postgraduate students.
1.5.2 What best practices in ‘Curricular Aspects’ have been planned/ implemented by the institution?
1.5.2 College is proud for its best practices in curriculum aspect which are
implemented with utmost zeal:
1 Attainment of Goal orientation - Goals set by founder members
satisfying the changing needs of the society and translation of goals in
to action.
2 Curricula promoting Excellence- Updated and well defined curricula;
collaboration with institutes of national repute e.g.; Bose Institute,
ICAS; competence enhancing strategies- Incorporation of Field
Work, Hands-on Experiments such as Protein Purification, PCR
26
Techniques, Fermentation Technique.
3 Exercise of Academic Flexibility after capacity building,
4 Promotion of Value based curricula by holding some classes for
value orientation.
5 Promotion of Value added curricula to increase employability
through -inter disciplinary studies such as Microbiology, Electronic
Science, Computer Science, Commerce, Food & Nutrition, Chemistry,
Physics, Economics, History etc.; Communicative English as a means
of communicative skill development, computer learning as a tool for
teaching learning processes are other value added courses.
6 Access –Access to wide range of programme options available in the
college.
7 Serving contextual needs- The knowledge of Physics, Electronics,
Computer Science, Microbiology, Chemistry etc help the students to
modern gadgetry repair and maintenance, cable networking, electronic
equipment, microbial testing of water, milk, food etc.
8 Curricular Aspect promoting values –Besides the conventional
system of Education, our College has introduced Distance
Education through the Convergence Scheme of ODL and
conventional system of IGNOU as an way to promote value among
the students and inclusive education. Co-curricular activities like
Sports, Games, NSS, and NCC are also included to promote values.
Additional Information for Re-accreditation:
1. What were the evaluative observations made under Curricular Aspects in the
previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon
27
The evaluative observations made under Curricular Aspects in the
previous assessment report and how they have been acted upon are given
below:
a) NAAC peer team recommends “The College may try to get a new PG
courses in some subjects, like Commerce, Economics and Chemistry
which will strengthen its research performances. We strongly
recommend that the Calcutta University should consider this
favourably.”
Though the NAAC peer team mentions three subjects
(Commerce, Economics and Chemistry) for introduction of PG courses, we
feel that the main tune of observation of the NAAC Peer team was the
introduction of some PG courses to facilitate research performances in the
college. So we have introduced dual PG courses in Commerce on
Autonomous basis: Accounts, Finance & Control and Marketing
Management (from 2006-07 Sessions). Besides to cope up with current
trends, needs of the society, and market potential, the college has
successfully introduced PG courses in Microbiology (from 2004-05
Session) and Computer Science (from 2005-06 Session) on Autonomous
basis. The college is going to introduce management courses at the PG
level with the assistance of Economics and Mathematics as inter
disciplinary subjects.
b) NAAC peer team recommends, “More self financing courses like
PGDCA, PGDIT etc may be started”.
A number of self-financing courses like BBA, MNA, JCHNP,
GDCA (designed by DOEACC and approved by AICTE) and PGDSE
(designed by DOEACC and approved by AICTE) have been introduced as
per the recommendations of NAAC peer team.
c) NAAC peer team recommends “Coaching facility for various
28
competitive exams may be yet another incentive for students”.
Following the recommendation of the NAAC Peer team the
college has started coaching facilities for various competitive
examinations, like School Service Examination and Combined Service
Examination, MAT. College also provides special coaching to the
postgraduate students for GATE and NET examination.
2. What are the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures
undertaken by the institution since the previous assessment and
accreditation with regard to curricular aspects?
Other Quality Sustenance Measures are:
Regular unitisation of syllabi in accordance with the academic
calendar and its supervision.
Regular monitoring of the departments, Academic Sub Committee for
evaluation of progress of curricula & syllabi.
Regular supervision of the Academic Diaries.
Exercise of Academic Flexibility after capacity building,
Quality enhancement measures are:
The syllabus of fourth paper of each subject in General course has been
designed during last revision of syllabus in 2003-04 in such a way that
the application orientation has got preference.
Use of ICT in different subjects as enhancement measure was
undertaken.
Installation of Digital Class Room which is at present five (5) in
numbers.
Interaction between current faculties and Guest Teachers from
Universities and others institutions in case of quality sustenance and
29
quality improvement.
Guest teachers of different Universities and Institutes of repute are
invited to deliver lectures on particular topics in seminars where
college teachers have the opportunity to interact with the speakers and
to update them. This happens to be the regular feature of the college
30
Criterion II: Teaching – Learning and Evaluation
2.1.1 How does the institution ensure wide publicity to the admission process? a. Prospectus b. Institutional Website c. Advertisement in Regional/ National Newspapers d. Any other (specify)
2.1.1 The institution ensures wide publicity to the admission process through
a1. Printed admission rules and prospectus of the college are distributed to
the applicants during the time of admission.
Distribution of prospectus for the last five years in our is given
below:
Table No. 2.1 Distribution of prospectus
Session No. of Prospectus distributed
2003-04
2004-05
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
UG 9708 7244 10117 12337 13260 14390 PG - 69 210 516 426 481
a2 A public notice is displayed to inform all the stakeholders about the
admission rules, eligibility criteria, intake capacity in each dept.,
reservation policy according to the Govt. rules, dates of issue and
submission of admission forms, dates of publication of merit list, dates
of counselling and dates of admission.
a3 The members of the admission committee consisting of teachers, non-
teaching staff and students’ representatives of the students’ union
prepare the admission rules.
b. Through institutional website: The admission rules and the application
forms for admission are given in the college website (www.brsnc.com).
2.1 Admission Process and Student Profile.
31
The students can download the application form and after filling the
application form can submit the same with the requisite fee. This eases
the problem of queuing. On line application is allowed for PG
admission.
c. Advertisement in leading newspaper such as
• Ananda Bazar Patrika and The Statesman was given on 22.07.2008
for admission to autonomous post-graduate courses: 1. M.Sc. in
Microbiology 2. M.Sc. in Computer Sc. 3. M.Com. in a) Accounts,
Finance & Control and b) Marketing Management
• Advertisement in The Statesman for admission to MA. in Education,
M.A. in English, B.A./B.Com./BSW and Certificate course in Functional
English under IGNOU Convergence Scheme was given on 16.07.2008
• Advertisement was given in Ananda Bazar Patrika on 28.07.2006 &
23.07.2007 regarding admission to the following PG courses on
autonomous basis: 1. M.Sc. in Microbiology 2. M.Sc. in Computer Sc. 3.
M.Com. in a) Accounts, Finance & Control and b) Marketing
Management
• Advertisement regarding admission to UG and PG programmes 2007 in
The Times of India, Bhubaneswar & Guwahati and The Hindustan
Time, Ranchi on 30.06.2007
• Advertisement of admission to PG courses in 1. M.Sc. in Microbiology
2. M.Sc. in Computer Sc. in The Statesman on 6.10.2004 & 20.07.2005
for two consecutive sessions.
d. The admission rules, latest admission position etc. are submitted to
1 The DPI, Govt. of West Bengal,
2 BCW Dept., Govt. of West Bengal,
3 University of Calcutta Handbook.
4 College Website.
32
2.1.2 How are the students selected for admission to the following courses? Give the cut off percentage for admission at the entry level
a) General b) Professional c) Vocational
2.1.2 The students are selected for admission to the UG and PG courses
strictly on the basis of merit i.e. marks obtains by the students at the
last qualifying examinations.
Table No. – 2.2 Table representing cut off marks:
Under Graduate: Subject CUT
OFF MARKS in Best
Five
MINIMUM IN SUBJECT/Related
Subject
NO. OF
SEATS
Subject CUT OFF
MARKS in Best
Five
MINIMUM IN SUBJECT/
Related Subject
NO. OF
SEATS
CEMA PHSA MTMA CMSA ELTA MCBA GEOA PSYA FNTA ECOA B.Sc. (Gen) B.Sc. Bio(G)
60% 60% 60% 60%
60%
60%
50%
50%
50%
55%
45%
45%
60% +45% (MATHS.) 60% +50% (MATHS.)
60% 60% (in
Physics/Comp. Sc.)
&60% MATHS 60%(in Physics)
& 50% in MATHS
60% (In Chemistry& Biology)
60% 55% (for taught
student)
50% (Chemistry & Biology)
45% +40% (MATHS.)
45% (MATHS. for non-taught)
30 30 50 30
20
30
30
30
30
32
40
30
BNGA ENGA HINA PLSA HISA PHIA JORA SOCA EDCA B.A. (Gen)
50% 50%
50%
50% 50%
50%
50%
50%
55%
40%
45% 45% (Gr. A-WBCHSE) 50%(Gr.-B-WBCHSE)
55%(CBSE & Others)
45%
45% (taught Students)
45% do
45% do
50% (Bengali/English)
45% (taught Students)
50% (taught
students)
65 55
30
65 55
35
30
30
50
250
ACFA 50% 50%
55% (Accounts) Non-Taught – 45% in related subjects**
225
BBA
55%
45% In Math/
50% in
30
33
MRTA B.Com (Gen)
50%
40%
45% in Business Organization or
Related Subject**
150
Business Math / or Business Economics and Mathematics.
Post Graduate: COURSE Cut off
Marks in Best Five
NO. OF SEATS
Microbiology 50% 25 Computer Science 50% 30 Accounts, Finance & Control 40% 40 Marketing Management 40% 35
Certificate & Diploma Courses COURSE Cut off Marks NO. OF
SEATS Course in Communicative English (CCE)
Studentship of the college
Unlimited
Course in JCHNP +2 pass 20 Course in Computers ‘O’ level
+2 pass 40
‘A’ level (PGDSE) Graduate / ‘O’ level pass 20 Partner Institute of IGNOU (Distant Education)
COURSE Cut off Marks NO. OF SEATS
BA (UG) +2 pass Unlimited B Com (UG) +2 pass Unlimited BSW (UG) +2 pass Unlimited Education (PG) Graduate Unlimited English (PG) Graduate Unlimited Functional English (Certificate) +2 pass Unlimited
Process of admission in our college is based on the following stages:
First of all students willing to take admission in our college are required to
purchase admission form and to submit it within the stipulated time period.
As a second step Merit List is prepared according to the intake capacity
and it is publicly put up in the notice board, mentioning merit point against
the name of the candidate. The minimum. merit point of each subject is
displayed and given to the college website: www.brsnc.com.
Merit point is calculated as best of 4/5 plus subject marks plus marks of one
related subject. The cut off marks for admission at the entry level in the
34
general courses are framed and documented by the admission
committee. Total admission process is fully computerised.
As a third step candidates are informed about the respective dates of
counselling. The cut off percentages for admission at the entry level in the
undergraduate (both Honours and General) and Post Graduate courses are
mentioned in the annexure.
The whole admission process is fully computerized
2.1.3 How does the Institution ensure transparency in the Admission process?
2.1.3 The institution is proud by ensuring transparency in the admission process
through the following mechanism which is well accepted by the society:
1 The admission committee is constituted democratically by the members
of the teaching and non-teaching staff and the representative of the
student union and approved by Governing Body.
2 The Admission Committee plays an important role in framing a well
advance Admission criterion based on the guidelines of the
University of Calcutta. The rules framed by the admission committee
are distributed to each faculty member, office staff and applicant in the
printed form. Wide circulations of admission rules are also hung up on
the Notice Board and are given in the Prospectus, College Website.
Advertisement for the PG admission is given in the leading newspapers
(both Bengali and English).
3 Distribution of Prospectus to the intending candidates and their
guardians.
4 Each applicant is given the signed counter foil of admission form
bearing the number of the form with date of submission the stamped by
the college. This is done to ensure that if by mistake his/her name does
not appear in the merit list, he/she can produce the counterfoil to
include his/her name in the merit list.
5 Counselling of students by the faculty members of the respective
35
departments and the Principal of the college.
6 Observance and maintenance of reservation policy according to Govt.
of West Bengal.
7 Preparation of merit list along with merit point covering score and its
display in the public notice board and website.
8 Reports of admission sent to the Govt. of West Bengal and BCW
Dept.
9 Checking and verification by the members of the admission committee
about the follow up of the admission procedure.
2.1.4 How do you promote access to ensure equity? a) Students from disadvantaged community b) Women c) Differently-abled d) Economically-weaker sections e) Sports personnel f) Any other (specify)
2.1.4 The institution promotes access to higher education in the last five years
and ensures equity in the following way:
Table: 2.3 Gender Wise student strength (UG & PG) dt. 31.03 of each year.
2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Total 4095 4267 4167 4298 4448 Male 1896
(46.30%) 1947 (45.62%)
1803 (43.26%)
1853 (43.11%)
1878 (42.23%)
Female 2199 (53.69%)
2320 (54.37%)
2364 (56.74%)
2445 (56.89%)
2570 (57.77%)
a) With the target of increasing access in higher education college has
gradually increased its accommodation by enhancing number of
programme and seat. For example, during the session 2003-04 total
numbers of students was 4095 and it increased to 4601 in 2008-09. The
figure says a clear rise of access is 12% without compromising the
quality. It was made with continuous growth of infrastructure and
capacity building. Seats for students from disadvantaged communities
are reserved as per Govt. rules. For example, 22% and 6% of the
seats are reserved for the SC and ST candidates.
36
b) Women are not given any special advantage because we see that the
neighbourhood is densely populated and there are a large number of
girls’ school in the locality. These girls schools are our feeder
institution. The percentage of female students in our institution is
gradually increasing from 53.69% in 2003-04 to 57.77 % in 2007-08
and almost 60% in 2008-09.
c) Physically challenged students having 40% or more of disability as per
the medical certificate given by district medical board of govt. health
department are admitted subject to the fulfilment of minimum marks.
d) Economically weaker sections – There is no relaxation of marks in case
of students coming from economically weaker sections. But no student
in the merit list is denied admission for non-payment of requisite fee.
Special financial assistance is provided to this section of students from
the Teachers Council Fund, Students Aid Fund, Donations from Ex-
Teachers and Donation from Alumni, funds from Jayanta Memorial and
Matri Sangha Janakalyan Samity etc.
e) Sports personnel – Any type of sports personnel in the category of
State level, National level and University level is given the facility for
admission in our institution subject to the fulfilment of minimum
marks.
2.2.1 Is there a provision for assessing the students’ knowledge and skills before
the commencement of the programme? If yes, give details on the strategies of the institution to bridge the knowledge gap of the incoming students for enabling them to cope with the programme to which they are enrolled.
2.2.1 Students’ knowledge and skills are assessed through:
1. Classroom interaction
2. Class/Unit Test
3. Tutor-ward interaction.
College has introduced a continuous assessment mechanism. With the help
of this mechanism it is possible to assess the academically strong and weak
students. To bridge the knowledge gap the institution takes some Remedial
2.2 Catering to Diverse Needs
37
and Tutorial Classes, academic and personal counselling, supply of books
and handouts. Academic counselling and Tutorial Classes is provided
through structured timetable. Teachers are also assisting the students
outside the classroom, which is reflected, in the students’ feed back about
the role of teachers.
2.2.2 How does the institution identify slow and advanced learners? Give details on the strategies adopted for facilitating slow and advanced learners
2.2.2 The institution identifies slow and advanced learners on the basis of
classroom interaction, surprise test, tutor ward interaction, class test,
periodical and test examinations.
The institution adopts strategies like academic counselling, remedial
classes and tutorial classes for facilitating slow learners. The teacher for the
slow learner takes special classes including theory and practical so that
they can cope up with advanced learners.
Advanced learners are encouraged to prepare study materials for
class lectures, seminar talk, while the slow learners are motivated through
counselling for preparation of questions and answers, consulting the library
books and the teachers take library classes on some specific area of the
subject.
Advanced learners are encouraged to participate in competitive
examinations such as in JBNSTS (Jagadis Bose National Science Talent
Search) examination, KVPY (Kishore Vaigyanik Protsahan Yojana, funded
by DST, Govt.of India) Examination.
Advanced learners are also motivated to participate in seminars
with some advanced topics beyond syllabus with modern equipment. To
sustain their interest advanced learners are given tricky problems and
thoughtful essay type questions according to their syllabus. They are also
suggested reference books. PG students are given special concentration
through summer projects.
Teachers also participate in the summer projects of the students in
the PG departments of Microbiology, Computer Sc. and Commerce.
2.2.3 Does the institution have a provision for tutorials for the students? If yes, give details.
38
2.2.3 The institution has a provision for tutorial classes for the students. The
tutorial classes are usually held in the months of February to May and are
shown in the college timetable. For each honours department at least two
(2) tutorial classes are allotted per week which is supposed to be very
effective.
2.2.4 Is there a provision for mentoring of students or any similar process? If yes, give details.
2.2.4 Yes, there is a provision for mentoring of students through personal
counselling. This is done with utmost sincerity through special counselling
in Tutor Ward interaction.
2.2.5 How does the institution cater to the needs of differently- abled students?
2.2.5 The institution caters to the needs of differently-abled students through the
arrangement of classes on the ground floor, helping them to have access
of books and journals in the library with the assistance of library staff etc.
College is arranging for a set of brail books for visually challenged
students.
2.3.1 How does the institution plan and organize the teaching-learning and evaluation schedules? (Academic calendar, teaching plan and evaluation blue print, etc.)
2.3.1 The institution is showing its highest sincerity to plan and organise the
teaching- learning mechanism as follows:
1 Syllabi of all the UG programme have been revised by C.U. in 2003-04
session and again partially revised in 2005-06/ 2006-07 sessions as per
needs the society and market requirements.
2 Accordingly teachers of the respective departments have unitised the
syllabi with utmost sincerity in accordance with the Academic
Calendar. Total syllabi at the Honours & General level have been
segregated paper-wise, quarter-wise (July-Sept, Oct-Dec, Jan-Apr),
2.3 Teaching -Learning Process
39
examination-wise (Class Test, Periodical, Test) and year wise e.g., Part
(I, II, III) wise. The number of lectures required per topic/unit has been
mentioned.
3 This Academic Plan including Calendar is distributed among the
students at the beginning of the session.
4 Teaching plans are made on the basis of the Academic Calendar. At
the end of the class, teachers keep regular record of the topics taught in
the classes in their Academic Diaries throughout the year. There is also
the provision of checking/verification by the Principal/Senior most
teachers of the college regarding progress and whether the teachers
maintain the Diaries. It is very important to note that use of academic
Diary and necessary assessment thereafter has enhanced the class load
of third year class from 16 to 28-30 per week in many departments.
5 Departmental teachers discuss the progress of syllabi and the problems
faced by the students. The teachers also look into the slow progress, if
any, of the syllabus and rush to complete the syllabus within the
stipulated time as mentioned in the Academic Calendar. In the meeting
of Academic Sub-committee the progress of syllabi of different
departments have been critically analysed by the teachers. If it is
observed that the syllabi are not completed within the stipulated
lectures framed by the University, the matter is referred to the
respective Board of Studies of Calcutta University for redressal. This
mechanism is found very effective as manifested by the gradual
improvement of result.
6 College also maintain meticulously the Class allotted Class taken ratio.
Teaching-Learning process is reflected in the ratio of number of classes
allotted & the number of classes taken. The following data reveal these
aspects:
Table No. 2.4
2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Classes allotted
33,146 38,247 41091 34,923 42969
No. of classes taken
29,647 (89.44%)
34,5888 (90.40%)
35942 (87.47%)
30,767 (88.1%)
37503 (87.3%)
40
No. of Working Days
247 262 251 257 255
No. of Teaching Days
207 212 220 184 207
The data of the last five years show that out of the total classes
allotted almost 87-90% of the classes have been performed and the number
of teaching days is more than 200 which is higher than the UGC stipulated
teaching days of 180 per year. (The fall of teaching days in the academic
year 2006-07 is mainly due to holding of assembly elections for which a
large number of teaching days has been lost. The college premises in both
the campuses had been requisitioned by the Election Commission for the
safe keeping of ballots boxes and counting of the ballot for the
announcement of results.)
Teachers are entitled to 15 days casual leave and 30 days earned
leave. But the class performance records show that they take less leave than
they could enjoy. Moreover, maternity leave of some women, serious
illness of a few faculty members may reduce the percentage but 50% of the
faculty members have class performance more than 90% and 80% of the
faculty members have class performance more than 80%.
Table No. 2.5 Teaching Performance
Session % Share of Teacher
2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08
Above 90% 41.07% 52.54% 54.93% 48.72% Above 80% 83.93% 86.44% 76.06% 79.49%
Evaluation blue print: 1 Teaching-learning process is supplemented through addressing of
Questions of Final years’ Examinations and Model Questions (Question
Bank). Students are trained to solve the question papers. Sometimes, the
teachers provide the students with Model answers. As per C.U.
guidelines the college has introduced four class tests for Honours
Students & two tests for General Category students. The class test for
each paper is of 25 marks and evaluation of the scripts enables the
41
teachers to identify the weaknesses of the students.
2 Evaluation schedules are communicated to the students through
notification and Academic calendar.
Two class tests are taken- one in the month of September & another
in the month of January of each academic year at both Honours and
General level.
Periodical/Pre-test Examinations are held in the month of January,
while Test Examinations are held in the month of March for III yr, April for
II yr, May for 1st year as per the University guideline.
At the college level examination evaluated answer scripts are shown
to the students for rectification of errors in the future, thus ensuring quality
of answers.
Mark sheets are also given to the students by the college.
In the Parent-teacher meeting, the results of the examination are
analysed for further improvement.
Tutorial and counselling classes are arranged in the structured timetable
and these are taken by the teachers and recorded. For the 1st -3rd year
Honours students’ two (2) tutorial classes each of 45 minutes are allotted
and taken per week. Five to six counselling classes of 45 minutes each per
week are allotted and a teacher has to take at least one counselling class per
day and at least six counselling classes per week. These are the two
mechanisms for identifying slow and advanced learners and treating them
accordingly. These facilities are available to the students from the month of
February to May. Teachers of the different departments take both
theoretical and practical classes beyond the routine hours.
2.3.2 What are the various teaching- learning methods (lecture method, interactive method, project-based learning, computer-assisted learning, experiential learning, seminars and others) used by the teachers? Give details.
2.3.2 College has taken leader ship role amongst the institutions under the mother
university as well as in the state to make the students totally involved in the
42
Teaching-learning process. It has adopted wide range of methods to make
the process very much effective. Methods are:
1. Lecture method (Chalk and Talk)(All Departments)
2. Case studies & puzzle solving techniques (Commerce, Economics,
BBA)
3. Technology enabled Teaching-Learning Method (LCD Projector,
OHP & Power Point presentation) (Physics, Chemistry, Geography,
Economics, Commerce, Microbiology, Computer Science,
Mathematics.)
4. Experimental Techniques for Lab-based subjects (Physics,
Chemistry, Microbiology, Electronic Science, Zoology, Computer
Science, Journalism, Food & Nutrition, Psychology, Statistics)
5. Industrial visits (Microbiology, Zoology, BBA)
6. Visit to Research Institutes (Microbiology, Computer Science,
Electronic Science)
7. Onsite-teaching & field visits (Microbiology, Geography)
8. Demonstration classes as teaching modules (Physics)
9. Internet surfing with Animation (All Departments)
10. Projects guide (Computer Science, Sociology, Education,
Journalism, BBA)
11. Organisation of seminar & presentation of paper by the students in
and outside the college (All Departments).
12. Summer Training Guide (Physics, Computer Science, Microbiology,
Commerce)
The shift from traditional to innovative methods make teaching an
exciting & interactive exercise. The above methods are used to develop the
students’ competitive skill [like gathering information, organisation,
presentation & interpretation of data, use of IT for power point presentation
& preparation of theses] and to motivate the students to participate in
43
teaching-learning process. Emphasis has been laid on the interaction with
the students during the class time.
2.3.3 How is learning made student-centric? What are the institutional strategies, which contribute to acquisition of life skills, knowledge management skills and lifelong learning?
2.3.3 Institution has Student-centric learning strategies. It has been arranged the
strategies such as Experimental techniques, Demonstration of teaching
modules with the help of instruments, case studies, exercises, and first hand
information from real life situations have been used in the teaching learning
process.
Some important methodologies for student-centric learning are:
1 Industrial visits for experimental learning by Food & Nutrition,
Microbiology, and Commerce etc.
2 Onsite learning (Microbiology, Geography, Psychology, Computer
Science, Commerce)
3 Project works by the departments such as Microbiology, Commerce,
Computer Science, Physics, Chemistry, Geography,
4 Summer training by Microbiology, Computer Science, Commerce,
BBA departments
5 Use of Audio visual aids e.g.; Film as teaching aid for the department
English, Film Study, Geography.
6 Promotion & motivation of for preparation of Wall Magazine, College
Magazine,
7 Field Work by Geography, Psychology, Commerce, History, Zoology
departments,
8 Research Project by the students of Sociology, Economics, Physics,
9 Use of ICT as learning resource by the students of different dept.
10 Organisation of Seminars
11 Presentation of papers by the students in Seminars in and outside the
college,
44
12 Participation of the students in Group Discussion, Debate, other cultural
activities,
13 Participation in Mock Parliament by the students of Political Science,
Sociology, English etc.
14 Organisation of Interactive platform by different departments, e.g.,
Bhasa Diwas (Bengali), Hindi Diwas (Hindi)
15 Active participation of the students of Journalism & Mass
Communication as reporter in the local News agencies, local electronic
media,
16 Summer Training Camp participation,
17 Research Project for the students preparing for post GRE selection.
18 Organisation of Career Fair for the students
The institution has adopted the following strategies that can
contribute to acquisition of life skills, knowledge management skill &
lifelong learning:
Internet Browsing Centres with the provision of the following
facilities have been set up to promote self-learning:
(a) Bandwidth: Four Broadband 512 kbps
(b) Local Area Network: 3 LAN in 3 Computer Lab, 1 LAN in Library, 2
set LAN in 2 campuses
(c) Use of Internet facility for accessing e-Journals, which are freely
available on line. Only one e-Journal (IITE) in the Dept. of Computer
Science has been subscribed by the college.
(d) Preparation & use of First-Aid Box.
(e) Organisation of NCC Camps.
(f) Organisation of NSS Activities.
(g) Organisation of Games & Sports and Cultural activities for event
management.
1 Two language labs have been established for acquiring Communication
45
Skills through interactive learning.
2 Preparation of lesson modules through computers and their presentation
through power-point.
3 Seminars, conferences & workshops have been arranged by the
management. Each dept. organises at least two seminars in an academic
session (21 seminars were held during 2006-07 & 2007-08 for each
year)
4 The college has spent a large amount of money for purchasing Operating
System, LCD Projectors, OHP, Educational CDs & DVDs. No. of CDs:
97 as on 26.09.08
5 The college has entered into MOUs with Indian Association for
Cultivation of Science (IACS), Institute of Computer Engineers of
India (ICE) to organise seminars, technology enabled teaching &
learning to give training to student on soft skill & hardware.
6 Entrepreneurship development projects have been arranged by the
college to equip life long learning to the students. Dr. Purnendu Roy
of Genesis Hospital, Dr. Debashis Bhattacharjee of Disha Eye
Hospital, Representatives of District Industrial Centre of Govt. of
W.B., and financial institutions, like Industrial Credit Investment
Corporation of India (ICICI) have delivered lectures on
entrepreneurship development.
2.3.4 How does the institution ensure that the students have effective learning experiences? (Use of modern teaching aids and tools like computers, audio-visuals multi-media, ICT, CAL , Internet and other information /materials)
2.3.4 The students as learners have welcomed the use of modern teaching
aids & tools like Computers, LCD, OHP, Power point presentation, internet &
other IT materials and are now actively interacting with the teachers, enjoying and
benefiting from participatory learning. It can be pointed out that UG and PG
students are using modern teaching aids in the presentation of seminars and project
46
work organised by the departments and the college. The numbers of Computer
used are 160, Number of LCD Projectors – 09, No. of OHP – 03, No. of Digital
Room – 05, No. of Internet facilities – 78 which are used by the students.
2.3.5 How do the students and faculty keep pace with the recent developments in the various subjects?
2.3.5 The students and faculty keep pace with the recent developments in
the various subjects through:
1 Attending/participating seminars, workshop, conferences (UGC,
National, International, State, NAAC) organised by our college, other
colleges, universities, institutes. In recent occasion college has
organised a seminar where Prof. Abhijit Sanyal of Saha Institute of
Nuclear Physics delivered lecture on ‘LHC’ on 22 Sept, 2008 and
faculty members and students attended. Some faculty members
including Principal attended an international seminar organised by
Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science, Kolkata.
2 Participation in Refresher Courses & Orientation Programme organised
by the Academic Staff College.
Organization of
Principal’s Workshop
Projects undertaken by the faculty & the students at the PG
level through Internet browsing
Journals, e-Journal facilities availed of the faculty and the
students
2.3.6 Are there departmental libraries for the use of faculty and students? If yes, how effectively are they used for the enhancement of teaching and learning?
2.3.6 Yes, there are Departmental Libraries mainly for the students. At
present there are 22 departmental libraries in our college.
Departmental Libraries are monitored by the Heads of the Dept.
along with the Departmental teachers and are effectively used by the
students.
47
[Total no. of books in the Departmental Library –2444
Volume of the books in central library – 30445
No. of students used –4600 (approx) ]
The college authority grants Rs. 1,00,000/- for the purchase of library
books every year.
Table No.2.6 Profile of Departmental Library
Depts. No. of Books
Valuation (in Rs.)
No. of students
July-Dec Jan-June Half
yearly Issue & Return
Maintenance of Log Books
Whether Audited
Bengali 141 10872 225 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
English 42 5795 165 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Hindi 133 12276 90 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
History 100 16573 150 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Pol. Sc. 113 11020 180 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Education 43 4793 150 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory
48
Auditors Philosophy 235 90 Up to date
audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Journalism & Mass Com.
124 10262 90 Maintained Regularly
Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Film Studies General Department; Books are in the Central Library Economics 109 1929 60 Up to date
audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Sociology 98 10509 90 Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Finance & Accounts Marketing (UG+PG)
325
21821
900
Maintained Regularly
Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Chemistry 113 4618 50 Maintained Regularly
Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Physics 93 19618 45 Maintained Regularly
Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Mathematics 105 29970 125 Maintained Regularly
Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Microbiology 76 1795 90 Maintained Regularly
Up to date audit (till Dec 2008)
49
by Statutory Auditors
Computer Sc. 117 9090 140 Maintained Regularly
Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Electronic Sc. 137 4477 75 Maintained Regularly
Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Geography 126 105 Maintained Regularly
Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Psychology 97 21417 100 Maintained Regularly
Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Zoology General Department; Books are in the Central Library Food & Nutrition
117 6545 100 Maintained Regularly
Up to date audit (till Dec 2008) by Statutory Auditors
Bachelor of Business Administration
38 10116 40 Shared with Economics and Commerce and Mathematics
The year 2007 is declared as Library Year by the college when Rs. 1,
00,000/- was spent for purchase of library books for each Dept.
2.3.7 Has the institution introduced evaluation of the teachers by students? If yes, how is the feedback analyzed and implemented for the improvement of teaching?
2.3.7 Yes. We are delighted to inform that the institution has introduced a
system of evaluation of the teachers by the students from the year 2000 and
subsequently developed after the guideline of NAAC. Our system is well
ahead of the instruction given by the NAAC. It is to be noted therefore that
50
the college has introduced the students’ Feedback system well ahead of the
instructions given by NAAC.
The feedback from the 3rd yr. outgoing students are taken
religiously in the model of conducting examinations through structured
questionnaire on different aspects of the college immediately before the
filling up of forms in the month of February-March of every year without
disclosing their identity.
The feedback is analysed by the teachers in the departmental
meeting and is recorded. Departmental teachers observe the strengths and
the weaknesses of the college and the Dept. and the teachers analyse the
suggestion of the students. All there are placed in the form of Reports to the
Principal for discussion in the meeting of Academic Subcommittee.
In the meeting of Academic Subcommittee these ideas are
exchanged between teachers, students and non-teaching staff. New
proposals are formed from these exchanged idea and placed before
Governing Body. The Governing Body implemented the suggestions
referred by the academic sub committee. We can give an example.
Students suggested for the appointment of more teaching and non-
teaching staff for completion of syllabus & smooth functioning of
office, laboratories and libraries. Governing Body considered and
accepted the proposal and created 35 teaching and 16 non-teaching posts
from the college fund and have filled them up.
2.4.1 How are the members of the faculty selected? Does the college have the required number of qualified and competent teachers to handle all the courses? If not, how does the institution cope with the requirements?
2.4.1 Teachers (Faculty members) are selected according to UGC norms.
There is a College Service Commission, recommends teachers for grant-in-
2.4 Teacher Quality
51
aid colleges. On the basis of their recommendations, the college appoints
the teachers. In addition to that, the college appoints full-time unaided
teachers on the basis of Selection Committees constituted by the Governing
Body of the college. During the last five years, the college appointed 19
teachers on the basis of CSC recommendation and have appointed 33
teachers on the basis of the recommendation of the Selection Committees
constituted by the Governing Body.
The following table shows the number of substantive posts, the no. of
faculty in position and number of vacancies against the courses.
No. of Substantive teaching Posts in all
subjects
No. of Teachers in positions in all
subjects
No. of Vacancies
72 + 1# + 1* 51+1# 21 + 1*
1# - Principal, 1* - Librarian
It’s seen that here is a gap between the no. of substantive teachers in
position and the no. of teachers required for different courses.
To bridge the gap, the college has taken steps to create teaching posts
in different courses effectively. In the last five years, the college has
created 34 teaching posts on full-time contract basis. All the posts have
been filled up by appointing teachers according to the recommendations of
the expert committee constituted for the purpose. They are paid from the
college fund. In addition to that, the college has appointed 54 class basis
management appointee teachers obeying UGC qualification and Guest
faculties from different universities and institutes.
2.4.2 How does the college appoint additional faculty to teach new programmes/ modern areas of study (Biotechnology, IT, Bioinformatics etc.)? How many such appointments were made during the last three years?
2.4.2 The College prepares the requirement of teachers on the
basis of workload and submits application to the DPI for sanctioning
additional posts for different courses such as Computer Science,
Microbiology, Food & Nutrition, Film Studies, Sociology, Psychology etc.
52
DPI, Govt. of W.B. from time to time sanctions additional teaching posts
on substantive basis depending upon the workloads. The college has
appointed nineteen (19) additional faculties on substantive basis on the
recommendation of West Bengal College Service Commission (WBCSC)
during the last five years to teach new programmes. Apart from these, the
college has appointed 33 full-time faculties on the recommendation of the
Selection Committee constituted by the Governing Body of the college
comprising of External Experts (University teachers), President of the GB,
Principal and a nominee of the GB. These full-time faculties are paid
from college fund on a scale basis with usual benefits. Further, the
college has appointed 54 class basis teachers as per UGC norms and a
good number of experienced and highly qualified guest teachers (09)
from different Universities and reputed institutions to teach new and
traditional subjects.
2.4.3 What efforts are made by the management for professional development of the faculty? (eg: research grants, study leave, deputation to national/ international conferences/ seminars, training programmes, organizing national/ international conferences etc)? How many faculty have availed these facilities during the last three years?
2.4.3 The management of the college has taken different steps for
professional development of the faculty in the form of research projects,
attending seminars, orientation programme and refresher course, organising
seminars and lectures. (Ref. Institutional Input Criterion II 7h ; Page
Vol- I)
2.4.4 Give details on the awards/ recognitions received by the faculty during the last five years?
2.4.4 The Governing Body of the college has taken a decision to give
recognition to the faculty members on the basis of their performances.
Implementation process is going on.
2.4.5 How often does the institution organize training programmes for the faculty in the use of?
a) Computers
53
b) Internet c) Audio Visual Aids d) Computer-Aided Packages e) Material development for CAL, multi-media etc.
2.4.6 The institution organises training programmes for the faculty in the
use of Computers, Internet, Audio Visual Aids, Computer-Aided
Packages, Material development for CAL, multi-media etc. are shown
in the following table.
Table No. Title of Workshop Resource Person (s) Date of
Workshop Participants
Technology Enable Teaching & Learning
Prof. Marmar Mukhopadhyay, Joint Director, NEIPA, N. Delhi Prof. Kalyan Dutta & Prof. Samar Bhattacharya, Jadavpur University, Calcutta University, DDPI, Govt. of W.B.
26th & 27th February 2004
Faculty Members of the college.
Computer Awareness Among the Existing Teaching and Non-Teaching Staff
Mr. Aritra Roy Chowdhury, M/S Cella Syatems
2004-05 Teaching and Non- teaching Staff of the College.
Staff Improvement Programme
Dr. Dilip Sarkar, Jt. DPI, Govt of W.B Dr. Swapna Banerjee, Reader of Library Science, C.U. Sri S.K. Barua, Asst. Register, C.U. Sri S.K. Chakraborty, Bursar, Selection Grade Lecture, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College.
11.04.2006 Office Staff of the college.
Use of Library Dr. P.K. Choudhury, Former DPI & Former Member
18.12.07 Both Teaching and Non-Teaching Staff
54
Secretary, WBSCHE & Dr. Swapna Banerjee, Reader of Library Science, C.U.
of the college.
Faculty Development Programme for Teaching & Non-Teaching Staff”. Date of Programme
Prof. Sunil Gandhi of Kalyani University & Sri Debiprasad Bhattacharyay of Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College.
23.10.2008 &
24.10.2008.
Both Teaching and Non-Teaching Staff of the college.
2.5.1 How are the evaluation methods communicated to the students and other
institutional members?
2.5.1 The Evaluation method are communicated to the students & other
institutional members through
i) Official notices circulated to both Teachers & Students
ii) Class notices are served in each class.
iii) Prospectus
The Evaluation methods consist of: Written Exam, Oral Exam,
Interaction with the students, tests, assignments etc.
The evaluated answer scripts are shown to each of the
students by the departmental teachers, pointing out the correct answer and
mistakes and shortcoming of their answers. The teachers also suggest the
points to be covered to address the question. Follow up actions [such as
giving students some assignments, cheeking & evaluating the assignments till
the final corrected forms are obtained] are taken by the Departmental
Teachers.
2.5.2 How does the institution monitor the progress of the students and communicate it to the students and their parents?
2.5 Evaluation Process and Reforms
55
2.5.2 The institution monitor the progress of the students through the class tests,
home assignments etc and communicate this to the students & their parents
in the meeting of the Parents-Teachers Association (Department wise)
usually held in the month of February of every academic year. In addition
to that, feedbacks & opinions of parents, teachers & students are utilised to
monitor the progress. After the publication of result of Class Test,
Periodical & Test Exam, Progress Report are given to the students who are
asked to inform & counter sign their parents/ guardians.
2.5.2 What is the mechanism for redressal of grievances regarding evaluation?
2.5.3 The mechanism for redressal of grievances regarding evaluation is
through:
a) Showing evaluated answer scripts to the students to find out their
weaknesses;
b) Showing that the answers given by a student does not in conformity with
the question to be addressed & also pointing out the correct answers and
showing the text and reference book for constitutions;
c) Students are assured that in the future the teachers will evaluate the
answer of the questions at a regular interval of time, as and when
demanded by the students.
2.5.3 What are the major evaluation reforms initiated by the institution/affiliating University? How does the institution ensure effective implementation of these reforms?
2.5.4 The major evaluation reforms are initiated by the institution /affiliating
University through changes in curriculum & Reforms in Examinations
patterns in order to evaluate the depth of student’s knowledge, skill,
aptitude to problem solving, ability to communicate etc.
To do this, the college along with the C.U. takes part in the revision
of curriculum / syllabus at the U.G. level and directly at the P.G. level
Computer Science, Micro-biology, Commerce. In all the disciplines
(subjects), the syllabi have been revised from 2002 and again in 2005 at the
56
UG level and the PG departments of Computer Science, Micro-biology,
Commerce have revised their syllabi in 2008 and it will be effective from
2009-2010 session on semester basis.
There has also been a reform in the examination pattern. The
evaluation method of organising examination on Annual basis has been
changed to Class Tests, Periodical and Test Examination. The college
maintains continuous evaluation system which is a unique feature of
the college. Along with this, University level examination is taken.
The conventional long answer type questions have been substituted
for objective type (short type), medium and long question type by the
University of Calcutta and our college is ensuring for effective
implementation. The college is using MCQ technique in the class test to
evaluate the depth of knowledge of the students with respect to a particular
topic, thus making them prepared for employability in future, which is in
conformity with the core values state by NAAC.
2.6.1 Detail any significant innovations in teaching/learning/evaluation
introduced by the institution?
2.6.1 Teaching Faculty- Qualified and competent faculty; good teacher student
ratio, facilitating counselling.
Admission Policies – Transparent admission obeying reservation rules of
Govt. of W.B.
Teaching Plan –Well-designed and well distributed teaching plan and
academic calendar; competence of teachers in using different methods;
maintenance of academic diaries.
Academic Strength- Blend of middle aged and experience with young and
energetic faculty members; harmony and cooperation among teachers,
students, non-teaching staff, parents and management; fair and transparent
requirement policies.
2.6 Best Practices in Teaching -Learning Process
57
Use of Learning Resources by teachers and students-use of library,
online journal, use of Internet.
Teaching process- Combination of lecture method with modern computer
learning method such as use of LCD projector, Power Point presentation,
Audio-Visual presentation; use of multi cornered feedback to improve
teaching and learning, experimental techniques, field visit, visits to research
labs.
Evaluation system-Policy of internal assessment –holding of Unit test, Pre
test, Test Examination and University level examination; transparency in
evaluation; framing of question bank; assistance to students to face terminal
examination through academic counselling, remedial classes, mentoring.
Additional Information for Re-accreditation:
1. What were the evaluative observations made under Teaching –Learning and Evaluation in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon?
A) Observation of the NAAC peer team: “Professors/ experts from
other University may be invited to give lectures, seminars for
students and the teachers”
Response: To fulfil the recommendation college made arrangement for
the visit of the eminent teachers from outside institutions. Accordingly
Professors and experts from Calcutta University, Kalyani University,
Jadavpur University, Burdwan University and other Institutions like
Indian Statistical Institute (ISI), Indian Institute of Chemical Biology,
Bose Institute, Indian Association for the Cultivation Science (IACS)
and others are invited regularly by almost all departments as resource
persons before teachers and students.
B) Observation of the NAAC peer team: “The shortage of full time
teachers is compensated by engagement of Part Time teachers.
Approximately 60% of the classes are taught by full time faculty.”
58
Response: i ) At present our full time faculty members stands at 51 in stead
of 46 (last visit)
ii) College Governing Body has created 35 fulltime
permanent vacancies and all have been duly filled up strictly maintaining
UGC norms.
iii) Consequently at present 80% of the classes are taught by
fulltime teachers. (Detail will be placed during visit)
2. What are the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures
undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation with regard to Teaching-Learning and Evaluation? Other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the
institution are the following:
1 Vigilance for transparent and equity based Admission process;
2 Introduction of New academic programmes and innovation in
curricular design.
3 Sustenance of more than 200 teaching days in excess of UGC norms
[180 days];
4 Introduction of Academic Diaries as a follow up measure to
maintain the Unitisation of Syllabi in accordance with the Academic
Calendar;
5 Holding of 88-90% class out of the allotted classes by the teachers
and guest faculties;
6 Use of seminar as a learner centric teaching learning process;
7 Strict monitoring of the students’ attendance by sending
communication to guardians/Parents Meeting by the departmental
teachers;
8 Introduction of assessment of teachers by the students through multi
cornered feed back on the basis of criteria suggested by the NAAC;
9 Use of digital classroom with technology enabled teaching-learning
59
aids;
10 Holding of tutorial class for all students;
11 Holding of remedial classes for differently able students;
12 Academic Counselling through structured Time Table;
13 Monitoring academic growth of slow and advancer learner through
introduction of Tutor-Ward System;
14 Holding seminars and workshop by the departments regularly with
the support of Experts from reputed Institutions;
15 Introduction of project work based teaching learning;
16 Introduction of small research project within curriculum of PG and
UG programmes;
17 Open access to the library;
18 Holding of library class with the assistance of departmental
teachers;
19 Purchase of more text and reference books in the central library and
departmental library as recommended by the Peer Team;
20 Large expansion of laboratory space with modern equipments and
supply of adequate chemicals, reagents etc.;
21 Motivation of the faculty members for participation in Refresher
Course and Orientation Programme, Seminars, Workshop,
Conferences, research work and publication;
22 Introduction of institutional continuous evaluation process by
holding of Class Test, Centralized Class Test (Periodical) and Test
Examination and interaction with the examinees and guardians as a
method towards quality enhancement;
23 Effective examination mechanism with a performance of 88-90%
invigilation duties by the faculty members followed by timely
publication of college result and giving Progress Report to the
students;
60
24 Encouragement for creative work through publication of
departmental Wall Magazine, different departmental programmes on
regular basis;
All the activities pursued in this criterion are in tune with the vision,
mission and objectives of the institution on the one hand and the core
values enunciated by the NAAC on the other hand.
61
Criterion III: Research, Consultancy and Extension
3.1.1 Is there a Research Committee to facilitate and monitor research activity?
If yes, give details on its activities, major decisions taken (during last year) and composition of the Committee.
3.1.1 The NAAC Peer team in its first visit of accreditation in 2002 suggested the
need for improving research activities in the college. To gear up the
research activities a Research Monitoring Cell was set up on 29th April
2004.
The activities of the Research Monitoring Cell are:
1 Motivating the teachers and the students to undertake research work
2 Providing adequate time slots for conducting & pursuing research
activities
The major decisions or action plans taken during the last five years are:
1 Involvement of more teachers in minor research projects in their areas
of specialization
2 Motivating the teachers for Registration in M.Phil. / Ph.D. programmes
3 Conducting International / National / State / Regional level Workshops
/ Seminars / Conferences.
4 Publications of articles / papers in leading journals including web
journals.
5 Undertaking collaborative research programmes
6 Monitoring, reviewing and encouraging research activities of the
faculty members and the PG students periodically.
7 Proposal of Research Monitoring Cell for allotment of funds in the
budget of the college for conducting research work by the full time
faculty members appointed by the college.
8 Proposal for tie-up with Indira Gandhi National Open University for
carrying out research as the college is a partner institution of IGNOU.
3.1 Promotion of Research
62
9 Proposal for subscription for e-journals by the college
Composition of the Research Monitoring Cell:
Principal as the Chairman of the Cell
A senior most faculty as the Convenor of the Cell
Five senior teachers as the members of the Cell
Secretary to the Teachers’ Council as member of the Cell
3.1.2 How does the institution promote faculty participation in research? (providing seed money, research grants, leave , other facilities)
3.1.2 The College promotes and encourages faculty participation in
research through providing research grants, monetary facilities, leave and
other facilities such as laboratories facility, Internet facility, research and e-
journal facility and facilities modern equipment like HPLC, PCR,
Spectrophotometer software, Hardware etc. The research grants have been
sanctioned by UGC as Minor Research Projects. The position of faculty
participation in research is given below:
Table No. 3.1
2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08
2008-09 (up to 31.12.08)
No. of faculty members engaged in Research activities:
21 16 17 20 12 21
Amount of Research Grant received from UGC (in Rs.)
4,36,559 5,26,559 1,49, 200 5,40,643 56,481
61,718+ *2,50000/-
Research /Seed money Grants received from MP
Nil 5,00,000 (For
Development of
Microbiology Dept.)
Nil
63
Lad (in Rs.) No. of leaves granted to research workers
A research worker is allowed to leave the college for research work as per the schedule: i) One day working off per week, ii) One day 75-80 % working off per week, iii) One day 45-50 % working off per week iv) Two months leave for writing of Thesis, v) One- Two week leave for paper presentation or similar Research
Activity. * College funded MRP
3.1.3 Does the institutional budget have a provision for research and development? If yes, give details.
3.1.3 The institution provides funds in the budget for the provision for
research and development. Year-wise allotment of funds in the budget are given
below:
Table No. 3.2
Research & Development 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 Budget Provision (in Rs.) 50,000 1,00,000 2,50,000
3.1.4 Does the institution promote participation of students in research activities? If yes, give details.
3.1.4 The institution promotes participation of students in research activities. The
curriculum of the PG course was so designed that the students are
motivated for future research activities.
Our plan for such promotion of research activities seems to be successful as
a very good number of our alumni are engaged in active research work.
In practice, all Post Graduate students of Microbiology of last three
years have done their summers projects in reputed institutes like Bose
Institute, Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Indian Institute on
Cultivation of Science, Central Inland Fisheries Research Institute,
Microbiology Dept. of BRSN College, Sammilani Mahavidyalaya and
Bijaygarh Jyotish Roy College and have submitted their project reports in
the Dept. of Microbiology of the College.
All of Post Graduate students of the Department of Computer Science
of last two years have done their project works in institutes like Indian
64
Statistical Institute, Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics and Bengal
Engineering and Science University and submitted their project report in the
Dept. of Computer Science, of the College.
64 Post Graduate students of Commerce Dept. of the last year have
done their projects in such institutes as Anandalok Hospital, Sharp
Industries, Dept. of Post & Telegraph, Eureka Forbes, Banks, etc and
submitted their project report in the Dept. of Commerce of the College.
The Grand Viva of these students was taken by the eminent faculty
members of the Universities & institutes, e.g.; Prof. Arabinda Bhattacharya,
Prof. Ananda Mohan Paul, Dept. of MBM, Calcutta University, Dr.
Malayendu Saha and Dr. Tanupa Chakraborty, Dept. of Commerce, Calcutta
University, Dr. Ishita Lahiri, Head of the Dept. of Marketing, Kalyani
University, Dr. Sunil Gandhi and Dr. Satyajit Dhar, Dept. of Commerce,
Kalyani University.
3.1.5 What is the major research facilities developed on the campus?
3.1.5 As a major UG college with few autonomous PG courses, college
has developed following research facilities:
• Arrangement of separate Laboratory space for research work,
• Subscription of some Research Journals, e-Journals,
• Arrangement of some modern equipments e.g., HPLC, PCR, Gel Doc
Trans-illuminator, Spectrophotometer, computer hardware, software etc.
• Arrangement of Internet facility,
• Motivation of research by funding from college fund,
• Accommodation of time for research activity,
• Motivation of collaborative research activity,
3.1.6 Give details of the initiatives taken by the institution for collaborative research (with national/ foreign Universities/ Research/Scientific organisations / Industries / NGOs)
3.1.6 College has taken different initiatives for collaborative research e. g;
• Motivation for joint project with University teachers,
65
• MOU with some internationally reputed institutes like IACS, ISI,
• Membership for Indo Canadian Studies,
• Collaborative activities with faculty members of JNU, Assam University
a Central University, Kalyani University
• Faculty Members are working as co-guide of PhD and M. Phil of
different Universities like Jadavpur University, Annamalai University,
Kalyani University.
3.2.1 Give details of the research guides and research students of the institution (Number of students registered for Ph.D. and M. Phil., fellowship/scholarship, funding agency, Ph.Ds and M.Phils awarded during the last five years, major achievements, etc.,)
3.2.1 Teachers from the Dept. of Microbiology, Economics, Mathematics,
Physics, Geography are functioning as co-guides for Ph.D/M.Phil.
1 Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay, HOD, Microbiology in collaboration
with Prof. Subrata Pal, VC Burdwan University is performing as co
guide of Ph.D. degree of Sri Sandip Banerjee, a research worker in the
project entitled “ Isolation and characterization of nitrogen fixing
bacteria from different agricultural fields of North 24 Parganas District,
West Bengal”
2 Dr. Amarendranath Chatterjee, HOD, Dept. of Physics is acting as
Guide of Ph.D. thesis of i)Sri Swaymbhoo Mitra, Lecturer in Physics
on project entitled, “Theoretical Investigation of the Magnetic
Properties and Specific Heat of Rare Earth Inter- metallics”
ii) Sri Dhurjati Prasad Saha, Assistant teacher on the project entitled,
“Substitutional Effect of Transition Metals in Rare Earth Inter-
metallics”
1. Dr. Anjan Majumder, Reader, Dept. of Economics is working as guide
of Ph.D. degree of Indrajit Banerjee, Faculty, Magnus Institute of
3.2 Research and Publication Output
66
Management, WBUT on the project entitled “Foreign Direct
Investment, India’s Economic Growth & Sectoral Imbalance during the
Post Liberalisation Period” at West Bengal University of Technology.
2. Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee, Reader, Dept. of Economics is acting as
guide of M.Phil degree of i) Sri Rupam Mukherjee, Lecturer in
Economics on the project entitled “Crop Insurance– A case study in
West Bengal, to Annamalai University, Tamilnadu
ii) Sri Biswajit Dey, Senior Lecturer in Commerce on the project entitled
“Role of Cooperative Bank in the functioning of Self-Help Group-A
study in the dist. Of Nadia, West Bengal” and the project has been
submitted to Annamalai University on 28th August 2008.
iii) Sri Galive Iqubal, Lecturer in Commerce on the Project entitled “A
Study of Productivity of Labour in Jute Industry with special reference
to North 24 Parganas” at Annamalai University
3. Dr. Sarbari Ghosh, Reader, Dept. of Mathematics is working as co-
guide of Ph.D. degree of Sri Subhra Chatterjee on the project entitled
“Application of Multivariate Technique and Stochastic Modelling in
Identification of Pre-monsoon Convective Development” at Jadavpur
University.
3.2.2 Give details of the following: a) Departments recognized as research centres b) Faculty recognized as research guides c) Priority areas for research d) Ongoing Faculty Research Projects (minor and major projects, funding
from the Government, UGC, DST, CSIR, AICTE, Industry, NGO or International agencies)
e) Ongoing Student Research Projects (title, duration, funding agency, total funding received for the project).
3.2.2 Details of the following are:
a) Dept recognized as research centre – Microbiology
b) Faculty recognized as research guide – Five (5)
c) Priority areas for research:
67
Dept of Microbiology is associated with the research work in the thrust
area like
Development of better bacterial strains with phosphate solubilizing
properties, good nitrogenase and other economically and commercially
important enzyme activities with the perspective to produce bio
fertilizers
Isolation and characterization of petroleum degrading bacteria from soil
samples.
Dept of Economics is associated with the research work in the thrust area
like
Crop- insurance, Microcredit, Labour Productivity in Industry,
Foreign Direct Investment.
Dept of Physics is associated with the research work in the thrust area like
Magnetic property speculation of different metal complexes, Magnetic
Properties and Rave Earth inter Metallics.
Dept of Mathematics is associated with the research work in the thrust
area like
Pre-monsoon Convective Development
d) Ongoing faculty research projects (minor and major) 21(Twenty-one)
Twelve (12) Faculty Members on Minor Research Projects and
Nine (9) Faculty Members doing Research Work under the guidance of
faculties of different Universities.
The project entitled on ‘Participatory rural development through
Biotechnology and other agro based technology ‘ funded by MP-LAD
done by Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay, Dept of Microbiology in
collaboration with Prof Subrata Pal, (former Dean of science, Jadavpur
University & present Vice Chancellor, Burdwan University) and Prof
Dipak Bagchi former Vice Chancellor, Bidhan Chandra Krishi
Viswavidyalaya has been completed.
68
e) Ongoing student projects –
Dept. of Microbiology 20 Post Graduate students of Microbiology
Dept. of Computer Science 24 Post Graduate students of Computer Sc.
Dept. of Commerce 64 Post Graduate students of Commerce Dept.
Dept. of Computer Science 28 of Under Graduate students of Computer Sc.
Department of Microbiology
Name of the Student
Name of the Guide
Title of the projects
Duration of the project
Funding Agency
Total funding received for the project
Sandip Kr. Bandhyapadhyay
Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhya
Isolation and Characterization of better yielding strength of free living nitrogen fixing bacteria by induced mutation and it application in Plant Growth Promotion
Three Years
MPLAD & MRP UGC
Rs. 6,00,000/- (Approx)
3.2.3 What are the major achievements of the research activities of the institution (findings contributed to subject knowledge, to the Industry needs, community development, patents etc.)?
3.2.3 Department of Microbiology has isolated and characterized nitrogen fixing
bacterial strains from local agricultural fields with tremendous potentials to
solubilize inorganic phosphate. It grows very well in starch containing
medium and can produce and secrete amylase. The strains are already
applied in Pot Culture. If our Pot Culture result shows any significant
achievement then the strains will be applied in the local agricultural field
with a perspective to produce by Bio fertilizers for better crop production
and to minimize pollution and heavy metal toxicity hazards of chemical
fertilizers.
3.2.4 Are there research papers published in refereed journals by the faculty? If yes, give details for the last five years including citation index and impact factor.
69
3.2.4 Yes. Refer item no.3.2.5
3.2.5 Give list of publications of the faculty. a. Books b. Articles c. Conference/Seminar Proceedings d. Course materials (for Distance Education) e. Software packages or other learning materials f. Any other (specify)
3.2.5 List of Publications of the Faculty: 100+ (Detail will be shown at the time
of visit)
3.3.1 List the broad areas of consultancy services provided by the Institution during the last five years (free of cost and/or remunerative). Who are the beneficiaries of such consultancy?
3.3.1 College teachers are participating in different consultancy services e.g.;
Services Beneficiaries Identification of Specialised jobs eg., Control of vector borne diseases as malaria, leishmania, fileria etc. College teachers have taken some initiative to control such vector borne diseases in the community through developing a system of biological control of vectors and also applying suitable pesticides in the diseased prone area.
Society
Proliferation of Open Source Operating system Local Teaching Members Thalassaemia Eradication programme Society Eradication of Arsenic Poisoning Society Different Training programmes Students and Society. Preparation of syllabus & curriculum of different subject of other universities
Students and Society
In addition to the above, the faculty members of the College provided
consultancy services to the School Service Commission and West Bengal
Board of Secondary Education, West Bengal Higher Secondary Council, by
participation as paper setter, moderator, Head Examiners and Examiners.
The beneficiaries are State Level Regional School Service commission
and its constituents and West Bengal Board of Secondary Education and its
constituents.
3.3 Consultancy
70
3.3.2 How does the institution publicize the expertise available for consultancy services?
3.3.2 During the discussions between the Principal and the faculty members with
different organizations (Sub Divisional Office, Municipalities, Local
Schools, Ichapure Rifle Factory, Alumni, Physicians and Society Persons)
information on expertise for consultancy services develop and the institution
tries to utilise the expertise in association with different organization of the
society.
3.3.3 How does the institution reward the staff for the consultation provided by them?
3.3.3 The College recognizes and appreciates the expertise rendered by different
stakeholders in the meetings of Academic Sub committee, Teachers’
Council, Governing Body etc.
3.3.4 How does the institution utilize the revenue generated through consultancy services?
3.3.4 Institution utilise the revenue generated through consultancy for
development work. For example, the fund earned by the Career
development cell is used for infrastructural development.
3.4.1 How does the institution promote the participation of students and faculty in extension activities? (NSS, NCC, YRC and other NGOs)
3.4.1 Yes
NSS unit: Extension activities :
• Adoption of ward no 17 of the Barrackpore Municipality,
• Collaborative work with a private organization named Barrackpore
Avenue Women’s Cultural and Social Welfare organization to deal
with the problems of the street children, 2003-2006
• Donation of books, exercise books, pencils, black boards and
garments to the street children, Imparting Teaching by NSS cadets to
the street children and making campaign for clean, 2003-2006
• Development of Green environment of campus and local area through
3.4 Extension Activities
71
plantations from 2001-till date
• Health awareness programme among college students in each year to
make the students aware of general health problem and how to fight
against them from 2000- till date.
• Programme in association with an NGO: Thoughtshop Foundation,
Kolkata on Anti-AIDS/HIV awareness programme with the
Thoughtshop of Foundation, Kolkata, Balmer Lawrie & Co. Ltd. and
State AIDS Prevention and control society Govt. of W.B. and has
undertaken extension activities with the local schools and has been
awarded Best Organized Trainee and Coordinated Team Effort in
the session 2004-05.
• Awareness programme on Consumer Rights with the assistance of
Consumer Protection Forum, Govt. of W.B. on 21.03.2006.
• Participation in a seminar on Global Appal on End Stigma and
Discrimination against people affected by Leprosy on National
Leprosy Day (30.01.2006) at Science City Kolkata.
• Organisation of Blood Donation Camp on annual basis with the
assistance of B.N. Bose Hospital,
• Formation of a Voluntary Blood Donors’ Club, which has been
inaugurated by Sri Buddhadev Bhattacharya, Hon’ble Chief Minister of
West Bengal on 22.09.2007.
• Organisation of World AIDS Day (1st December) in every academic
year,
• Participation of students of Economics, Geography and Sociology, in
association with Barrackpore Municipality through a survey on
General Health, Education and Municipal Services of 9 Municipal
wards and submitted their reports to the Barrackpore Municipality,
• Project of cleaning, arranging and bar-coding of library books,
• Distribution of Micro Saving Boxes among the students of the college
72
to generate the funds for community services
NCC unit activities:
• Observance of parades on Republic day every year by large number of
NCC cadets under 48 Bengal Battalion,
• Participation of NCC cadets in Law and Order Management during
festival days,
• Performed several training camp (8), National Integration Camp, All
India Gujrat Trek Camp, and Army Attachment camp in Assam
Regiment II and firing practices at Kote and Kancharapara etc.
• Development of Green environment of campus and local area through
plantations from 2001-till date,
• Guard of Honour to the Guests like Vice-Chancellors and Pro Vice
Chancellors, Ministers, MP, MLA etc.
Centre for Thalaseamia Eradication: In collaboration with Indian Red
Cross Society, Barrackpore subdivision, the college has set up the Centre
for Thalaseamia Eradication in depts. of Microbiology for the detection
and screening of careers for beta thallasaemia. HPLC machine for
analysing the variant form of adult haemoglobin has been installed. The
schools and college students from Belghoria to Kanchrapara of the dist of
24 pgs (North) can avail of this facility at lower cost than any non-
Government diagnostic centre in Kolkata. The doctors and the teachers of
this college will counsel the detected careers for beta thalassaemia.
3.4.2 What are the outreach programmes organized by the institution? How are they integrated with the academic curricula?
3.4.2 The institution organised the following outreach programmes:
1 Programme on Anti-AIDS/HIV awareness with the local Schools of
Barrackpore Municipality.
2 Out reach programme with the help of physician and medical
practitioners catering to the needs of the society.
73
3 Workshop on Plus Two level Mathematics for School Teachers
organised by the Dept. of Mathematics.
4 Workshop on open source software on Computer Learning for the
Teachers of the Schools of Barrackpore Subdivision.
5 Workshop on Commerce on Application of Computer in Business,
6 Survey of the Municipal area on the issues like Municipal service,
Health, Education etc.
3.4.3 How does the institution promote college-neighborhood network in which students acquire attitude for service and training, contributive to community development?
3.4.3 The institution promotes college-neighbourhood network through
organising Outreach Programmes and Extension Activities such as
1 Survey On General Health Education and Municipal Services
2 Donation of books, exercise books, pencils, black boards and
garments to the street children, Imparting Teaching by NSS to the
street children and made campaign for clean campus
3 Adoption of Ward No. 17 at Barrackpore Municipality through
the involvement of college students
4 Organization of Mock Parliament
5 Organization of motivation and training programmes for
Eradication of Thalassaemia
6 Organization of Blood Donation camp
7 Distribution of Micro-Savings Boxes
8 Formation of Voluntary Blood Donors Club
9 Observance of parades on Republic day by NCC cadets
10 Participation of NCC cadets in Law and Order Management
during festival days
11 Survey on identification of dropout of Primary School Children
and Children not going to primary school in a ward of Barrackpore
Municilpality.
74
These programmes are organized by the college involving the students.
These help the students to acquire attitude for service and training,
contribution to community development.
3.4.4 What are the initiatives taken by the institution to have a partnership with University / Research institutions / Industries / NGOs etc. for extension activities?
3.4.4 The initiatives taken by the Institution are
1 Partner Institution (BRSC College) of IGNOU under the convergence
scheme of ODL and conventional system
2 Joint Venture with Red Cross Society an International Organisation
3 MOUs with Institute of Computer Engineers of India (ICEI)
4 MOUs with JETKING
5 MOUs with Institute of Cost & Works Accountants of India (ICWA)
6 MOUs with Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science (IACS)
7 MOUs with Technable Solutions
3.4.5 How has the local community benefited by the institution? (Contribution of the institution through various extension activities, outreach programmes, partnering with NGOs and GOs)
3.4.5 The local community has been benefited through the various extension
activities and outreach programmes arranged by the Institution in the
following area.
1 Software and Hardware Courses for the students;
2 Jobs and Placements in different organisations;
3 Garments and teaching aids for the street children;
4 Facilities of blood in times of emergency;
5 Facility of blood testing of individuals of Barrackpore Subdivision
as a support service for Thalassaemia eradication;
6 Making the society aware of the dangers of AIDS/HIV;
7 New Methodology of Teaching Mathematics at plus two level;
8 Making the neighbouring schoolteachers aware of the use of Open
Source operating system (free software movement) as an
75
alternative to Microsoft.
3.4.6 How has the institution involved the community in its extension activities? (Community participation in institutional development, institution-community networking etc.)
3.4.6 The institution has actively involved the community in its various extension
programmes by arranging a meaningful participatory role and motivating
them with help of socially committed people.
1 Collaboration with the Barrackpore Municipality Personnel to plant
trees;
2 Conducted survey on General Health, Education and Municipal
Services in association with Municipality;
3 Collaboration with Indian Red Cross Society (Barrackpore Branch) to
set up a centre for Thalassaemia Eradication;
4 Organised programmes to spread the awareness of the dangers of
AIDS/HIV among the students of the neighbouring schools
5 Organised awareness programme on Consumer Rights involving
Consumer Protection Forum, Govt. of West Bengal
6 Organised workshop on Staff Improvement programme involving Joint
Director of Public Instruction, Reader, Dept. of Library Science, Asst.
Registrar of Calcutta University
7 Organised “Health Awareness Programme Among The College
Students” involving well-known and distinguished medical
practitioners of the society.
3.4.7 Any awards or recognition received by the faculty / students / Institution for the extension activities?
3.4.8 Awarded Best Organized Trainee and Coordinated Team Effort in the
session 2004-05 by Thoughtshop Foundation, Balmer Lawrie & Co. Ltd.
and State AIDS Prevention Control Society, Govt. of West Bengal for
NSS activities of the students of the college.
76
3.5.1 Give details of the collaborative activities of the institution with the following organizations:
o local bodies/ community o State o National o International o Industry o Service sector o Agriculture sector o Administrative agencies o Any other (specify)
3.5.1 The institution has under taken collaborative activities with the following
organisations
1 Local community, through out reach and extension activities
2 National organisations, through seminars, research, workshop,
conferences, UGC activities
3 International organisations, through seminars, research, workshop,
conferences and linkages with Sherbrooke University, Canada as part of
IACS programme led by Prof. Fernando Ouellet.
4 Industries, like HCL and Jetking
5 Agricultural sector through Participatory Rural Development
Programme through
Biotechnology and other agro-based technology in collaboration with
Prof S. K. Pal, former Dean, Science, Jadavpur University, Prof Dipak
Bagchi, former Vice Chancellor, Bidhan Chandra Krishi Viswavidyalaya
and Dept. of Microbiology, BRSC, funded under MP LADS.
3.5.2 How has the institution benefited from the collaboration? (a) Curriculum development (b) Internship (c) On-the-job training (d) Faculty exchange and development (e) Research (f) Consultancy (g) Extension (h) Publication (i) Student Placement
3.5 Collaborations
77
3.5.2. The institution has benefited from the collaboration in the following areas:
Curriculum Development- During the revision and updating of
curricula expert opinion from the eminent scientist, Professors,
Academicians from reputed Institute are gratefully received. Direct
assistances from some of these experts in taking theoretical and
practical classes have been obtained.
The college has received the benefits from the experts of Institute of
English, Kolkata, in the design and development of the curricula of
Communicative English
On the CSIR Foundation Day our students get invitation to visit the
reputed scientific laboratories of the CSIR institutes like Indian Institute
of Chemical Biology and can avail of the opportunities to see the
running experiments and interact with the scientists, and research
scholars.
As part of curricula our students can get the opportunities to visit
different industries like Metro diary, Mother dairy, East India
Pharmaceuticals etc and different laboratories of different reputed
industries.
Internship – College received the benefits from Bose Institute, Indian
Institute of Chemical Biology, School of Tropical Medicine,
Chittaranjan Cancer Research Hospital, Universities of Calcutta,
Jadavpur, Kalyani and Burdwan, Indian Statistical Institute, Bengal
Engineering and Science University, Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics,
Anandalok Hospital, Sharp Industries, Dept of Post and Telegraph, to
name a few for giving the facility of summer projects and dissertation
works of post graduate students.
On the job training - Job training is done by TATA Johnson
Automotive limited, WEBEL Infovision for medical transcription, Hero
Mind Mine, CTS etc
78
Research-Dr. Madhumita Maitra, Dept. of Microbiology has been
doing the research work on “Isolation and Characterization of a
Microbial Culture to be used as Probiotic” in collaboration with
Prof. Ranjana Choudhury, HOD, Dept of Chemical Engineering,
Jadavpur University and the Dept. is benefited by getting the expert
suggestions, lab trainings, instruments, chemicals and library facilities
through the collaborating research.
Consultancy- Received from Dr Purnendu Roy, eminent Physician,
and a successful entrepreneur of Genesis Hospital, Kolkata, Dr.
Debashis Bhattacharya, Founder of Disha Eye Hospital, Sri Aritra Roy
Choudhury, of CELLA system, Chairman of School Service
Commission, Mr. Dipanjan Saha, Sr. Manager, CTS (22/02/08) on
“New Trends in Career Options & Their Impact on Society”.
Extension - In collaboration with Indian Red Cross Society,
Barrackpore Sub division, the college has set up the Centre for
Thalassaemia Eradication in the Dept. of Microbiology for the
detection and screening of careers for beta thalassaemia. HPLC
machine for analysing the variant form of adult haemoglobin has been
installed. The schools and college students from Barrackpore
Subdivision can avail of this facilities at much less cost than any non-
govt diagnostic centre in Kolkata. The doctors and the teachers of this
college will counsel the detected careers for beta thalassaemia.
Publication - See item no. 3.2.5 (Annexure Enclosed)
Students Placement- students got jobs in CTS, WIPRO, GENPACT,
DABUR, INFOSIS, E.MERCK, Milliipore, Albert David, Electro Steel,
ICICI Prudential, Glaxo Smithclime, Tech Mihindra, ITC, India Foils
etc
3.5.3 Does the institution have any MoU/MoC / mutually beneficial agreements signed with
Other academic institutions
79
Industry Other agencies
3.5.3 The institution has MOUs with:
1 Other Academic Institution – Indian Association for the Cultivation of
Science
2 Industry – HCL, Jetking, Institute of Computer Engineers of India
3.6.1 What are the significant innovations / good practices in Research, Consultancy and Extension activities of the institution?
3.6.1 Best Practices in Research, Consultancy and Extension
1 A sizeable number of teachers are engaged in research work and
publication of papers in reputed journals. Refer name of the journals
2 Provision of seed money in the College Annual Budget.
3 Teachers’ enthusiastic participation in Faculty Improvement Programmes.
4 Participation of faculty members in seminars, workshop, and conferences at
the State, National and International Levels.
5 Extension lecture by outstanding personalities- Rastraguru Surendranath
Bandyopadhyay Memorial Lecture by Sri Sunil Gangopadhyay, eminent
litterateur and president, Sahitya Academy.
6 Project work by UG level students of Sociology & Geography and Post
Graduate students of Microbiology, Computer Science and Commerce.
7 Encouragement of faculty to offer consultancy.
8 Best Organized Trainee and Coordinated Team Effort award received
by the NSS students given by the Thoughtshop Foundation Kolkata,
Balmer Lawrie & Co. Ltd. and State AIDS Prevention and Control Society,
Govt. of W. Bengal.
9 NCC cadets awarded excellent (A) in “B” and “C” certificate examination,
2008.
3.6 Best Practices in Research, Consultancy and Extension
80
Additional information for Re-accreditation
1. What were the evaluative observations made under Research, Consultancy
and Extension in the previous assessment report and how have they been
acted upon?
Though the NAAC peer team in their first assessment report made no
evaluative observations in the recommending part of the report, however they
made some observations on Criterion aspect of Research, Consultancy and
Extension:
Observation: i)“The Research activity in the college is yet to gain momentum.
There is need for the faculties to be involved in research work in greater
numbers.”
ii) “Efforts should also be made to take up consultancy work and resource
generation.”
Response: i) As a follow up action to the above the college has set up Research
Monitoring Cell on 29th April 2004 to boost up research activities and the cell
has taken up the following activities:
1 Motivating the teachers and the students to undertake research work
as a result 43 teachers participated in MRP work with an outlay of Rs.
20.21lakhs during the 5 years;
2 Providing adequate time slots for conducting & pursuing research
activities.
3 Motivating Faculty members for Registration of M.Phil. / Ph.D.
programmes; as a result eight members either completed or joined in
M.Phil programme and twenty-two members either completed or
joined in Ph.D work during this period.
4 Involvement of more teachers in minor research projects in their
areas of specialization;
5 Creation of six (6) Minor Research Project funded by college during
2008-2009.
81
6 Publications of articles / papers in leading journals including web
journals.
7 Undertaking collaborative research programmes with Jadavpur
University, Calcutta University, Annamalai University, Kalyani
University etc.
8 Monitoring, reviewing and encouraging research activities of the
faculty members and the PG students periodically.
9 Initiative for attending International / National / State / Regional level
Workshops / Seminars / Conferences.
10 Organization of Seminar, workshop, Symposiums funded by UGC
/other funding agencies
11 Arrangement of separate laboratory space for research work
12 Subscription of some research journal, e-journal
13 Arrangement of some modern equipments like HPLC, PCR, Gel Doc,
Spectrophotometer, Software, Hardware;
Response ii) Consultancy work by an affiliated college in our country is not
a popular phenomenon. College Governing Body has developed Career
Development Cell, a consultancy organisation for its stakeholders. The cell
is now providing different coaching facilities to the stakeholders in the form
of coaching for School Service Commission (SSC), finishing school module
by means of soft and communication skill development, MAT, and coaching
for other Govt. services etc. By this mechanism college is able to generate
its resource. The cell is extending its activities to students of the locality
also.
2. What are the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures
undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and
Accreditation with regard to Research, Consultancy and Extension?
82
Continuous effort by the Research Monitoring Cell, Active initiative by the
Seminar Sub- committee, initiation of the NSS & NCC cadets made us possible
in quality sustenance and enhancement measure with regard to Research,
Consultancy and Extension.
A good number of faculty members are engaged in active research work
and they are supported by adequate time slots for conducting & pursuing research
activities.
Persuasion to senior teachers to act as Research Guide, motivation for
participation in publication of papers, speakers/resource person in Seminar,
Conferences, Workshops at the Institutional level, State level, National level
and International level. {ref. 3.1.2, 3.2.1,3.3.1 etc.}
Creation of six (6) Minor Research Project funded by college during 2008-
2009 for a period of two years in the model of UGC MRP which is a unique
feature for a college.
Orientation of syllabus and curriculum of the post graduate courses with
project work so that students may engage in projects works as per the syllabi.
Organisation of seminars and workshops by the departments is now
becoming institutionalised. Invitation of the external experts and evaluation by
them on seminar presentation by the students and faculty members are the
steps towards enhancing quality.
Students of each dept. publish wall magazines, which contain articles on
contemporary issues.
The college publishes Annual Magazine with yellow pages in each year {six
volumes in last six years}, where abstract of papers by the faculty, alumni and
students are published.
Provision and utilisation of seed money in the college annual Budget.
To promote the innovative and creative ideas of the faculty members and the
students, Department of Commerce has taken initiatives to publish
Departmental Journal – Journal of Business and Economic Issues.
83
Initiation and continuous monitoring of Consultancy services in form of
‘Career Development Cell’ to in and out campus students are provided in the
form of support services on finishing school model.
Extension and outreach programmes have been organised. The college has
organised an interactive session on “Socio-Economic, Political and Cultural
Aspects of Canada and France vis-à-vis West Bengal as well as India” with
International delegates (Comprising 15 members from Canada and France)
lead by Prof Fernand Ouellet, Department of Philosophy, University of
Sherbrooke, Canada.
To honour institutional responsibility towards society college has designed
and executed the following and made attempts to enhance and sustain them.
a) Thalassaemia Eradication Programme in association with Indian Red
Cross Society, Barrackpore Branch,
b) Voluntary Blood Donors Club with the involvement of all the students,
teachers and non-teachers (inaugurated by Sri Buddhadev Bhattacharjee,
Hon’ble Chief Minister, Govt. of W.B. on 22.09.2007)
c) Adoption of ward no. 17 of Barrackpore Municipality to work on
awareness development and support services towards health, education
and related programmes.
From all the activities under Research, Consultancy and Extension it
appears that the college is heading towards achieving a Centre for
Excellence, the vision of the college.
84
4. Criterion IV: Infrastructure and Learning Resources
4.1.1 What are the infrastructure facilities available for (a) Academic activities? (b) Co-curricular activities? (c) Extra –curricular activities and sports?
4.1.1 The infrastructure facilities available for,
(a) Academic activities are:
1 Campus area 4.955 acres (4.8 Acres + 0.155 acres common) with built
up area of 20052.88 sq. mts.
2 Principal’s Room
3 Staff room for Teachers in both the campuses
4 Office in both the campuses
5 Class rooms with OHP
6 Digital class rooms with Laptop, LCD Projector visualiser, Internet
connection
7 Laboratories with modern equipments, chemicals etc.
8 Libraries with open access facilities like Reading room, Clipping,
Bibliographic compilation, Reference, Reprography, Information
Display etc. and Departmental libraries
9 Central computer facility with 15 terminals
10 Partner institution centre of IGNOU in the scheme on Convergence of
Open & Distance Learning & Conventional System
12 Girls’ hostel
13 Canteen
14 Students’ Union room & Common Room
15 Girls’ Common Room cum rest room
16 Space for drinking water with purifier & cooler
17 Seminar Room and Examination room
4.1 Physical Facilities
85
(b) Co-curricular activities are
1 Auditorium
2 Health Centre
3 Internet facility & connectivity with Broadband
4 Career Development & Placement Cell
5 Language laboratory
6 Thalassaemia Eradication centre
(c) Extra curricular activities & sports are
1 Sports field
2 A 17-unit Multi-Gymnasium
3 Indoor Games
4 Outdoor Games
5 NCC Room
6 NSS Room
7 Guest room
8 Sports Room
9 Photocopy centre in both the campuses
10 Vehicle parking facility
4.1.2 Enclose the Master Plan of the college campus indicating the existing physical infrastructure and the projected future expansions.
4.1.2 The master plan of the college campus indicating the existing physical
infrastructure is enclosed herewith.
The proposal viewed as long-term plans for development have been
accepted by the Governing Body in its meeting dated. 17.12.2008.
The projected future expansions of the college are given below criteria wise:
Curricular Aspects
1 To open PG Courses in Sociology, Journalism & Mass
Communication, Management, Education, Mathematics, Geography,
Bengali, English, Political Science, MCA etc. by phase.
86
2 To open UG courses in Botany and Zoology.
3 To open Certificate & PG Diploma Courses in emerging subjects.
4 To introduce M. Phil, Ph.D. Programmes.
5 To revise the curricula of UG and PG courses.
6 To develop the entrepreneurial ability of the students through inclusion
of information on advanced technology in some fields of study.
Teaching Learning & Evaluation
1 Activation of Evaluation on Teaching and Learning through Tutor-
Ward System.
2 Extension of Remedial teaching for disadvantage students.
3 Evaluation and Reformation of Examination System.
4 Promotion of technology enabled teaching-learning.
5 Formation of more Digital Class Rooms.
6 Flourishing computer aided learning
7 Proposal for introducing INFLIBNET
8 Proposal for introducing EDUSAT
9 Proposal for central computer facilities.
10 Proposal for virtual class room
11 Promoting teaching learning through project work, dramatisation, play
etc.
12 Extension of laboratory space
13 Consideration of different departments by engaging more teachers and
laboratory staff.
Research Consultancy & Extension
1 Continuation of the endeavour to promote research culture among
faculty and students through Institutional Research Projects.
2 Publication of Research Journal by the Departments / News Letter of
the College.
3 Extension of National & International Linkage.
87
4 Organising of National / International Seminar / Conference.
5 Publication of Research Paper through website.
6 Organization of Rastraguru Surendranath Bandyopadhyay Memorial
Lecture by eminent Academicians/Social Worker
Infrastructure & Learning Resources
1 Continuous effort to get residual portion of 6, Riverside Road campus/
Purchase of New Campus. Rs. 1 Crore.
2 Construction of Art & Handicrafts Gallery cum Shop at 85, Middle
Road campus. Rs. 12 Lakhs.
3 Construction of 2nd floor of Blocks A at 85, Middle Road campus. Rs.
50 Lakhs
4 Construction of 2nd floor of Blocks B at 85, Middle Road campus. Rs.
45 Lakhs.
5 Construction of instrumentation workshop.
6 Construction of 1st floor of Block F at 85, Middle Road for Guest
Room/ Principal’s Quarter. Rs. 18 Lakhs
7 Construction of 2nd floor of Blocks B, at 6, Riverside Road campus. Rs.
18 Lakhs.
8 Construction of 2nd floor of Blocks D & E at 6, Riverside Road campus.
Rs. 70 Lakhs
9 Construction of 1st and 2nd floor of Women’s Hostel. Rs. 60 Lakhs
10 Construction of ground and 1st floor of Boys’ Hostel. Rs. 70 Lakhs
11 Repair and renovation of existing building
12 Extension of library space
13 Proposal for inter-library borrowing facility
14 Proposal for access of the online and internet services in the library for
the users
15 Proposal for up gradation of computer systems
16 Extension of Departmental Library
88
Student Support and Progression
1 Facilitating Support services through placement cell in IT, Hardware/
Networking, Financial, Retail and Marketing Management, Cost and
Chartered Accountancy.
2 Provision of training facilities of the students through MOUs between
college and industry such as MAYA Academy, ICA, ICWA and
Apparel designing etc.
3 Creation of fund for the poor and meritorious students
4 Arrangement of lift for the physically challenged students
5 Organisation of Seminars / Workshop for Entrepreneurship
Development of the students.
6 Supporting coaching facilities for different state/national level
examination, e.g. NET/ SET /GATE /TOEFL etc.
7 Extension of coaching & sports facilities - Football, Cricket, Basketball,
Athletics, Gymnasium, Khokho etc.
8 Opening of indoor facilities of sports in a stadium
9 Opening of Media Room in both the campus.
10 Introduction of Medical Aid Fund
11 Extension of Cultural Interaction – Meet & Competition, Exhibitions,
Seminars, Group Discussion, Debates.
Governance & Leadership
1 Extending the office at 6, Riverside Road campus.
2 Planning and developing strategies for resource mobilisation.
3 Budgeting and optimum utilization of finance reflected in up-to-date
Audit.
4 Proposal for faculty development programme of teaching and non-
teaching staff
5 Improvement of Teacher - Student ratio for better academic openings.
6 Development of student friendly computerization mechanism.
89
7 Enhancement of routine fees (Tuition Fee, Lab. Fee) at a interval of 3-5
years
8 Enhancement of Scale and allowances for Management appointed
faculties
9 Attempt to get more substantive posts from government and to fill these
up
10 Attempt to process Govt., M.L.A/M.P. LADS & UGC grants and DST
Innovative Practices
1 Activation of Thalassaemia Eradication Centre
2 Extension of NSS activities in the form of adopting model village
3 Extension of NCC activities for the girls students
4 Proposal for games and sports for girls students
5 Activation of Voluntary Blood Donor’s Club
6 Extension of Earn & Learn Activities
7 Extension of Social Participation and Community Service
90
4.1.3 Has the institution augmented the infrastructure to keep pace with its academic growth? If yes, specify the facilities and the amount spent during the last five years.
4.1.3 Yes, the institution has augmented the infrastructure to keep pace with its academic growth.
The following table shows how the existing infrastructure has been extended to keep pace with academic growth during the last five years.
Year 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 F
A
C I
L I
T I
E
a) Laboratory space for Chemistry, Microbiology and Geography has been extended by an area 6,800 sq. ft. (1st floor, C Block)
Additional construction of 4200 sq. ft. in 1st floor A Block at 6, Riverside Rd. campus plus 4,000 sq. ft. in Block E at 85, Middle Rd. campus for class room and students common room, canteen, sports room.
Additional space of 9,800 sq. ft. in 1st floor A Block at 6, Riverside Rd. Campus for class room
The construction of ground floor of D Block at 6, Riverside Rd. campus has been done (area 5,500 sq. ft.) with a cost of Rs. 46 lakhs to accommodate the classroom and lab. of commerce dept. and Bibhuti Bhusan Hall (Auditorium) with modern facilities and with a seating accommodation of 210.
Construction of 1st floors of B Block: Area 5500 sq. ft. with a cost of Rs. 44,19,587 and E Block area 3300 sq. ft. with the cost of Rs.15,36,022 (Estimated amount) at 6, Riverside Road campus for class and laboratory and Boys’ and Girls’ Toilet.
b) New computer lab. with 12 upgraded computers for commerce students at 6, Riverside Rd. campus has been set up to accommodate IT in the syllabus
Additional space (9×7.5 sq. mt.) for computer lab.for commerce students at 85, Middle Rd. campus
PG lab. space of Comp. Sc. have been increased & new equipments have been purchased
Renovation of heritage building of ground floor of B Block (area 5,500 sq. ft.) to extend the library space, NSS and NCC room.
Facilities of students canteen, common room, sports room provided at the ground floor of Block E (3300 sq. ft.) of 6, Riverside Road campus
91
S c) Extension of library space at 85, Middle Rd. campus for the students
Purchase of 6 new computers for Geography Dept. to accommodate GIS and remote sensing in the syllabus.
1 Digital classroom as computer-aided technology has been constructed in the Ground floor of A Block (6×7.5 sq. mt. at 85, Middle Rd. campus) of Comp. Sc. dept. have been constructed
Construction of 1st floor of block C at 6, Riverside Rd. campus area 1,500 sq. ft. as Principal’s room and staff room for commerce dept.
Construction of 1st floor of D Block at 6, Riverside Road with an area of 5500 sq. ft. costing Rs. 31 lakhs
d) Purchase of 2,055 copies of additional books (RS 2,80,509/-) & 20 journals (Rs. 6232) in the central library:
Purchase of 1347 books (UG+PG) in the library worth Rs. 399316/- and Journals worth Rs. 14531/-
LCD, OHP, Laptop & computers with advanced configuration have been purchased
1743 copies of books have been purchased for library at a cost of Rs. 606095 and journal of Rs. 26577/- as learning facilities to the users.
College has purchased 2,079 copies of books in the library, at a cost of Rs. 442777/- and journals of Rs.13483/-
e) Construction of 17 units gymnasium at 85, Middle Rd. campus (2nd floor, D Block) as extra curricular activities.
Extension of internet facility & Broadband connection with 13 nodes
Construction of Girls’ hostel has been made in the Ground floor area 3000 sq. ft. cost Rs. 36.5 lakhs
Online journal IEEE has been subscribed by dept. of Comp. Sc.
College has made necessary arrangement for purchase of 93 rare and valuable books for the benefit of students & teachers.
f) Purchase of land of approx. 8 cottas for construction of Girls’ Hostel Valued at Rs. 16 lakhs as facilities for women
Purchase of 12 cottas of land for Boys’ hostel Cost Rs.15,47,705
Additional Nine (9) journals of national and international standards have been subscribed & kept in the library
Room renovated for Thalaseamia Eradication Centre at Ground floor of B Block at 85, Middle Road campus.
92
F
A
C I
L I
T I
E
S
g) Renovation of canteen at at 85, Middle Rd. campus as common facilities for the students.
Repair & renovation of computer laboratory at 85, Middle Rd. campus
Construction of additional stair cases up to the 1st floor in E Block at 6, Riverside Road campus & B Block at 85, Middle Road campus utilising joist available from old rooms
h) Extension of internet facilities to students through Dias with 6 nodes as computer facility.
Remodelling of lab. of Psychology dept.
i) Renovation of staff room & construction of 8 cubicles for 8 depts. at 85, Middle Rd. campus Valued at Rs. 2.5 lakhs as per recommendation of NAAC peer team during the first visit.
Purchase of 835 copies library books at a cost of Rs. 169695/- and Journal of Rs.16716/-.
93
4.1.4 Does the institution provide facilities like common room, separate rest rooms for women students and staff?
4.1.4 The institution provides the following facilities:
Facilities Area (in sq. mt.)
1. Students common room 7.5×6.5 at 85, Middle Rd. campus & 10×7.5 at 6, Riverside Rd. campus
2. Students Union room 3×6.5 at 85, Middle Rd. campus & 3×7.5 at 6, Riverside Rd. campus
3. Separate Rest room for Women Students
3×5 at 85, Middle Rd. campus 3×7.5 at 6, Riverside Rd. campus
4. Staff room for teachers 15×9 at 85, Middle Rd. campus 7.75×14.15 at 6, Riverside Rd. campus
4.1.5 How does the institution plan and ensure that the available infrastructure is optimally utilized?
4.1.5 The college utilises its campus, available infrastructure and other facilities
for the regular students on weekdays from 10 am to 5 pm
a) Infrastructure is also used through distant education organisation,
value added education beyond college hours (5 pm to 7 pm) and
also used in Sundays by career development cells, ICE & ODL of
IGNOU.
b) Utilisation of infrastructure for conducting different public
examination on Sundays and other holidays
c) Utilisation of college ground by the college students in the
afternoon session from 3.30 pm to 6 pm
d) Utilisation of college ground by NCC cadets on Saturday, Sunday
and other holidays
e) Utilisation of college ground by the Govt. officials in the morning
session (from 7 am to 9 am)
f) Utilisation of Girls’ hostel by accommodating – 18 girls students
g) Computer facilities are utilised beyond college hours by the
students through tie-ups of the college with Jetking and ICE
h) Log books of laboratories of different departments have been
maintained
94
Still we feel that there is scope for utilising the infrastructure. We are
planning for further utilisation of infrastructure.
4.1.6 How does the institution ensure that the infrastructure facilities meet the
requirements of the differently-abled students?
4.1.6 That the infrastructural facilities meet the requirements of the differently-
abled students are assured through Students’ Feedback. Entire planning is
guided by feedback mechanism, departmental meetings and meetings of the
Teachers’ Council.
4.2.1 What is the budget allocation for the maintenance of (last year’s data) a. Land? b. Building? c. Furniture? d. Equipment? e. Computers? f. Vehicles?
4.2.1 The budget allocation for the maintenance of the following is given below:
Table – 1
Budgetary Statement of following items for the period 2003-04 to 2007-08
Sl. No. Period
2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 1. Land Nil Nil 10 lakhs
(UGC Grants)
.50 lakh 20 lakhs
2. Building 28 lakhs 30 lakhs 45 lakhs 1.1120 cores
96 lakhs
3. Furniture 3 lakhs 3 lakhs 2 lakhs 5 lakhs 10 lakhs 4. Sc. Apparatus
(including UGC & MP LADS)
6 lakhs 5 lakhs 6 lakhs 7 lakhs 5 lakhs
5. Computer 5 lakhs 3 lakhs 4 lakhs 4 lakhs 8 lakhs 6. Library Books
(Including UGC) 2 lakhs 1 lakh 5 lakhs 4 lakhs 11 lakhs
7. Internet Surfing Charges
10,200 .30 lakh .50 lakh .50 lakh 1 lakh
4.2.2 How does the institution ensure optimal utilization of budget allocated for various activities?
4.2.2 Income-Expenditure Statements are given along with the budget.
4.2 Maintenance of Infrastructure
95
Table – 2
Actual Expenditure Statement of following items for the period
2003-04 to 2007-08
Sl.
No
.
Period
2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08
1 Land 15,475 16,27,016 15,47,705 Nil Nil
2 Building 15,35,832 15,43,242 31,95,870 81,62,148 68,67,210
3 Furniture 4,58,542 6,42,619 3,48,775 10,79,300 12,80,162
4 Sc. Apparatus (including
UGC & MP LADS) 2,37,037 9,10,883 10,19,470 6,83,652 12,66,963
5 Computer 6,45,300 5,37,710 5,73,216 6,46,587 7,83,352
6 Library Books
(Including UGC) 2,80,509 3,99,316 1,86,411 6,30,911 3,02,200
7 Internet Surfing Charges 11,461 18,989 19,237 80,753 97,367
Optimal utilisations of budget allocation for various activities are shown in
the above tables (Table 1 & table 2).
4.2.3 Does the institution appoint staff for maintenance and repair? If not, how
are the infrastructure facilities, services and equipment maintained?
4.2.3 The College has not appointed staff for maintenance and repair.
However, Maintenance of building is operated through Building
Subcommittee as constituted by the Governing Body and monitored by
a retired Engineer with the involvement of civil and relevant
contractors/vendors. Two retired Sr. Superintendent engineers assist
the college as Advisors. College is also taking the support of executive
engineer PW (CB), Govt. of W.B.
Maintenance system is operated in decentralised form through
the depts. by utilising the Expertise of Service Engineer and other
service personnel.
96
Computer Hardware are maintained through AMC
Software development for the college purpose is also maintained
through AMC
Water purifier, generator, EPBX, paste control are maintained
through contract by AMC
4.3.1 Does the library have a Library Advisory Committee? What are its major
responsibilities?
4.3.1 Yes, the college library has a Library Advisory Committee consisting of
following members:
Principal as Chairman; Secretary to Teachers’ Council as Convenor,
Librarian, Head Clerk, General Secretary of Students’ Union, Senior
Teachers and Non-teaching staff.
The major responsibilities of Library Advisory Committee are:
1 To identify and adopt good practices & bench marks
2 To build a collection of Books, Journals, CDs, DVDs and to offer
services & facilities to the end users
3 To promote activities relating to working hours, stock verification
of Books, Journals & other learning resources, resource
mobilisation, manpower planning, information resources
development, technical services
4 To supervise digitisation & computerisation of library resources
5 To review the library activities
6 To consider the effective arrangement for celebration of library
year and to make arrangement for library class for the students
7 To review the progress and functioning of the departmental library
8 To conduct the arrangement of Book Fair on a regular interval
4.3.2 How does the library ensure access, use and security of materials?
4.3 Library as a Learning Resource
97
4.3.2 Access, use & security of materials are recorded through the computer. Daily
records of access & use are maintained through soft copies and are verified
by the Principal as & when required.
Vigilance by the library staff and the use of Close Circuit Camera
ensures the security of materials. Stocks taking of Books & non-book
material, journals are maintained year-wise as on 31st March with regular
interaction with internal audit and statutory audit mechanism.
4.3.3 What are the various support facilities available in the library? (computers, internet, band width, reprographic facilities etc.)
4.3.3 The support facilities available in the library are
1 Open access of students since the last peer team visit of NAAC
2 Digitalisation of books and library cards through Bar coding,
3 Internet with Broadband connections (4 set of Broadband
connection),
4 Clipping,
5 Reprography
6 Display of new arrivals
7 Information display
8 Power backup
4.3.4 How does the library ensure purchase and use of current titles, important journals and other reading materials? Specify the amount spent on new books and journals during the last five years.
4.3.4 The library ensures purchase and use of current titles, important journals
and other reading materials through the following:
1 Students are asked to place requisition of books, journals and other
reading materials of their choice of text and reference books in the
register maintained in the library
2 Requisition of books and non-book materials by the heads of the
dept. along with the teachers and the students of the dept.
3 Motivation of teachers and students to purchase and use books
through organisation of Book Fair.
98
4 Forwarding the requisition by the librarian to the Principal for
necessary order
5 Comparison sheets consisting of price lists given by the different
publishers and those by different suppliers are used to purchase
books and other reading materials.
6 After receiving the books accession is done through checking of
books and other reading materials, putting college stamp, entering
in accession register and making accession numbers.
7 Purchases are made after verification of the bills by the concerned
authority
The amounts spent on new books and journals during the last five years are
given below:
Amount Spent Year wise (In Rs.)
Item 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Books 280509 399316/- 169695/- 606095/- 442777/- Journals 6232 14531/- 16716/- 26577/- 13483/-
4.3.5 Give details on the access of the on-line and Internet services in the library to the students and faculty? (hours, frequency of use , subscriptions, licensed software etc.,).
4.3.5 The details on the access of the online and Internet services to the students
and faculty are given in terms of the following parameters:
Hours: 30 minutes given to a students for internet uses and no time limit for
faculty;
Students can avail of these services from 10.00 am to 5.00 pm on
weekdays and Faculty can avail of these services from 10.00 am to 6.00 pm
on weekdays.
Frequency of use: - Number of nodes for students use: 12
- Number of nodes for departmental use by the students: 66
By the faculty: 66
- Number of nodes used by the faculty: 67
99
Subscription: Rs. 60/- per students on annual basis as Internet surfing
charge. License Software: Using both open source (Linux) and licensed
software of Microsoft. Online services are used by the UG student for
downloading their forms from the college website. The college has taken
measures to fill up online forms by the PG students with the help of
Internet. These facilities are particularly helpful for the students of distant
places.
4.3.6 Are the library services computerized? If yes, to what extent?
4.3.6 Yes, the library services are computerized.
The extent of computerization is given below
1 Accession Register of Books giving information Department wise,
Subject wise, Entry date, Accession No., Book No. Title, Author etc.
2 Member Register giving details about membership number,
member name, type, date of joining etc.
3 Daily Book issue Register containing book number, accession
number, title, membership no., and member name.
4 Daily Book Return Register
5 Books statistics giving full list and title (department and subject
wise).
6 Issue return statistics counting books issued/return date wise and
department wise
7 List of books outside library
8 Book movement Register
9 Search of books
10 Catalogue Register
11 Bar-coding
4.3.7 Does the institution make use of INFLIBNET / DELNET/IUC facilities? If yes, give details.
4.3.7 No. However, the college has taken initiative to introduce and make use of
INFLIBNET/EDUSAT facilities as learning resources.
100
4.3.8 What initiatives are taken by the library staff to enrich the faculty and students with its latest acquisitions?
4.3.8 The library staff displays the new arrivals of books & journals for a
fortnight.
4.3.9 Does the library have interlibrary borrowing facility? If yes, give details of
the facility
4.3.9 Though inter-library borrowing facility is yet to take place, we have
institutional linkage with British Council, Kolkata from where we get
different facilities.
4.3.10 What are the special facilities offered by the library to the visually- and physically-challenged persons?
4.3.10 Library staff provides supports services to the physically challenged
students in getting the books and journals through maintaining the library
rules.
Library facilities are extended to the financially weak students having
family income upto Rs. 5000/- as per the following model:
Year Category Family income
Facility
1st & 2nd Year Honours
Up to Rs. 5000/-
i) 3 Copies Honours Book for Hons. Subjects ii) 2 Copies of Book for general subjects
1st & 2nd Year General i) 2 Copies of Book for general subjects 3rd Year Honours i) 3 Copies of Book for Hons. subjects 3rd Year General i) 3 Copies of Book for general subjects 1st & 2nd Year Honours
More than Rs. 5000/-
2 Copies of Book for Hons. subjects 1st & 2nd Year General i) 1 Copies of Book for general subjects 3rd Year Honours i) 3 Copies of Book for Hons. Subjects 3rd Year General i) 2 Copies of Book for general subjects
4.3.11 List the infrastructural development of the library over the last five years
4.3.11 The infrastructural development of the library.
2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Extension
of Library Space Addition of
Books (2055) (Rs. 280509/-) and Journals (20) (Rs. 6232/-) as on
Addition of Books (1347) (Rs. 399316/-) and Journals (05) (Rs. 14531/-) as on 31.03.2005
Recording and visualing of library accession Addition
of 835 (Rs. 169695/-) copies library books at a
Library space has been extended by 5500 sq. ft. at 6, Riverside Road campus.
Construction of virtual library at 85, Middle Road campus. and space
101
31.03.2004 Extension of
Internet facilities
Introduction of Departmental Library Introducti
on of Broadband Internet Service with 13 nods and DIAS with 6 nods. New
books purchased for PG dept. of Microbiology worth Rs. 1.5 lakhs
cost of Rs. and journals (02) at a cost of Rs. 16716/-. Purch
ase of books in the departmental library
Addition of Books (1743) (Rs. 606095/-) and Journals (02) (Rs. 26577/-) Purch
ase of books in the departmental library
for departmental library (1000 sq. ft.) Ad
dition of Books (2079) (Rs. 4,442,777/-) and Journals (02) at a cost of Rs. 13482/- Purch
ase of books in the departmental library
4.3.12 What other information services are provided by the library to its users?
4.3.12 Other facilities such as online searching and cubicles etc. are provided by
the library to its users like Research Workers, Alumni, Librarian of other
colleges, and students of the Library Sc. Information on total no. of books,
types of books & journals, Internet facilities are provided to the users.
4.4.1 Does the Institution have up-to-date computer facility? If yes, give details on the available hardware and software (Number of computers, computer-students ratio, stand alone facility, LAN facility, configuration, licenced software etc.)
4.4.1 Number of computers: 160 (approx)
Computer & Students Ratio: 1:25
Computer with Stand-alone facilities: 96 (approx), LAN Facility: 64
(approx)
Licensed: Windows 98, NT & XP, Ms-Office, Oracle 9i, Quack Express,
GIS Software.
4.4 ICT as Learning Resources
102
Configuration: IBM compatible PCs with Processor 1.66 GHz to Dual
Core, HDD 40 to 160 GB, at least 256 MB RAM, with windows XP and
Ms-office.
4.4.2 Is there a central computing facility? If yes, how is it utilized for staff to students?
4.4.2 At 85, Middle Road campus each Science Departments has computer
facilities and the college is making arrangement for providing computer
facilities to Arts departments at 6, Riverside Road campus.
Yes, there is a central computing facility at 6, Riverside Road Campus.
Computer facilities with LAN are available for each department in both the
campus.
4.4.3 How are the faculty facilitated to prepare computer-aided teaching/ learning materials? What are the facilities available in the college for such efforts?
4.4.3 The College provides facilities to the faculty to prepare computer aided
teaching-learning materials as a supplement to the conventional method of
teaching & learning.
As a follow up of the two days workshop in 2004 in IIIT (B) at Bangalore
and two days workshop on “Technology enabled teaching and learning” at
Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College in 4th February 2004 we
undertake some specific programmes as:
1 To use Technology enabled teaching aids in some subjects as
Chemistry, Geography, Microbiology, Physics, Mathematics, and
Computer Sc. etc.
2 To introduce digital class rooms,
3 To introduce the facilities of internet services for all the students
and the faculty
4 To introduce virtual class room
5 To introduce INFLIBNET SYSTEM, EDUSAT etc.
The facilities available in the college for such efforts are:
1 Using Technology enabled teaching aids such as LCD, OHP,
103
Laptop and PowerPoint presentation
2 Using digital class rooms. At present there are 5 well equipped
Digital Class Rooms with setting of laptop, LCD Projector,
Visualizer, Internet connection
3 using internet facilities by the faculty and the students
4.4.4 Does the Institution have a website? How frequently is it updated? Give details.
4.4.4 Yes, Name of the College Web Site: www.brsnc.com
The web site is updated twice in a week. The web site is developing with
assistance of Dream weaver and other relative software. The website
contains:
About Us –College Profile, , History, Nostalgia, Journey Events,
Institution –Infrastructure, Student Activity, Student Support
Courses: Admission, Departments, UG, PG, Value Added Courses,
Distance Courses, Placement Facility etc.
News – Events, Seminars, Special news, Results, Research Activity,
web Journal,
Organisation- Governing Body, IQAC, Staff,
With the help of website the students, teachers and society persons
of the college and other colleges and institutes around the world are getting
all sorts of information about our college. The college is making
arrangement for web publishing of the innovative and research works of the
faculty and the students of the college as per the suggestions of the IQAC.
4.4.5 How often does the institution plan and upgrade its computer systems? What is the provision made in the annual budget for update, deployment and maintenance of the computers in the institution?
4.4.5 The institution makes plan and upgrades its computer system according to
the needs of the stakeholders.
Internet services through DIAS have been replaced by internet services
through Broadband for better connectivity and high speed.
1 10 Old computers of the comp. Sc. Dept. have been replaced by new
104
and latest computers of upgraded configuration
2 The LAN have been upgraded to accommodate new UG and PG
subjects such as Food & Nutrition, Zoology, Geography, Mathematics
and IGNOU office etc.
3 Arrangements for inter and intra-connectivity have been made
The provisions made in the annual budget for update, deployment and
maintenance of the computers are given below:
Budgetary Statement of Computer for the period 2003-04 to 2007-08
(in Rs.)
Items Period 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08
Computer 5,00,000 3,00,000 4,00,000 4,00,000 8,00,000
4.4.6 How are the computers and their accessories maintained? (AMC etc.)
4.4.6 The computers and their accessories are maintained through AMCs with
different companies given below:
Item AMC with companies Computers Binary Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Printers and UPS Binary Solutions Pvt. Ltd LAN Elite Enterprise
4.5.1 Give details of the following facilities:
d) Capacity of the hostels (to be given separately for boys and Girls) e) Occupancy f) Rooms in the hostel (to be given separately for boys and Girls) g) Recreational facilities h) Sports and Games (Indoor and Outdoor) facilities i) Health and Hygiene (Health Care centre, Ambulance, Nurse, Qualified
Doctor) (full time/ part time etc.)
4.5.1 (a) Capacity of the Girls’ Hostel – 20 girl students
Occupancy – Rented
Rooms in the hostel – 6 rooms at the ground floor
Recreational facilities – i) Cultual functions (Suprova)
ii) Social functions
4.5 Other Facilities
105
iii) Wall Magazine
iv) Exhibition of Handicrafts
v) Departmental Picnic & Tour
Sports and Games – Football, Cricket, Athletics, Gymnasium, Table
Tennis, Badminton, Basket Ball
Health & Hygiene –
i) Health Centre with First Aid Box, qualified Doctor and Beds
ii) Arrangement for water Purifier cum Cooler,
iii) Two well spaced and airy canteens at both campuses for the benefits of
the students and
iv) Two canteens for the faculties and the non-teaching staff at both the
campus
4.5.2 How does the institution ensure participation of women in intra-and inter- institutional sports competitions and cultural activities?
4.5.2 The institution ensures the involvement of girls students in intra and inter-
institutional sports competitions and cultural activities with the
encouragement of the departmental teachers, students union and the
Principal and the coaches of different sports activities.
4.5.3 Give details of the common facilities available with the Institution (Staff room, day care centre, common room for students, rest rooms, health centre, vehicle parking, guest house, Canteen, telephone, internet cafe, transport, drinking water etc.)
4.5.3 The common facilities available with the institution are
Staff room at the both the
campuses
Common room for both
boys and girls students
Health centre
Vehicle parking
Guest Room
Canteen
Telephone
Photocopy centre at both
the campuses
Internet café
Water purifier cum cooler
Play ground
Well maintained Garden
Spots for sitting
106
arrangements at both the
campuses
Airy and wide lawns
4.6.1 What innovations/best practices in ‘Infrastructure and Learning Resources’
are in vogue or adopted/adapted by the institution?
4.6.1 The best practices in ‘Infrastructure and Learning Resources’ in vogue are
1 Lush green ambience of the college campus
2 Clean and well maintained campuses
3 Optimum use of campus facilities
4 Infrastructural growth matching academic growth
5 Well ventilated and well lit class rooms with electrical and
generator facilities
6 Airy and spacious Laboratories with modern equipment,
availability of water, gas, reagents, chemicals.
7 Growing library with more infrastructural and academic facilities
such as Books, National and International journals, Magazines,
Internet connection and Reprographic facilities in both the campus
separately. College has purchased 8600 (approx) copies of text and
reference books and 40 national/international journal (Nature)
including e-journal for the students and the faculty by spending Rs.
21 lakhs (approx).
8 Open access of students in the Library as learning facilities for the
students has been introduced and monitored.
9 Co-curricular and extra curricular facilities- sports & games,
gymnasium and cultural activities.
10 Health care facilities to take care of minor health problems of the
students and staff.
4.6 Best Practices in Infrastructure and Learning Resources
107
11 Girls’ Hostel with modern facilities are available to girls students.
At present the number of boarders is 18. To accommodate more
girls students vertical expansion up to the second floor in under
active consideration of the college.
12 Space for Boys’ Hostel has been generated through purchase of
land. The hostel is meant specially for the students of
disadvantaged community (SC/ST/OBC).
13 Students Canteen in both the campuses have been developed
through providing more space, cleanliness, variety of foods with
improved diets and other facilities as per the recommendation of
the NAAC Peer Team.
14 The college has constructed a Guest Room with two beds and other
facilities at 6, Riverside Road campus. The construction of another
Guest Room at 85, Middle Road campus is going to be started
15 Rain Water Harvesting model has been introduced at 6, Riverside
Road campus as a model for recharging of water and maintaining
ecological balance
16 The NAAC peer team in the first visit focused on Infrastructure
and Learning Resources, saying “maintenance of Infrastructure
like classrooms, Labs., Library and other facilities is noticeably
good and proper emphasis on automation of office, library and labs
has already begun.”
Additional information for Re-accreditation
1. What were the evaluative observations made under Infrastructure and Learning Resources in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon?
The NAAC peer team in the first visit made the following evaluative
observations under Infrastructure and Learning Resources:
1 “Paucity of space at 85, Middle Road is strongly felt as it is the hub
of all activities of this college. In the absent of land space the college
has to expand vertically”
108
2 “The canteen needs improvement in the area of space, cleanliness
and variety of food.”
3 “There is need for more text books as well as reference books. The
library space should be further increased. Departmental Libraries
may be encouraged. ”
4 “The reference section of the library can be kept open up to 8 pm on
all working days as suggested by the students. ”
5 “ Future plan of the college to have a girls hostel is laudable.
Creating hostel facilities for out side students is very desirable.”
6 “ The need of the teacher in arts faculty to have separate rooms
requires attention. Each department may be provided at least a
separate office place.”
Considering the evaluative observations by NAAC Peer Team the
college prepared long term future plan with the approval of Governing
Body of the college and the following show how they have been acted upon:
1. Laboratory space for Chemistry, Microbiology and Geography have
been extended by an area of 6800 sq. ft. at 85, Middle Road campus
through vertical expansion.
Construction of 17 units Gymnasium (with area 720 sq. ft.) at a cost
of Rs. 3 lakhs from the Ministry of Sports and Youth Welfare, Govt. of India
has been made in the 85, Middle Road campus through vertical expansion
as a support service to the students of physical fitness.
An area of 2000 sq ft. of construction of 1st floor of Block E at 85,
Middle Road campus has been made.
An additional area of 46000 sq. ft. has been created at 6, Riverside
Road campus through renovation and vertical expansion to accommodate
academic flexibility and growth.
New Laboratory space was provided to the dept. of Psychology,
Journalism & Mass Communication, Mathematics, Film Studies,
Commerce, Language lab., Sociology, Food & Nutrition. A new computer
109
laboratory in the commerce dept with 20 computers has been constructed
at 6, Riverside Road campus.
Laboratory spaces of Chemistry, Geography, Physics, Computer
Science, Electronic Science, Microbiology departments have been more
than doubled after first NAAC visit.
2 The college has provided improved canteen facility to the students with
nutritious and tasty of food, pure and cold drinking water through Aqua
guard and clean environment as suggested by NAAC Peer Team.
3 As per the suggestion of the NAAC peer team the college has purchased
8600 (approx) volumes of text and reference books and 40 Titles of
national and international journals (Nature) and periodicals including
e-journal for the benefits of the students and the staff.
4 Open access system has been introduced in the library since March
2003 and the library hours have been extended from 5 pm to 7 pm as
per the suggestion of the NAAC.
5 The college has constructed a Girl’s hostel with a plinth area of 283.75
sq. m. to accommodate 18 girls’ students. An additional covered area of
595.065 sq. m. in the first and second floors is under active
consideration. The necessary plans and documents have been submitted
to PW (CB) DTE for effective implementation. UGC has granted the
proposal and fund will be disbursed shortly.
6 The college has given separate office space for teachers of all the
departments-Science, Arts and Commerce as per the suggestion of the
NAAC peer team. These facilities will be shown at the time of NAAC
Peer Team visit
2. What ate the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation with regard to Infrastructure and Learning Resources?
• Use of feedbacks from different stakeholders. .
110
• Continuous monitoring and supervision by the management through the
democratic functioning of different committees.
• Implementation of Action Plan of the college in a phased manner.
• Allotments of funds in the budget for repair, renovation, maintenance
and construction of buildings. The college has spent Rs.2.11 crore in
building development and 1.26 crore for equipments of laboratories
and furniture, computer etc. during the last five years.
• Up gradation of instruments and equipments, computer and other
learning resources. The numbers of computers has been increased to
160 (approx.) with latest configuration. In the category of Instruments
and Equipments, modern and highly sophisticated machines like HPLC,
Visualiser, PCR have been installed and used. Details of instruments
and equipments will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
• Ensuring access, use and security of materials through AMCs,
Insurances, day and night guards etc.
• Ensuring purchase and use of current titles, national and international
journals and other reading materials. The college has purchased 8600
(approx) number of text and reference books and 40 Titles of National
and International Journals including e-journals and other periodicals.
• Ensuring maintenances of computers and accessories through AMCs
• Increasing the space for classroom and laboratories.
Developed infrastructure and learning resources are the
prerequisites for imparting quality education. The college is well aware of
it. During the last five years the physical infrastructure i.e. building space
has been more than doubled. Growth of library and laboratories are quite
satisfactory for the last five years. Number of computers has increased
enormously during the last five years. But we are not complacent about our
achievement as there is still a lot to be done if the core values of NAAC are
taken into account in its letter and content
111
Criterion V: Student Support and Progression
1.1.1 Give the socio-economic profile (General, SC/ST, OBC etc.,) of the students
of the last five years. The socio-economic profile of the students of the last five years is
given below:
Under Graduate Students Session General SC ST OBC Total 2004-05 3683 (86.6%) 430 (10%) 42 (1%) 95 (2.2%) 4250 2005-06 3605 (87.69%) 377 (9.17%) 46 (1.11%) 83 (2.01%) 4111 2006-07 3639 (88.09%) 370 (8.95%) 42 (1.01%) 80 (1.93%) 4131 2007-08 3720 (87.63%) 392 (10.82%) 62 (1.46%) 71 (1.67%) 4245 2008-09 3755 (86.44%) 457 (10.52%) 71 (1.63%) 61 (1.40%) 4344
Above table shows that the college has been steadily maintaining inclusive
character of the students profile at the Undergraduate level admission.
Relevantly it should be mentioned that the density of population of SC and
ST in the Barrackpore Subdivision stands at: SC – 10.75% and ST - 0.53%
Post Graduate Students
Session General SC ST OBC Total 2003-04 - - - - - 2004-05 14 (82.3%) 0 0 03 (17.6%) 17 2005-06 52 (92.85%) 0 0 04 (7.14%) 56 2006-07 158 (94.61) 05 (2.99%) 0 04 (2.39%) 167 2007-08 187 (92.11%) 09 (4.43%) 0 07 (3.44%) 203 2008-09 166 (89.72%) 11 (5.94%) 01 (0.54%) 07 (3.78%) 185
Comparison of Gen. student
37553720
36393605
3683
3500
3550
3600
3650
3700
3750
3800
2008-09 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05
Series1
5.1 Student Progression
Comparison of SC student
457
392 370 377430
050
100150200250300350400450500
2008-09 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05
Series1
112
Comparison of ST student
7162
4246
42
010
2030
4050
6070
80
2008-09 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05
Series1
Comparison of OBC student
6171
80 8395
0102030405060708090
100
2008-09 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05
Series1
Economic Status of students in 2008-09
8.90
35.0
22.5
10.9
4.95 4.55 13.0
Below 1501- 5001-
10001- 15001- 20000 & Not
Economic Status of the Students 1st Yr. (04-05)
5%
46%
37%
7%
3%
2%
Below 1500
1501-5000
5001-10000
10001-15000
15001-20000
above 20000
Economic Status of the Students 1st Yr. (03-04)
4%
47%
36%
8%
4%
1%
Below 1500
1501-5000
5001-10000
10001-15000
15001-20000
above 20000
Economic Status of the Students 1st Yr. (05-06)
2%16%
36%
31%
12%
3%
Below 1000
1001-2000
2001-5000
5001-10000
10001-20000
above 20000
Economic Status of the Students 1st Yr. (06-07)
15%
42%
26%
9%5% 3%
Below 1500
1501-5000
5001-10000
10001-15000
15001-20000
above 20000
Economic Status of the Students 1st Yr. (07-08)
9%
43%
26%
12%
5%5%
Below 1500
1501-5000
5001-10000
10001-15000
15001-20000
above 20000
113
Economic background of the students shows that the college is aiming to go
towards more inclusive education, since more than 50% of the students belong to
the status of income below Rs. 5,000 per month per family.
5.1.2 What are the efforts made by the Institution to minimize the dropout rate and facilitate the students to complete the course?
2.1.2 The dropout rate is seen to be rather low in recent years. However the fall
from the number of students enrolled to the number of students appeared at
the final examination is caused:
i Shift of students from general education to technology education
ii Shift to other colleges for getting admission in their preferred Hons.
subject
iii Joining as apprentice in the near by Defence Factories/ Air force
Taking all these factors into consideration, the drop out in the real sense of
the term is very low and it never exceeds 5-7%.
Even then, to counter students from dropping out, the institution
provides sufficient financial assistance in the following manner:
1. Freeship and half-freeship to 10-12% students beyond the Govt.
funded scholarship.
2. Financial assistance from the Teachers’ Council fund.
3. Six stipends provided by the alumni association.
4. Financial assistance provided by teachers personally.
5. Financial assistance from the Medical and Means fund.
6. Financial assistance provided by the Government for SC/ST/Hindi
students.
7. Financial assistance by the benevolent organisation such Maatre
Mangal Janakalyan Samati and two memorial funds.
If it is found that for any social reason (marriage / family conflict in
case of girl students) students may discontinue their study, Principal /
Senior teachers of the concerned departments take personal initiative to
114
counsel their parents to ensure so that the students may continue their study
and in most of the cases the intervention has been successful.
Moreover, if teachers find through the exercise of Tutor-ward
system that any student remains absent for a long period, immediately the
student and their parents are called and persuaded so that the
discontinuation does not take place.
5.1.3 On an average, what percentage of the students progress to further studies and for employment? Give details for the last five years. (UG to PG to Ph.D and /or to employment)
5.1.3 Student progression to further studies can be seen in the following figures:
In the Science streams it is seen that around 65-70% go on to pursue
further studies whereas in the Arts stream about 30-35% go in for formal
education, i.e., pursue regular post-graduate courses and about 30-35%
enrolled in the open and distance education. Commerce sees an average of
25-30% pursuing M.Com. and some 30-35% go in for Professional courses.
A list of progression department wise is given in Table 5.1.
115
Table No. 5.1 Students Progression to further studies
Subject 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Passed
out Progression to PG Passed
out Progression
to PG Passed
out Progression
to PG Passed
out Progression
to PG Passed
out Progression
to PG Geography 33 20 30 15 30 09 30 06 34 12 Computer Sc. 26 18 14 08 18 14 18 11 25 09 Physics 15 07 14 07 16 07 15 10 12 08 Mathematics 32 17 27 22 35 23 30 17 23 12 Electronic Sc. 23 20 13 12 21 20 08 06 19 13 Microbiology 22 21 24 24 18 18 21 19 20 15 Economics 27 14 27 17 14 08 21 11 14 10 Chemistry 15 11 13 09 27 22 18 16 11 08 Psychology - - - - - - 10 06 25 13 Bengali 78 64 86 70 86 67 69 58 82 64 English 35 30 58 44 51 35 48 34 45 30 Education 41 30 51 38 52 39 43 32 44 35 Hindi 16 14 19 17 43 37 36 30 34 26 History 45 34 52 40 49 38 34 24 66 50 Philosophy 37 30 48 36 40 30 29 21 41 20 Political Sc. 65 53 65 51 66 50 57 44 70 50 Journalism & Mass Communication
23 15 24 18 25 19 28 21 33 20
Sociology - - - - - - 20 05 26 10 Accountancy 297 120 310 127 209 82 143 54 125 76 Marketing - - - - 85 35 104 45 80 45
116
Passed out graduate students completed Post Graduate study in other institution
now doing Ph.D. (as per information available from departmental data and alumni
record) are as following:
Session Progression to Ph.D.
2004-05 12 2005-06 12 2006-07 08 2007-08 Yet to
register
As far as progression to employment is concerned, it was rather less
in number soon after their graduation; but now there is a noticeable
increase due to the activities of the Placement Cell in the institution which
conducts value added programmes, trains the students, grooms and arranges
a number of campus interviews, specially for students in the final year of
their studies.
5.1.4 How does the institution facilitate the placement of its outgoing students? What proportion of the graduating students has been employed? (average of last five years).
5.1.5 The College has a Career Development and Placement Cell which is
responsible for contacting corporate houses and arranging campus
recruitment programmes. Students are notified through circulars, notices on
the Student Notice Board, and also through display of posters. This works
very well for the students in the final year of their studies since most of the
campus recruitment drives are held during the tenure of the final year for
the current students. For the students who have passed out and left the
college, the placement cell contacts them over telephone if any scope for
placement is anticipated for them.
Session Progression to Employment after Graduation
Percentage (%)
Progression to Ph.D.
2003-04 17 out of 861 1.97 Record not available 2004-05 11 out of 826 1.33 12 2005-06 15 out of 872 1.72 12 2006-07 130 out of 891 14.59 08 2007-08 132 out of 784 16.83 Yet to register
117
5.1.6 How does the institution facilitate and support students for appearing and qualifying in various competitive examinations? Give details on the number of students coached, appeared and qualified in various competitive examinations (Average of last five years) (UGC-CSIR-NET, SLET, GATE, CAT, GRE, TOFEL, GMAT, Civil Services- IAS,IPS,IFS, Central/State services etc.)
5.1.5 The college has set up the Centre for Career Development with the
objective of providing Value-added Education to make the students ready
for the job market. This centre took cognizance of the needs of the industry
and accordingly introduced Communicative English (since 2003) with a
view to improving the communication skills of the students. Coaching
facilities for School Service Commission Examination for college and
outside students began in 2006. The centre has also introduced Coaching
for MAT and other examinations such as Bank, Rail and Government
services in 2007.
In addition to these initiatives taken by the college, arrangements are made
in the campus to provide professional training. The college has tied up with
a few agencies that handle such training programmes. Jetking provides
training in Hardware and Networking, Technable Solutions Pvt. Ltd.
imparts training for BPO services, ICEI provides necessary facilities for the
DOEACC courses up to A level [O-Level, PGDSA]. These organizations
also look after the placements of the students they have trained.
The institution facilitates students for appearing and qualifying
various competitive examinations in the following ways:
2 Teachers guide them in the core subject area.
3 Additional assistance is provided by expertise person in the non-core
subjects, such as General English, Logical Reasoning, Quantitative
Reasoning etc.
4 Result year wise is presented in the following table:
118
Performance of the SSC Students Year No. of students
coached Appeared Qualified Percentage
of success 2006 15 12 03 25 2007 09 07 02 28.57 2008 15 12 Result
yet to be published
-
Performance of the Students appeared at MAT
Year No. of students coached
Appeared Qualified Percentage of success
2008 07 06 04 66.67
5.1.7 Give a comparative analysis of the institutional academic performance with reference to other colleges of the affiliating University and the university average. (Pass percentage, Distinctions, Gold medals and University Ranks, Marks obtained in relation to university average etc. (Last five years)
5.1.6 The college has been maintaining an enviable position in the sphere of
academic performance. The performance of the college vis-à-vis university
in the final examination and the result of a group of near by colleges
mentioning their rank in NAAC are placed from the data received from
university.
PERFORMANCE OF BARRACKPORE RASTRAGURU SURENDRANATH COLLEGE VIS-À-VIS UNIVERSITY B.A./B.SC./B.COM. PART-II (HONOURS) EXAMINATION, 2003-2008
[UNDER 2+1 SYSTEM AND 1+1+1 SYSTEM] Scheme
Year No of students appeared
No of students passed
No of first class
No of second class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU
BA(Hons) 2003 365 365 5 336 1.36 1.39 100 98.91 2004 337 337 1 336 0.3 1.35 100 99.17 2005 399 399 8 381 2 1.54 100 99.14 2006 414 411 15 385 3.62 2.27 99.2 99.19 2007 365 365 8 341 2.19 2.11 100 99.41 2008 436 433 9 405 2.07 2.07 99.3
1 99.8
119
PERFORMANCE OF BARRACKPORE RASTRAGURU SURENDRANATH COLLEGE VIS-À-VIS UNIVERSITY B.A./B.SC./B.COM. PART-II (HONOURS) EXAMINATION, 2003-2008
[UNDER 2+1 SYSTEM AND 1+1+1 SYSTEM] Scheme
Year No of students appeared
No of students passed
No of first class
No of second class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU
B.Sc. (Hons)
2003 144 142 35 94 24.3 18.49 98.61
97.9
2004 193 190 45 145 23.3 21.19 98.0 98.37 2005 160 160 30 126 18.75 23.96 100 98.82 2006 183 179 51 118 27.8 23.58 98.4 97.93 2007 170 169 34 126 20 18.15 99.4 97.52 2008 172 171 43 121 25 23.8 99.4
2 98.89
B.Com (Hons)
2003 355 352 12 308 3.38 8.12 99.15
97.21
2004 298 294 32 262 10.73 8.88 99.0 93.90 2005 310 307 62 212 20 15.02 99.0 96.78 2006 293 292 132 158 45 31.07 99.8 99.75 2007 253 252 67 182 26.4 21.59 99.7 99.22 2008 205 205 53 148 25.85 19.36 100 99.62
120
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 Name of the college
Multi-stream NAAC grade
Location No of students appeared /passed
(%)
No of first class (%)
No of students appeared /passed
(%)
No of first class (%)
No of students appeared /passed
(%)
No of first class (%)
No of students appeared /passed
(%)
No of first class (%)
No of students appeared /passed
(%)
No of first class (%)
Acharyya Praphullachandra College
B++ Madhyamgram, 24 Pgs (N)
404/397 (98.27)
25 (6.19)
403/397 (98.51)
39 (9.68)
363/359 (98.90)
44 (12.12)
325/323 (99.38)
42 (12.92)
223/215 (96.41)
23 (10.31)
Barasat govt College
Not accredited
Barasat, 24 Pgs (N)
357/353 (98.88)
28 (7.84)
369/367 (99.46)
42 (11.38)
424/422 (99.53)
45 (10.61)
331/330 (99.70)
22 (6.65)
254/253 (99.61)
14 (5.51)
Bidhan Nagar College
B++ Bidhan Nagar, Kolkata
278/275 (98.92)
33 (11.87)
277/271 (98.19)
56 (20.22)
238/238 (100.00)
54 (22.69)
180/180 (100.00)
18 (9.63)
162/160 (98.77)
10 (6.17)
Rishi Bankim Chandra college
B Naihati, 24 Pgs (N)
334/326 (97.7)
13 (3.89)
362/356 (98.28)
13 (3.72)
279/274 (98.21)
19 (6.81)
348/344 (98.85)
6 (1.72)
301/299 (99.34)
7 (2.33)
Mahadevananda Mahavidyalaya
B++ Barrackpore, 24 Pgs (N)
107/105 (98.13)
6 (5.61)
92/88 (95.65)
3 (3.26)
105/105 (100.00)
0 (0.00)
125/124 (99.20)
1 (0.80)
118/115 (97.46)
0 (0.00)
Gobardanga College
A 24 Pgs (N) 335/330 (98.51)
6 (1.79)
340/331 (97.35)
4 (1.18)
400/392 (98.00)
1 (0.25)
191/184 (96.34)
2 (1.05)
314/311 (99.04)
1 (0.32)
Scottish church College
A Kolkata 387/376 (97.03)
71 (15.04)
370/364 (98.38)
69 (18.65)
380/376 (98.95)
76 (20.00)
364/363 (99.73)
41 (11.26)
348/348 (100.00)
27 (7.76)
Bhairab Ganguly College
B 24 Pgs (N) 333/331 (99.4)
24 (7.21)
344/337 (97.97)
35 (10.17)
342/340 (99.42)
34 (9.94)
277/275 (99.28)
10 (3.61)
277/277 (100.00)
16 (5.78)
DumDum Motijheel College
B++ 24 Pgs (N) 203/197 (97.04)
10 (4.93)
222/213 (95.95)
7 (3.15)
250/246 (98.40)
2 (0.80)
263/257 (97.72)
5 (1.90)
210/203 (97.62)
2 (0.95)
Bararckpore R.S. College
B Barrackpore, 24 Pgs (N)
784/784 (100.00)
112 (14.29)
896/891 (99.55)
203 (22.66)
875/872 (99.66)
105 (12.00)
833/826 (99.16)
78 (9.36)
863/861 (99.77)
58 (6.72)
Mrinalinidevi Mahavidyalaya
B++ 24 Pgs (N) 259/259 (100)
4 (1.54)
271/267 (98.89)
6 (2.21)
265/259 (97.74)
3 (1.13)
243/234 (96.30)
1 (0.41)
248/241 (97.18)
0 (0.00)
Sarojini Naidu College for women
B++ 24 Pgs (N) 193/190 (98.45)
4 (2.07)
219/216 (98.63)
10 (4.57)
171/170 (99.42)
6 (3.51)
132/131 (99.24)
6 (4.55)
89/88 (98.88)
1 (1.12)
121
Following is the mention of the University Ranks year wise
Details may be presented at the time of visit.
Evaluation: The above two tables show the relative comparison of the result of
the institution with respect to the average of the university. When compared with
the University, the college performance is better than the University average and
has been steadily maintaining the position.
When compared with the neighbouring colleges affiliated to the same
University, with reference to the number of students appearing for the final
exams, to the number of students passing out, getting first class and percentage
of students passing, the college has occupied 1st except two years i.e., 2nd / 3rd
position in 2003, 2006 among the neighbouring colleges of the district which
are now included in the new university, West Bengal State University. It is
important to mention here that the number of students appeared per year is
almost double or more than the candidates appeared from the neighbouring
colleges.
Results PG 05-06 06-07 07-08
Pass Percentage MCBM 100%
MCBM +CMSM 100%
MCBM +CMSM +COMM
100%
Number of first classes 13 34 70
Steady growth, better quantitative and qualitative status, best performing
amongst the neighbouring as well as in district colleges is noteworthy.
Year 03-04 04-05 05-06 06-07 07-08 Last Five years
(Total)
University Ranks 31 25 35 40 30 161
122
5.2.1 Does the institution publish its updated prospectus, handbook and other
student information material annually? If yes, what is the information disseminated to students through these publications?
5.2.1 Every year, before commencement of academic session, the prospectus is
published which carries important information for the prospective students
regarding admission rules, admission criteria, programmes and courses
offered, fee structure, facilities provided, list of faculty with their
qualifications, college highlights, value-added education, and other general
rules for a students to follow while he/she pursues a course in the college.
Day-to day information is communicated through class notification or
display on the general notice board.
5.2.2 Does the institution provide financial aid to students? If yes, specify the type and number of scholarships/ freeships given to the students during the last academic year by the institution (other than those provided by the social welfare departments of the State or Central Governments).
5.2.2 College has a long-standing tradition in the matter of granting financial aid
to students. Since a substantial number of students come from economically
challenged families, the college is highly concerned about them.
The teaching community of this college has also come forward to shoulder
the responsibility of assisting 6-10 students with a scholarship of not less
than Rs. 2500/- annually. An amount of Rs. 50/- is deducted from the
salaries of teachers every month towards the funding of the above students.
The college has also been granting full freeship or half freeship to
nearly 12% of the total students’ volume. Financial assistance is granted to
students on the basis some criteria, which take into consideration the merit,
the regular attendance and the financial position of the family.
Alumni Association of the college has also taken initiative to
provide financial assistance to the meritorious cum financially poor
students. Presently, the number is six and valuation is Rs. 2500/- each per
annum.
5.2 Student Support
123
College has also been able to arrange for some more scholarship for
the students funded by some benevolent organisations. (Ref. Institutional
Data Criterion V- 2; Page - Vol- I)
From the table mentioned above, it is clear that granting financial
assistance to students can not be considered occasional or an event of a
year. Rather it is a continuous and sustained effort that the college has
made to ensure the completion of studies of the financially challenged
students. The number of recipients shown in the table is not selective, it is
inclusive. No bonafide application is rejected.
5.2.3 Give details of schemes for student welfare? (Insurance, subsidized canteen facilities, special diets, student counseling support, “earn while you learn” scheme etc.)
5.2.3 The college has developed a medical insurance for students in the form
of granting financial assistance to meet their medical expenditure against
any accident caused on the basis of their applications. The maximum
amount paid from this fund is Rs. 22,000/- to a single student in the year
2005-06.
College has 4 subsidized canteens – 2 for students in both campuses
of the college and a similar figure for the teachers. Subsidy is provided in
the form of providing free space, and electricity, water, furniture at zero
cost to all the 4 canteens, thereby facilitating both students and teachers to
have subsidized food in the campus.
Special diets round the year after regular practices are available to
those who undertake coaching in sports and games. Expenditure in this
head crossed more than Rs. 25000/- per annum. The college has appointed
three professional coaches to train the students in football, cricket and
athletics. A gym instructor has been appointed to carefully monitor the
students when they work exercise on the instruments in the multi-gym.
College is practicing the ‘Earn while you Learn’ mechanism as a
support service for the students as one of its best practices since 2003-04.
124
Students are maintaining garden, arranging books in the library etc. within
this scheme. The Institutional Data Criterion V- 2 is indicating the number
of participants and the amount spent in this scheme. (Ref. Page – Vol - I)
5.2.4 What type of support services are available to overseas students?
5.2.4 All Support Services as mentioned above are also available to overseas
students.
5.2.5 Give details of the placement and counseling services for the students? 5.2.5 In a general undergraduate degree college, campus recruitment is not a very
popular phenomenon. Our college can claim distinction in this regard. The
process began before the last assessment, but has gathered momentum since
2006. Students were offered placements in the sectors of IT, ITes, Sales and
Marketing, Healthcare Services, Pharmaceutical companies, Insurance,
Banking, Retail etc. The counselling programmes are conducted in phases.
The first phase consists of apprising the students of the over all trends
prevailing in the job market today. Students are persuaded to realize the
importance of proficiency in communication. Creating awareness is the
first thing that is targeted at the first phase of counselling. The first phase
lasts for almost a month and a half. During this phase students are exposed
to motivational lectures delivered by one of the members of the Career
Development Cell. After the presentation students are allowed to ask
questions and clear their doubts. Thereafter they enrol themselves in the
value added education programmes, which includes, Communicative
English language and Soft Skill Development.
The second phase of counselling begins when a specific
date is fixed for campus recruitment. Students are made aware of the details
of the company, Job profile and the mode of interview that they will be
attending.
125
The third phase takes place four to seven days before every
recruitment programme to assess the students’ progress and remedial
measures are taken, if necessary.
The fourth phase of counselling is held after the recruitment process
is over. A session is arranged to apprise the students who have not
succeeded about the areas where they are required to improve further, on
the basis of feedback we gather from the recruiting team on the day of
interview itself. Our faculty members engaged in the career building
activities of the students start working further to improve the quality of the
unsuccessful candidates.
From 2006-07 we have unleashed a new initiative to
expand and broaden the counselling and career building activities. First
Career Fair 2007 for Education and Counselling was organised by the
Centre for Career Development from 26th November to 2nd December 2007.
1st Career Fair 2007
26.11.2007 Persons and Organizations Participated Counseling Session
I
Outsourcing & Multimedia
Prof. Samar Bhattacharyya, Director, School of Education Technology, JU. Presentation by Hero Mindmine presentation by Techno India Group Sri Santanu Bhattachryya, Director, Technable Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Lecture on Multimedia by Prof. Samar Bhattacharyya Interactive Session
27.11.2007 Counseling Session
II
School Teaching, Law,
Journalism, Career Related to Bio
Science, Career Related to
Commerce Education
Prof. Subrata Paul, Dean of Science, Jadavpur University Dr. Ranajit Basu, Chairman, School Service Commission Dr. Manik Bhattacharyya, Principal, Jogesh Chandra Choudhury Law College Prof. Asok Bhattacharyya, Dept. of Mass Communication, Jadavpur University Prof. Dhruba Ranjan Dandapate, Head, Dept. of Commerce, CU
126
Counseling Session III a
Career Chartered
Accountant, Banking, Insurance & Management
Lecture on Management Course by Prof. Ranjit Chakraborty, Dean, Commerce, Social Welfare and Management, CU. Presentation : Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Interactive Session
Counseling Session III b
Software & Hardware
Prof. Dwijesh Dutta Majumder, Indian Statistical Institute Sri Sekhar Chakraborty, Asst. General Manager, Jetking. Presentation by HCL. Presentation by Webel Interactive Session
28.11.2007 Counseling Session
IV Company Secretary¸
Cost & Works Accountant
Prof. Sunil Gandhi, Dept. of Commerce, KU. Presentation by ICSI Presentation by ICWAI Interactive Session
Counseling Session V
Tax, Retail, General and Banking
Sri Ananda Mohan Paul, Dept. of Management, C.U. Sri Sandip Dutta, Director, Bengal Tax Council Sri Ram Kishore Chakraborty, faculty Mamber , W.B. Cooperative Bank Training Institute Sri Chanchal Chakraborti, BRSC
2nd Career Fair 2008 for Education and Counselling was held
from 2nd to 7th December 2008.
2nd Career Fair 2008
02.12.2008 Persons and Organizations Participated Counseling Session
I
Hardware, Networking &
Multimedia
Prof. Samar Bhattacharyya, Director, School of Education Technology, JU. ICA SHINE. GT Group. Interactive Session
03.12.2008 Counseling Session
II
Economics, Commerce, Hotel Management, Law
Dr. Dhruba Ranjan Dandapate, Head Dept. Commerce, C.U. Dr. Ranjit Chaudhuri, Principal, IHM. Dr. Manik Bhattacharyya, Principal, Jogesh Chandra Choudhury Law College Dr. Amiya Mudi, Regional Chairman, School Service Commission.
127
Counseling Session
III a
Chartered Accountant
&
Cost Accountant
Presentation: Institute of Chartered Accounts of India. Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India. Sndip Kr. Chakraborty, BRSC Genpact Interactive Session
Counseling Session III b
Hardware & Animation
Presentation Jetking GT Group. RTG Dr. Amarendranath Chatterjee, Faculty, BRSC Interactive Session
04.12.2008 Counseling Session
IV
Software Developer
Presentation: Aptech Computer Centre Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee, Faculty, BRSC
Counseling Session IV a
Management Study
Presentation: EIILM NSHM Interactive Session
Counseling Session IV b
Media, Hospitality, Retail &
Out Sourcing
Mr. Krishnendu Sarkar, Deputy Director, NSHM. Presentation Technable Solutions. Interactive Session
Counseling Session V a
Animation & NGO Service
Presentation MAAC Prominent NGO Groups Interactive Session
Counseling Session V b
Parallel Education for MCA, M.Tech & Medical
Transcription.
Presentation Institute of Computer Engineers of India, A Techno India Group. Aptech Computer Education. Webel -Infovision Interactive Session
5.2.6 How does the institution encourage and develop entrepreneurial skills among the students?
5.2.6 Entrepreneurial skills among the students are developed by encouraging
them to take initiatives in handling cultural programmes, sports activities,
students’ seminars, students’ etc. The institution taps their leadership skill
by providing scope to organise various events so that they can develop their
entrepreneurial potentialities.
128
Every year the students’ union organises ‘SUPROVA’, a week long annual
cultural competition where students get opportunity to exhibit their talent
in different spheres of cultural activities. Annual Sports and Annual
Social Function are also organised by students’ union. Students can exhibit
their creative activities in Drawing, Painting, Artworks and other
Handicrafts, through an Exhibition held annually.
A few workshops & seminars have been held like Day Long
workshop of I-CREATE an NGO, two seminars addressed by the chairman
of the District Industry Centre (DIC), a government body, where students
learnt about the entrepreneurship. Another seminar was held where two
leading entrepreneurs, Dr. Purnendu Roy and Dr. Debasish Bhattacharya
presented their experiences in developing their own enterprise and
encouraged the students to develop independent initiatives.
5.2.7 Does the faculty participate in academic and personal counseling? If yes, give details on services provided during the last academic year?
5.2.7 The College has a regular system of providing academic counselling
services to the students through the structured routine from the month of
February till the examination is over. Students in general and science and
commerce students in particular have been utilising this opportunity to a
large extent. Experience has proved the wrathfulness of allotting these
classes. (This has been already detailed in Criterion II)
5.2.8 Is there a separate guidance and counseling centre for women students? If yes, enumerate the activities of the centre.
5.2.8 The Career Development Cell pays special attention to the opportunities
where girl students maybe employed. This is evidenced from the cases
cited above in 5.2.7. Health related problems of the female students are
counselled and attended by the members of the Health Committee (mainly
female teachers), grievances of the girl students are addressed by the
Grievance Redressal Cell.
Governing Body of the college has developed a Women
development cell for the support of the girls’ students and women of the
129
society. Only women members of the college are the members of this
cell. The cell is making arrangement for counselling of girls students
required special support mentally and psychologically. The Women
development cell has extended their activity in and outside the college.
The cell is participating in the awareness programme of the women of ward
no.17 of Barrackpore Municipality.
5.2.9 Is there a Cell /Committee constituted for prevention/ action against sexual harassment of women students? If yes, detail its constitution and enumerate its activities (issues addressed during the last two years)
5.2.9 The environment in an around the college did not prompt us to have a
separate cell for prevention of sexual harassment of women students. It
generally does not happen in the college. The institution has not witnessed
a single case during the last five years. More over to prevent the occurrence
of such type of incidents, the college has engaged one local middle-aged
woman to run the students’ canteen in one of the campuses.
5.2.10 Does the institution have a grievance redressal cell? If yes, what are its functions? Detail the major grievances redressed during the last five years.
5.2.10 The College has a Grievance Redressal Cell. Students may ventilate their
grievance either through complaint box or directly presenting
representation to the Principal. During the last five years the following
grievances came to the cell, which were given due consideration and
redressal measures were taken.
Date Nature of Grievance Redressal Measures
05.09.03 A representation to the Principal urging immediate release of Puja advance to the employees and approval of services of the employees appointed on contract basis.
Principal assured the delegation and subsequently ordered to release the puja advance to the employees.
05.11.2003 Complaint of misbehivour against Sri S. B. Thapa, a Lecturer in Hindi by Sri Prabir Kr. De, Library Staff
Principal invited both Sri Thapa and Sri Prabir Kr. De to a discussion and it was amicably resolved.
10.04.2004 Representation to the Principal by the students of Psychology department demanding more books in the library
Principal ordered immediate purchase of books and it was done
130
24.11.2004 A representation to the Principal by the students of the Geography department attracting his attention towards some academic problems
Principal took immediate action, met the teachers and requested them to take corrective measures. After a few weeks he enquired about the matter and was informed that the problem ha been solved.
13.04.2006 Representation from the Students’ Union requesting Principal to order to issue a second I-card in case of loss of it.
Cell met, discussed and resolved that for second time duplicate card with jacket be issued with out any cost.
01.08.2008 Complaint by two guardians that their wards have been beaten by four student (name mentioned)
Cell met and discussed the issue. As per discussion the accused students were called by the Principal. They tendered unconditional apology and assure that it will not recur.
5.2.11 Is there a provision for acquiring computer skills / literacy for all students, in the curriculum? If yes, give details on how it is imparted, and level of proficiency.
5.2.11 In fact, 70-75% students at their entry level are computer literate, because
in most of the schools, now a day, computer literacy programme is carried
out on. Most of the Science subjects taught in the college, there are
provisions in the curriculum for acquiring computer learning and skill.
Among the Arts subjects, Journalism and Mass Communication students
have the scope in their curriculum to acquire basic computer learning. For
the rest the college has its own mechanism.
When students are counselled for enrolment in the value-added
education, we gather information to prepare database so that we can easily
identify the students who are still left with no basic computer knowledge.
We arrange separate classes for them to acquire computer skill. Our
objective is to reach a position where every passed out student of this
college will be computer literate. We can claim that now we are 5% short
of that, which we will definitely achieve in the very near future.
5.2.11 What value-added courses are introduced by the institution to develop life skills; career training; community orientation; good citizenship and personality development of students?
131
5.2.12 In order to hone the skills of our students we have emphasised and
introduced some value added courses like:
1 Communicative English,
2 Personality and Soft Skill Development,
3 Computer Literacy,
4 Training Programme e.g., School Service Commission, MAT,
Combined Examination,
5 BPO Services,
6 Hardware & Networking,
7 ‘O’ Level & PGDSE.
Activities related to community orientation and good citizenship are
carried out through some action programme. (maybe cited at the time of
visit)
5.2.13 How does the institution ensure safety and security of the students, faculty and the institutional assets?
5.2.13 The College is trying to ensure the safety and security of its stakeholders
and institutional assets.
1. Compounding of both the campuses of the college.
2. Issuance of Identity Card for individual student and regular monitoring
by the Principal & the teachers so that non-bonafide persons can enter
in the campus.
3. Arrangement of continuous watching of the entrance of the college by
Guard.
4. Arrangement of accidental insurance benefit for the students.
5. BRSC Staff Co-operative Credit Society for teaching & Non-teaching
staff including management appointed staff.
6. Arrangement of EPF & GPF for the college management staff and the
govt. aided staff respectively.
7. Insurance coverage for college assets
132
8. AMCs for different assets (e.g. Computer Hardware, Database
Management Software, Water Purifier, EPBX) of the college.
9. Maintenance of fire extinguisher at the important places.
5.3.1 Does the institution have an Alumni Association? If yes, i. List its current Office bearers ii. List its activities during the last five years. iii. Give details of the top ten alumni occupying prominent positions. iv. Give details of the contribution of alumni to the growth and development
of the institution.
5.3.1 The College has an Alumni Association, ‘PRAKTANIKA’, which was
established in the year 2001 just before the Golden Jubilee celebrations. It
is now registered under the West Bengal Society registration Act, 1961
(Registration No. S/1L/51372 of 2007-2008).
Its registered office is at 6, Riverside Road campus of the College.
The management and control of the society is effected by an Executive
Committee, elected every two years by the members of ‘Praktanika’. As of
now the First Executive Committee has portfolios like President, Working
President, Secretary, 2 Asst. secretaries, Treasurer and 5 members.
The aims and objectives of the Association are primarily to promote
social welfare through i) adult education ii) eradication of illiteracy iii) raise
social consciousness among the rural people.
i. Following is the list of the office bearers:
President – Professor Barin Kumar Basu Working President – Sri Kishori Mohan Banerjee General Secretary – Galive Iquebal Asst. General Secretary – 1. Sri Sandip Dasgupta 2. Sri Aniruddha Ghosh Treasurer – Sri Subrata Roy
ii. Alumni Activities - As part of student support, some of our alumni, Sri
Kishori Mohan Banerjee an ex-faculty member of our college and also
5.3 Student Activities
133
Alumni, Dr Sandip Dasgupta, Principal, Motijheel Rabindra
Mahavidyalaya and Sri Rabindranath Bhattacharya, Advocate, Barrackpore
Court have been providing stipend to six needy and meritorious students of
an amount of Rs. 2500/- each.
‘Praktanika’ convenes meeting regularly to give advice to the authority
in the development of the College It has plans to take drive for fund
collection in order to help in the development of the college. ‘Praktanika’
assists the College to develop industrial relations; to start P.G. Diploma
courses of one to two years duration; to generate a linkage between the
academics and the industry. Organizes re-union of the ex- and present
students, teachers, non-teaching staff on the first Sunday of the month of
December every year. Students who have secured first class marks in the
final level University exam and University rank holders are felicitated on
the day of Reunion.
iii. Some Top Alumni:
1. Prof. B. K. Basu (Ex-Dean of Commerce and Management, CU)
2. Sri Pallav Roy Choudhury (Ex-Commissioner, Audit Service)
3. Prof. Kishori Mohan Banerjee (Retired Teacher, Commerce, BRSC)
4. Dr. Sandip Dasgupta (Principal, Motijheel Rabindra Mahavidyalaya)
5. Sri Subrata Bhattacharjee (Ex- Footballer, Indian Team & Coach)
6. Sri Srijib Bardhan (Deputy Director, Eastern India Regional Council,
Institute of Charted Accountants)
7. Sri Swastik Chakraborty (Scientist, ISRO)
8. Dr.Chandan Mukherjee, Max Plank Institute, Germany.
9. Sri Anurag Dasgupta, Iwoa University, USA,
10. Sri Anil Mondal (Ex-Olympian, Weight Lifting)
11. Sri Sushil Sinha (Ex-Footballer, Indian Team)
12. Sri Chinmoy Chatterjee (Ex-Footballer, Indian Team)
13. Sri Bidyut Saha (Scientist, Philips Carbon)
134
14. Sri Swapan Sengupta (Ex-Footballer, Indian Team)
5.3.2 How does the institution encourage its students to participate in extra-curricular activities including sports and games? Give details on the achievements of students during the last two years. (Institution level/ inter-collegiate / Inter-University/ Inter-state/ National/ International)
5.3.2 The College encourages a number of extra-curricular activities to go along
simultaneously with academic. Among them sports and games take
precedence with the Annual Sports Meet held regularly under the guidance
of the Sports Advisory Committee and the Students’ Union. Over the past
five years (every year 500 students participated) our students have
participated extensively in the college annual sports and represented the
college elsewhere in various meets successfully. Details of the
achievements of the students in sports are given below:
2003-04:
Urmila Choudhury of B.A. II year represented CU and the State of West
Bengal in the All India inter university Khoko Meet and National Kho-Kho
Championship.
Subhra Debnath of B.A. II year secured 3rd position at State Level Inter-
Collegiate Sports Meet organised by Govt. of West Bengal.
Sujaruta Rao stood first in the Eastern Zonal Rock Climbing Competition.
Debajyoti Mukherjee of B.A. III year represented West Bengal in the XIth
National Wushu Championship.
Subrata Das of B.A. II year secured Champion’s Trophy in the Boys’
Section in the Inter College District Sports Meet organised by Govt. of west
Bengal and secured 3rd position in the 100 mtr Race in the State Sports
Meet organized by the Government of West Bengal.
2004-05:
There was extensive participation in District, University and State
level competition in Football, Cricket and Athletics.
135
District Level Non-Govt. Inter-College Athletic Meet held on
February 2005, the following prizes were bagged by students of our
college:
Event (Female) Position Name
200 mt Run 1st Mousumi Pal
100 mt Run 2nd Mousumi Pal
Long Jump 1st Mousumi Pal
Discuss Throw 1st Deepmala Singh
Shot Put 2nd Deepmala Singh
Event (Male) Position Name
100 mt. Run 1st Subrata Das
200 mt. Run 1st Subrata Das
Long Jump 2nd Biswajeet Bag
Football Match won Runners Cup
Our College won the Champion’s Trophy in both Male and Female Athletic
Competition at the District level. Subrata Das own individual Champion
Trophy.
Calcutta University Inter-College Sports Meet
Event (Male) Position Name
400 mtr. Run 1st Subrata Das
200mtr. Run 2nd Subrata Das
100 mtr Run 3rd Subrata Das
2005-06
District Level Non-Government Inter-College Athletic Meet
Event (Female) Position Name Shot-put 1st Mousumi Pal Discus Throw 1st Mousumi Pal Javlin 1st Mousumi Pal Long Jump 2nd Laxmi Oraon Long Jump 3rd Julekha Yasmin Shot-put 3rd Deepmala Singh Discus Throw 3rd Deepmala Singh
136
400 mtr. Run 3rd Neelima Roy High Jump 2nd Subhra Dey
Event (Male) Position Name 100 mtr. Run 3rd Sashadhar Das 200mtr. Run 3rd Sashadhar Das Shot-put 2nd Md. Imran Long Jump 3rd Md. Imraj High Jump 2nd Debasish das Bairagya Javlin 3rd Tirtha Bhattachaejee 800mtr. Run 3rd Kaushik Mondal
Mousumi Pal won individual Champion Trophy
State Level Sports Meet at ‘Yuvabharati Krirangan’,
Event (Female) Position Name
Shot-put 4th Mousumi Pal
Event (Male) Position Name
4 x 100 mtr Relay Race 3rd Ashim Das
2006-07: University Meet
Event (Female) Position Name Shot Put 2nd Mousumi Pal
State Level Inter-District Sports Meet
Event (Female) Position Name Shot Put 4th Mousumi Pal Event (Male) Position Name 400x100 mt Relay Race 3rd Ashim Das
The Cricket Team of the College qualified up to the 2nd round at the
University Meet.
2007-08: District Level Non-Govt Inter-College Athletic Meet
Event (Female) Position Name Shot Put 1st Urbashi Shaw Discus 1st Urbashi Shaw Javlin 1st Urbashi Shaw Javlin 2nd Subhra Dey 800 mt Run 1st Deepika Pal 400 mt Run 1st Deepika Pal
137
Discus Throw 3rd Subhra Dey 200 mtr. Run 1st Deepika Pal High Jump 2nd Ankita Dasgupta Long Jump 2nd Laxmi Oraon Long Jump 3rd Chimnoyee Bera 800 mt. Run 3rd Ranijita Chahar
Event (Male) Position Name 1500 mt Run 1st Amit Das 100 mt Run 2nd Ashim Das 400x100 mt Relay Race 2nd Ashim Das Santanu Biswas Amit Das High Jump Ayan Kr Mondal Javlin 2nd Ashim Das High Jump 2nd K. Narsingh Discis Throw 3rd Abinash Ujjwal Long Jump 3rd Shymal Mehta
Urbashi Shaw and Deepika Pal won jointly individual Champion Throphy Calcutta University Meet
Event (Female) Position Name
Shot Put 2nd Mousumi Pal
The College stood Runners Up of the Women’s Group in the Inter-
College Championship organized by the University of Calcutta in the year
2007-08.
Bani Bose of 1st year B.Sc of this college has been selected as a
member of “West Bengal Women’s Cricket Association”.
5.3.3 How does the institution involve and encourage students to publish materials like catalogues, wall magazines, college magazine, and other material? List the major publications/ materials brought out by the students during the previous academic session.
5.3.3 The faculty members take on the responsibility of instilling in the students
the need for publishing. They are encouraged to put down their thoughts on
paper and give expression to thoughts and ideas they would like to share
with others or feel strongly about. Writing helps them to tap their creative
potentialities. They are encouraged to contribute regularly to the Wall
Magazine, which, practically every department has been bringing out. Such
138
contributions are mostly in the form of articles which have social relevance
or up-to-date information on some burning topics.
The College brings out an Annual Magazine which is looked forward to by
every student who has contributed to it. It is another platform to share ones
thoughts with the student fraternity. The Magazine Committee handles this
by announcing and inviting articles and encourages by placing the
magazine box at strategic places in the campus for the students to see and
do the needful.
The Journalism Department brings out its own journal, ‘Batayan’, which is
awaited eagerly by the students of the department.
Post Graduate department of Commerce is in the footstep of publishing a
peer reviewed Journal of Business and Economic Studies. Some other
departments are encouraged to bring out departmental journals, where
along with students the teachers can also find space to exhibit their
writings.
5.3.4 Does the institution have a Student Council or any similar body? Give details on its constitution, major activities and funding.
5.3.4 The institution has a very active Students’ Union which is formed every
year after a full fledged election process. An Election Commission
comprising of five faculty members is constituted to oversee the election
process. Election takes place at two levels, firstly, general students elect
their class representatives. At the second stage, the elected class
representatives elect the office bearers and members of the Executive
Committee. The term of office of the Students’ Union is one year. The
office bearers of the Students’ Union are the President, the Vice-President,
General Secretary, Asst. Secretary, and Treasurer and they are assisted in
their work by several committees like the Cultural, Games, Magazine,
Common-room, Canteen, Library, and Welfare committees. The major
activities of the Students’ Union include:
139
• Organizing cultural activities like Annual Social, ‘Nabin Baran’
(freshers’ welcome), Saraswati Puja etc.
• Celebration of International Mother Language Day ‘Ekushe’, ‘Hindi
Diwas’, ‘Teachers’ Day’ etc.
• Organizing Annual sports and games, Inter Class Football & Cricket
Competition.
• Organizing Annual Cultural Competition, ‘Suprova’.
• Assistance in decision making for granting freeship and half-freeship to
general students.
• Help in the distribution of the Students’ Medical Aid and Means Fund,
Medical Insurance and other Student Welfare programme.
• Participatory role in policy- making and assistance in Admission
process of the students.
• Participatory role in policy making in Library management, Canteen
management etc.
• Participation in College Magazine publication, Wall Magazine
publication.
• Giving donations for different developmental activities of the college
like purchase of library books, fans, sports goods etc.
• Interaction with the College Authorities on the general problems of the
students.
Funding is provided mainly by subscription of general students,
collected every year at the time of admission. The fund is maintained in a
bank account operated jointly by Principal and General Secretary of the
Students’ Union.
5.3.5 Give details of the various academic and administrative bodies and their activities (academic and administrative), which have student representations on them.
5.3.5 Some of the academic and administrative bodies where student
representatives are included:
140
1.Governing Body –: highest policymaking body of the institution.
2. IQAC – highest body entrusted with the responsibility of ensuring
quality teaching learning.
3. Academic Sub-Committee – All academic related matters including
schedule of examination, result etc. are discussed and decided.
4. Admission Committee – Admission rules, procedure of admission,
publication of merit list are some of the issues which are discussed and
resolved in this committee.
5. Magazine Committee – responsible for collecting write ups from the
students and publication of the magazine.
6. Students’ Aid Fund – the committee scrutinises the individual
application of students and decide to grant freeship and half-freeship
according to the merit and needs of a particular student.
7. Sports Committee – oversees coaching activities in the field of football,
cricket, athletics and organises annual sports meet.
8. Grievance Redressal Cell – the cell takes into consideration whenever
any grievance comes to its notice in the form of petition made by students,
staff, guardian and teachers and endeavours to resolve the same.
9. Women development cell: – Two girls students are working as the
member of the committee.
In every committee, students’ representatives always extend
their cooperation and this is noted with great satisfaction that ours is a
college free from any sort of students’ agitation. The college had not
witnessed a single agitation during last five years.
5.3.6 Does the institution have a mechanism to seek and use data and feedback from its graduates and from employers, to improve the growth and development of the institution?
5.3.6 The institution has a very detailed and well-planned mechanism to
seek feedback from students on almost every aspect of the institution. The
objective is to use the feedback for improvement and development of the
141
college. The final year students are requested to give their feedback in a fair
and free manner. They are asked to rate the most important aspects of the
college which begins from location, curriculum aspect, teaching learning,
library, examination, canteen & other services of the college. The
respective departments pore over the feedback and analyse the findings
which are then discussed threadbare in departmental meetings. Suggestions,
advice and recommendations are noted down with a view to implementing
them in whatever way possible.
Although we have been taking feedback inputs from students of
final year since 2003, the process of taking feedback from the graduate
students has stated recently and it is yet to pick up. The feedback is taken
from the graduate students mainly curricular and other aspect of the college
and it is taken on the day of Re-Union, organised by the Alumni
Association.
5.4.1 Give details of institutional best practices towards Student Support and Progression?
Following are the best practices that the institution has been
following with utmost sincerity
Granting of full freeship and half freeship to students on the basis of
merit and need;
Introduction of value –added programmes (ref. 5.2.12) which is a new
addition in the post-accreditation period.
Arrangement of wide spread counseling services (Academic, Career
and Personal)
Organization of Career Fair for education and counseling.
Improvement of teaching learning process which has made students to
improve their results (Ref. 5.1.6) and thereby progression to post
graduate studies;
142
Formations and Activation of Career Development and Placement Cell
which has made possible recruitment of large number of students at the
graduation level; (Ref. 5.1.4)
Facilities provided to the students for promotions of their talent in the
field of Sports and Games (Ref. 5.3.2), which is an achievement in the
post-accreditation period.
Arrangement for taking feedback from students Parents, and other
stakeholders
Formation and activation of Women’s Development Cell
Earn & Learn programme
Establishment of Thalassaemia Detection Centre
Adoptation of Municipality Ward no. 17 of Barrackpore Municipality
for extension activities.
Additional information For Re-accreditation:
1. What were the evaluative observations made under Student Support and Progression in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon?
Following are the observations made in the previous assessment Report under Student Support and Progression: a) “Being an undergraduate college, progression of students in terms of
employment is limited” b) “The dropout rate is negligible.” c) “However the department of Microbiology, Computer Science have
exhibited their employment potential.” d) “ the college would be benefited if it can explore the rich potential of its
Alumni.” e) Students “had some reservations about closed access system in the
library and shortage of teaching staff.” f) “Revival of NCC for girl students and more indoor games in the girls’
common room are some of the specific needs identified by the students
Response of the college
i) The college has overcome the limitation to a large extent faced
by an undergraduate college in terms of employment of its students at
143
the graduate level. The college has attached great importance to this
aspect and therefore constituted.
‘Centre For Career Development’ developed in the year 2004-05 and
entrusted responsibility to explore the employment opportunities of our
system. The situation has undergone a thorough change since 2006.
The college has become a favoured destination of some of the high
profile names in the corporate world, which have been regularly
conducting campus interviews.
In the previous assessment report the members of the visiting Peer
Team noted only the names of two industries, which had conducted
campus interviews. But during last five years the following industries
and corporate houses have visited our campus and recruited our
students as their employees.
Infosys
Coginizant Technology
Solution
Wipro BPO
IBM DAKSHA
Genpact
India Foils
Debur
ITC
IDBI Capital
DISHA Eye Hospital
Tata Johanson Automative Ltd.
Placement Records
2003-04 Wipro BPO – 5 Electrosteel – 6 Bengal Chemical Pharmaceuticals – 6
17/861 = 1.97%
144
2004-05 ICICI –Prudential Life Insurance – 3 Pitambar Infovision –8
11/826 = 1.33%
205-06 Electrosteel – 6 Bangal Chemical Pharmaceuticals – 5 I CICI Prudential – 4
15/872 = 1.72%
2006-07 130 130/891=14.59 2007-08 132 132/784=16.83
Others who have invited our students to participate in joint Campus
Recruitment Programme include:
(a) Satyam Cpmuters
(b) Tech Mahindra
Relevantly it should br mentioned that the potentialities of the students of
Microbiology and Computer Science have largely been utilized
Also the college has been trying showly but steadily to explore ‘the
rich potential’ of its Alumni in the following warp:
• Stipends are coming for the present students from the Alumni
• The college has appointed some of its ex-students as faculty members.
• 3Alumni have been taking part in the overall development of the college.
• Most important is the fact that Alumni members inhabited in and around
the locality are always available for rendering their services as and
when required.
• Open access system in the library has come into effect in 2003, the
students have really benefited from the new system.
• Arrangements for more indoor games have been made in the girls’
common room. Only one observation i.e. college has initiated the
process of arrangement for ‘NCC for girls’ students’ and submitted the
application for the same, but is yet to be effected in action.
145
2. What are the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation with regard to Student Support and Progression?
Other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the
institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation are as follows (a) Introduction of value-added education programme. (b) Formation and Activation of Career Development and Placement
Cell (c) Organization of Career Fair for Education and Counselling (d) Sports and Games facilities provided to the students (e) Special Diet support of the sports participants.
146
Criterion VI: Governance and Leadership
6.1.1 State the Vision and Mission statement of the institution and give details on
how the institution a) ensures that the vision and mission of the institution is in tune with the
objectives of the Higher Education policies of the Nation? b) translates its vision statement into its activities?
6.1.1 Vision & Mission Statements:
The vision, mission and objectives of Barrackpore Rastraguru
Surendranath College are stated below:
VISION:
To make the college a centre of excellence and an institution of national
acclaim.
MISSION:
• To ensure and sustain Quality in education.
• To provide value based and value added education with a view to
instilling self-confidence among the students.
• To inject energy and vigour among our youth and help them to learn,
grow and evolve so that their dreams come true.
• To make our students socially committed and adaptable to global
changes.
OBJECTIVES:
1) Advancement of learning accompanied by modern teaching aids.
2) Provision of need based higher education to cope up with the changing
requirements of the society.
3) Attainment of excellence through academics.
(a) It is understood that the objective of higher education in any country
is nation building and it ushers in new dimensions in economic
development with social well being & social justice. With the passage of
6.1 Institutional Vision and Leadership
147
time the requirements of the society keep changing due to advancement of
knowledge, technology, reasoning, invention, innovation etc. and the higher
education institutions are required to cope up with this changing scenario.
So the college as a higher education institution has set its vision and
missions to ensure quality in education, which is assumed to be the need
of anytime in general, and particularly at this transitional period of
globalisation and participation of private players in the field of education.
The objectives of higher education policies are to assist in National
development with social justice, to increase global competencies among the
students through skill development, to inculcate values of cooperation and
mutual understanding in this diversified society with pluralistic culture, to
promote the use of technology in higher education and in the quest for
excellence. The vision and mission statements of our institution are
definitely in tune with the objectives of higher education policies as is
evident from our history of educational development. The main thrust of
our vision and mission statements is on enhancement and sustenance of
quality in education with a goal to achieve excellence in all spheres so
that it becomes a centre of excellence at the national level in due course
of time.
(b) One of the main objectives of higher education policies of our
nation is to increase access to higher education. It is estimated that only
8-9% percent of our youth in the age group of 18-24 years can get the
opportunity of higher education whereas in any country of medium
development 20% of their youth of the same age group can have the
opportunity of higher education and in the developed countries this figure is
above 50%. There is a positive correlation between the percentage of
148
population engaged in higher education and economic development. Our
policy framers like to raise this percentage up to 25% without
sacrificing quality and the target is to attend 15% during XI Plan
period. So we have emphasised on the advancement of learning in higher
education institute like ours where more than 4,300 students are getting
quality education in different programmes and can engage themselves in
national development through their services in the society.
We have introduced technology enabled teaching and learning
process as far as practicable right at this moment to hone the skills of our
students so that they are globally competent and can achieve excellence.
The student profile of our college will show that they are coming from
different economic backgrounds. (Ref. Criterion 5.1.1) It is highly notable
that the intake of female candidates in different programmes is
increasing day by day. The library and office works have been fully
computerised. We are providing computer-training facilities to the
teachers and non-teaching staff so that they can operate computer and can
enter into the wonder world of Internet to update their knowledge. The
students without computer background at the previous level are
provided with computer training programme at a cheaper cost with
the assistance of Institute of Computer Engineers, a DOEACC
accredited institution. We have introduced several value added
programmes to enhance the skills of our students so that they can
compete with others nationally or internationally. Disciplines in all
spheres – administrative, academic and financial are maintained
through various measures, as we believe that nothing can be achieved
without discipline. Students, teachers and non-teaching staff are properly
motivated towards it and academic calendar is strictly maintained. The
internal and statutory external audit is up-to-date. The result of the
students at the end level examination of the university is quite
satisfactory. ‘Earn and Learn’ campaign has got momentum and the
149
students coming from the lower strata of the society are gaining
through it and becoming self-reliant and self confident. All the
activities as described above in a nutshell are directed to achieve
excellence-ensuring quality in education. The IQAC in our college is also
working in the right direction.
6.1.2 Enumerate the Management’s commitment, leadership-role and involvement for effective and efficient transaction of the teaching-learning processes.
6.1.2 The management’s commitment is to ensure transparent and equity based
admission, quality teaching learning and students’ career building.
The management’s involvement for effective & efficient transactions of
the teaching-learning processes are reflected as follows:
Since teaching learning process starts primarily with admission process at
the commencement of each academic session Principal as CEO took the
leadership to ensure implementation of transparent and equity based
admission procedures by strict vigilance over day to day admission
activities.
The management has taken a leading role in introducing emerging subjects
such as Microbiology, Computer Science, Electronic Science, Food &
Nutrition, Journalism & Mass Communication, Film Studies, and Business
Administration, Sociology, Psychology, Marketing Management to satisfy
the needs of the society.
Moreover, management has taken special initiative to design and
implement the curriculum programme keeping in view the principle of
academic flexibility. To have a good number of combinations the students
can take for each programme, a wide spread time table is essential and that
can be possible only if infrastructural facilities are improved. The
Governing Body has always chalked out its planning to accommodate the
increasing requirement for development.
150
Academic counselling classes and remedial coaching are planned
and provided for differently abled students.
Management has planned and installed the mechanism to provide
modern Teaching aids by development of Digital Class Room, extended
Internet facility, planning for EDUSAT connectivity and other modern aids.
Management has formed a Cell for Career Development for better
employability of the students.
Enhancement of access to higher education by maintaining good
teacher student ratio is the motto of the management and to achieve this
motto Govt. sanctioned teaching posts are not enough. To overcome this
problem, nowadays there exists a dualistic approach for recruitment of
Teaching and Non-teaching staff.
(a) For recruitment of teachers in all the substantive teaching posts
including the post of Principal approved by the Govt. of W.B., the
recommending authority is the West Bengal College Service
Commission (WBCSC) constituted by West Bengal State Legislation
Act, 1978 and the appointing authority is the Governing Body of the
College.
(b) To improve the Teacher-Students ratio and to impart quality education,
the Governing Body of the College has been creating whole time
teaching posts in different subjects from time to time as per requirement
reflected in students’ feedback and Parent Teacher meetings. We can
mention that till date the college has created 35 and filled up 33 whole
time teaching staff who are paid from the College Fund.
These posts are filled up through the recommendation of the Selection
Committee constituted by the Governing Body of the College. The
Selection Committee is composed of a subject expert from the parent
university, President of the GB, Principal of the College and Head/senior
most teacher of the department. The college invites applications through
advertisement in the leading newspaper (usually The Statesman) from
151
the personas having UGC prescribed qualification. Transparency and the
quality are the guiding forces for appointment in this category of teachers.
We are not shaky to say that inspite of all our best effort the teacher
student ratio in some departments is not satisfactory. Financial crunch at
the Govt. level seems to be the limiting factor for lack of adequate number
of teaching staff. Reservation policy of the Govt. and non-availability of
suitable candidate in this category (for SC and ST candidates) are the other
hindrances. There is also a limitation with respect to the financial capability
of the college itself. Still we believe that we will be able to overcome this
problem.
So far as non-teaching posts are concerned there is also a dual
policy in respect of requirement.
1. The Government sanctioned Non-teaching posts are filled up as per
exiting govt. rules. Applications are invited from the candidates through
open advertisement in the leading newspaper and through local
Employment Exchange. The Selection Committee framed by the college
Governing Body takes the screening test, if required. The Selection
Committee calls short-listed candidates for the interview. A panel of three
(3) candidates is prepared by the Selection Committee and is placed before
the Governing Body for approval. Principal is authorised to give
appointment according to the merit list (1st, 2nd, 3rd) made in the panel.
2. Due to financial crunch of the State Govt. and delay in sanctioning the
non teaching posts for a long period of time, the college is forced to create
whole time non-teaching post on contractual basis for smooth running
of the college and for providing quality support services to the
students. Procedure of appointment in these posts is followed through the
Selection Committee constituted by the Governing Body of the College.
Both the whole time teaching and non-teaching staff appointed
by the college on contractual basis enjoy the scale of pay with usual
benefits like DA, HRA and Medical Allowances from the College Fund.
152
They are also enjoying the benefits of the Employees Provident Fund
(EPF) with employees’ and employer’s contribution.
In addition to the above the college has appointed class basis
contract teachers having the UGC qualification and non-teaching staff
on daily basis. The college has been able to engage a good number of
Guest Teachers in different departments on request with specialized
skill in appropriate branch of study.
The management has allotted UGC funds to purchase Books &
Journals for the central library and the departmental libraries and to
buy Equipments for the laboratories as support services to the students.
With the commitment and involvement the departments of
Microbiology, Computer Science and Commerce got recognition from
UGC and receive separate PG grants for purchasing books, journals
and equipments.
The management also applied to State Govt. for sanctioning funds
for purchase of equipments for PG in Microbiology and the State Govt.
has sanctioned the grants on the basis of performance.
In addition to that the college has allotted funds from its own coffer
to purchase books in the departmental library as a supplement to
central library. Usually each department can purchase books worth
Rs. 5000/-to Rs. 20000/- per annum.
The management of the college has been able to motivate the students
union to donate funds from Students Activity Fund to purchase books in
the central library.
The management has successfully approached to the Hon’ble MP &
MLA for releasing funds for purchase of books and instruments. They
have also responded positively. College has received specific fund from
MP for library computerisation & availed funds for purchase of books
from MLA and MP fund.
153
Principal requested the Heads of the departments to place requisition
for national / international journals and action has been taken to purchase
the same. The library is well equipped with journals also.
Laboratory spaces have been extended in the Departments like
Mathematics, Physics, Electronic Sc., Computer Sc., Zoology, Food &
Nutrition, Microbiology, Sociology, Language Laboratory, Commerce,
Journalism and Mass Communication etc. The total laboratory space has
been more than doubled since 1st NAAC visit.
The management has taken measures to arrange faculty
development programmes for both teaching & non-teaching staff. The
college has arranged Seminars, Workshops, and Symposia for both
teaching & non-teaching staff.
No. of teachers participated in Faculty Programmes such as
Seminar Attended: 47+30+60=137, MRP: 30,
Teachers’ performance in the designing of syllabus both at the
UG & PG level.
The management encourages faculties to participate in Seminars,
Workshops, Refresher and orientation programmes. No. of teachers
participated in RC&OP: 36 (during 2003-04 to 2007-08)
The management of the college has decided to provide the benefits
of Information & Communication technologies such as Digital Class
Room/ Virtual Class Room/Seminar Room with Internet connection
and other devices such as visualiser, sensor, Over Head Projector
(OHP), Laptop, LCD Projectors etc.
6.1.3 How does the management and the Head of the institution ensure that responsibilities are defined and communicated to the staff of the institution?
6.1.3 Principal, on behalf of the GB of the College, defines the duties of the
individual staff through terms and conditions of appointment.
Communications to teaching and non-teaching staff about their
154
responsibilities are made through notices, office orders & circulars and
holding meetings with different Academic and Administrative bodies,
meeting with Principal and thus ensure accountability for accomplishment
of allotted duties.
6.1.4 How does the Management/Head of the institution ensure that adequate information (from feedback and personal contacts etc.) is available for the management, to review the activities of the institution?
6.1.4 To review the activities of the institution, the management /Head of the
institution ensure that adequate information is available from multi
cornered feedbacks – a) Students’ Feedback (b) Feedback from meetings in
the Parent-Teacher Association (c) Performance Appraisal Report of staff,
(d) Employers Feedback Report, (e) Feedback from Alumni (f) Feedback
from Head clerk, (g) Heads/senior teachers of the departments, Reports
from respectable persons of the society like Chairmen of Municipalities,
Physicians, Head of the school and colleges. Feedback from students &
parents are available since 2001 and Performance Appraised Reports
are available from the last three decades. Feedback from students have
been made compulsory from the outgoing students of the 3rd year.
Without filling up the feed back form no students is allowed to fill up
the university form for Part-III examination. Every year parent
teacher interaction are made departmentally and centrally. Teachers
are asked to produce their self appraisal time to time.
6.1.5 How does the management encourage and support involvement of the staff for improvement of the effectiveness and efficiency of the institutional processes?
6.1.5 The management encourages and supports involvement of the staff for the
improvement of the effectiveness & efficiency of the institutional processes
through meetings with the teaching & non-teaching staff time to time
convincing them about their involvement in institutional process in an
effective & efficient way.
The staff are given freedom to exercise their option about
two fields/areas in which he/she can contribute in institutional activities. A
155
questionnaire has been prepared & given to all the staff for giving his/her
options. After carefully considering the options, different subcommittees
have been constituted according to choices exercised by the teachers. In the
formal meetings of the committees & subcommittees, the gesture and the
support services of the staff are gratefully acknowledged through
resolutions taken in the meetings. Effectiveness is ensured through cordial
relationship and cooperation between the inter-departmental teachers.
6.1.6 Describe the leadership role of the Head of the institution, in governance and management of the institution.
6.1.6 The leadership role of the Head of the Institution in governance &
management is guided by the core values in the Higher Educational
Institution such as:
1 Contributing to National Development with social justice
2 Fostering global competencies among students through skill
development
3 Inculcating values of cooperation and mutual understanding among the
different stakeholders
4 Promoting the use of technology
5 Quest for excellence
The Head of the Institution has a key role in framing visions &
missions of the college and in achieving this with the objectives. All these
have bearings in the sustenance and enhancement of quality in education.
For proper governance and management, meetings of the
Governing Body and other Standing Subcommittees such as Finance
Subcommittee, Academic Subcommittee, Admission Committee,
Building Subcommittee, Library Sub Committee etc. are frequently
convened by Head of the Institution and proposals and resolutions are
implemented by the Head of the institution.
The idea of opening up of the emerging subjects in this institution to
cope up with the changing requirements of the society came in the mind of
156
the former Head of the institution and he successfully implemented the idea
into reality and thus took the leadership role in this regard in the district of
North 24 Parganas. The performance report of the teachers on half
yearly basis is hung up on the wall of the teachers’ room for everyone’s
notice, which is an innovative practice of this college. The arrangement
of counselling classes for the students through structured routine is
also an innovative idea.
Leadership is provided by the Principal who is a person with love,
care and concern. He pursues the skills of 3 Es – Envisioning, Energising
and Enabling. Armed with Vision, Mission and Objectives of the
institution and having the skills, the Head of the Institutions believes and
maintains the following:
1 Management based on participation and transparency;
2 Maintaining integrity in the institutions’ academic programmes
through Academic Audit;
3 Fixation of individual responsibilities and their discharge;
4 Effective utilisation of resources;
5 Periodic review of performances of the teachers and non-teaching
staff for improvement through physical verification and discussions
in the meetings;
6 Welfare schemes for all relevant stakeholders (such as Medical &
Means Fund, Students’ Aid Fund, provision of scholarship from
different sources, provision of Cheap Book Store, canteen facility to
students & staff, Provident Fund, Puja Advance facility, Staff
Cooperative Credit Society, Medical check up facility, Study leave
etc.)
7 Evolving mechanism for redressal of grievances of teaching, non-
teaching staff & students.
8 Effective budgeting and resource mobilisation.
9 Effective Auditing on time by internal and statutory Auditors.
157
6.2.1 Give the organizational structure and details of the academic and administrative bodies of the institution. Give details of the
meetings held, and the decisions taken by these bodies, regarding finance, infrastructure, faculty recruitment, performance evaluation of teaching and non-teaching staff, research and extension activities, linkages and examinations held during the last two years.
6.2.1 The organisational structure and details of the Academic & Administrative Bodies of the institution are given in the following Tabular Form.
Governing Body
Principal
Academic wing Administrative wing
Financial wing
Academic Sub committee
Career Development Cell
Departments Examination Subcommittee
Teachers’ Council
Librarian
Autonomous PG Courses
Distance Education PG & UG
UG Courses
PG BOS
Science Dept
Commerce Dept
Arts Science Commerce Management
Library Clerk
Library Attendant
Sub Committees
General Administration
Head Clerk
Establishment Student’s Service
Finance Sub Committee
Bursar
Cashier & Cash Clerk
Accountant
General Accounts
Student Account
Admission
Library
Grievance Redressal
Purchase Building
Sports & Games
Canteen Selection
Election Commission
IQAC
Health
Women Development
NCC NSS
Research Monitoring Cell
6.2 Organizational Arrangements
158
As per the statute of the University of Calcutta, Governing Body of an
affiliated college is constituted by four elected members from the teaching
staff, two elected members from the non-teaching staff, one elected member
from the students’ union (mainly the General Secretary of the Students
Union), two nominated members from the parent university, two nominated
members from the Govt. of West Bengal and one person nominated in the
category of person interested in education.
President of the Governing Body is elected through voting by the
members and the President should not be the teacher member. Principal is
Ex-officio secretary to the Governing Body and Chairman of all other
committees as mention in Table 6.4.
6.2.2 To what extent is the administration decentralized? How does the institution collaborate with different sections/departments and personnel of the institution to improve the quality of its educational provisions?
6.2.2 The Administration of the college is completely decentralized on the
part of General Administration, Routine (time table) Management,
Purchase, Academic Planning including Organisation of Seminars &
Workshops, Financial Planning, Meetings of the Teachers’ Council,
Library, Departmental Meetings where the teachers, students and the
non-teaching staff are involved on democratic basis.
There are collaborations with Heads/Senior teachers of the Dept.
who are in charge of departmental activities. They sit for Academic &
Admission Subcommittees for planning and effective implementation.
Academic matters are monitored by three senior most teachers in Arts,
Science and Commerce.
6.2.3 Does the institution have effective internal coordination and monitoring mechanisms? If yes, specify.
6.2.3 Yes, the college has effective internal coordination and monitoring
mechanisms.
159
The organisational structure of the institution reveals that there are
different subcommittees for proper planning, evaluation and implementation
of the activities of the institutions. These committees function through the
democratic participation of the stakeholders of the institutions.
Further the problems of the stakeholders are considered at the micro
level and then are considered at the institutional level.
The workings of internal coordination & monitoring mechanisms are
given below:
Table No. 6.1 Workings of the Coordinating Agencies in different fields of work
Coordinating Agency Field of Work
1. Governing Body Overall policy formulation, planning, implementation, creation of posts, appointment of staff and overall supervision.
2. Admission Committee Admission of Students 3. Academic Sub-Committee Academic Affairs 4. Finance Sub-Committee Financial Affairs 5. Library Committee Library service development, planning
& policy. 6. Building Committee Infrastructural growth 7. Purchase Committee General purchase 8. Research Monitoring Cell To motivates the faculty members and
the students to pursue research work. 9. Seminar Committee Organising seminars & workshops. 10. Backward Class Committee To look after the welfare of the SC, ST
& OBC students. 11. Health Committee Organising health awareness
programmes among the students and people of the adjoining locality.
12. Election Committee / Commission To conduct Students' Union election. 13. Grievance Redressal Cell To look after the grievances of the male
& female Students, male & female Teaching and Non-teaching staff.
14. Teachers' Council To assist Principal in all academic matters.
15. Examination Committee To monitor college and university examinations.
16. Career Counselling & Placement To coordinate with employment agencies and motivate students for self-employment, entrepreneurship etc.
17. Games & Sports To motivates the students to participate
160
in games and sports activity. 18. Extension and Linkage NSS, NCC and National and
International linkage.
6.2.4 Does the institution have a Grievance Redressal Cell for its employees? If yes, what are its functions? List the number of grievances redressed during the last two years.
6.2.4 Yes, the institution has a Grievance Redressal Cell. The cell has been
formed as per the resolution of the Teachers’ Council dated 04.04.2000.&
since then it has started functioning.
The function of the Grievance Redressal Cell is
a) to consider and record the grievances of teaching, non-teaching staff
and the students;
b) to take measures to redress (or, to minimise) grievances;
c) to create an environment of peace, harmony and coordination
among the stakeholders for the betterment of the institution.
The following is the list of number of grievances redressed year wise:
Table No. 6.2 List of Grievances redressed Year 2003-04 2004-05 2005-
06 2006-07 2007-08
No. of Grievances redressed 08 04 04 02 02
6.2.5 How many times does the management meet the staff in an academic year? What are the major issues discussed during the last meeting?
6.2.5 On behalf of the management, Principal of our college meet frequently in an
academic year.
Table: Year wise no. of meetings of the Principal with Teaching and non-
teaching staff and students
Table No. 6.3 Principal’s Meeting
Year 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 No. of
Principal’s Meetings
15 10 14 13 11
Major issues of discussion in the meetings were:
a) Procedure of admission at the graduation and post-graduation level
and the role of teaching, non-teaching staff & students
b) New fee structure & the other charges of students
161
c) Pay structure of teachers of some Depts. (Full time contract)
d) Deductions Income Tax, EPF, CPF etc.
e) Programme for cluster of colleges
f) Reunion of staff, students & alumni
g) Inaugural ceremony of newly constructed buildings and naming of
the buildings
h) Reviewing the works of different subcommittees
i) Teaching module of value based education
j) Appreciation model of teaching & non-teaching staff
k) Thalassaemia Eradiation programme with the involvement of
teaching, non-teaching staff, students, Indian Red Cross Society and
society persons
l) Organisation of the programme ‘Commencement, 2008’
(Convocation Address)
m) Scheme on convergence of Open & Distance Learning (IGNOU) &
Conventional System
n) Professional courses & faculty development programme for
teaching & non-teaching staff.
6.2.6 Is there a Cell to prevent sexual harassment of women staff? How effective is the functioning of the Cell?
6.2.6 Yes, there is a Grievance Redressal Cell which take measures to prevent
sexual harassment of girls’ students and women staff.
The grievances of female members are discussed in the presence of
female faculty members of the cell. The opinions of the female members of
the cell are taken before implementing the decision. The processes of
redressing the grievances are normally completed within one month from
the date of complain.
After receiving the complaints from the female members, a
meeting of the Grievance Redressal Cell is convened where it is
162
discussed. The female faculty members are requested to make thorough
investigation along with the assistance of senior female faculty
members. They place the report in the meeting of the cell. If the
grievances are found to be true, penal measures would be taken against
the accused and warned him so that such incidents do not occur in
future (Ref: Meetings dated 20/05/05, 10/07/05, 09/08/08).
6.3.1 Describe the procedure of developing the perspective institutional plan. How are the Teachers, Students and Administrators involved in the planning process?
6.3.1 Perspective Institutional Plan is required for institutional development. The
plan involves both identification of priorities & creation of resources to
realise them. The procedure of developing the perspective institutional plan
is described below:
1 Internal Quality Assurance Cell comprising of all stakeholders of the
institution prepare a Perspective Institutional Plan (called Future
Development Programme in the college) on Infrastructural growth,
Academic growth, Student Facility, Financial Planning.
2 The proposals are placed in the meeting of Governing Body. After
careful considerations these proposals are accepted.
3 After the approval of Governing Body, the college prepares an Annual
Plan of the institution criterion wise and priority wise and tries to
implement these annually.
4 The teachers, non-teaching staff, students and administrators are
involved in the planning process through their participation in different
6.3 Strategy Developments and Deployment
163
committees such as Governing Body, Finance Committee, IQAC,
Academic Sub Committee, Admission Committee, Building Committee,
Library Committee, Grievance Redrassal Cell, Research & Monitoring
Cell, Sports Committee, Routine Committee, Examination Committee,
Purchase Committee, Career Development & Placement Cell etc and
their working in different committees.
6.3.2 How are the objectives communicated and deployed to all levels, to ensure
individual employee’s contribution for the institutional development?
6.3.2 The objectives are communicated and deployed at all levels through
discussions in the meetings of the Governing Body, IQAC, Academic
Subcommittee, Teachers’ Council, Finance Committee, Building Committee
and Principal’s meeting with teachers, non-teaching staff and students.
Different stakeholders are urged upon to take responsibility in implementing
the institutional plan through their involvement in different committees.
Also, the performances and the progress of the works of different
committees are reviewed through the reports of the convenor of respective
committees. Moreover, performance appraisal reports of the staff show the
employee’s contribution in respect of Teaching-Learning, Curriculum
Design, Research, Consultancy & Extension, Student Support &
Progression, Participation in Infrastructure & Learning Resources, Financial
Support Services etc.
6.3.3 List the different committees constituted for the management of different institutional activities? Give details of the meetings held and the decisions taken, regarding academic management, finance, infrastructure, faculty, research, extension and linkages, and examinations held during the last two years.
6.3.4 The different committees constituted for the management of different
institutional activities are the following:
164
Table No. 6.4
Sl. No.
No. of Meetings held Remarks 2003-
04 2004-
05 2005-
06 2006-
07 2007-
08 General Special
1 Governing Body 04 12 15 12 07
All decision are unanimously taken; Meetings are regularly held
Members’ participate in the meetings are satisfactory. Required Documentation be placed before the NAAC Peer Team
2 Finance Committee 03 04 06 05 06
3 Academic Subcommittee 03 08 07 06 04
4 Teachers’ Council 05 04 03 06 05
5 Building Subcommittee 07 06 10 11 07
6 Library 02 04 03 03 01 7 Admission 19 17 14 21 13
8 Grievance Redressal 08 04 04 02 02
9 Examination 01 03 02 05 06
10 Selection Committee 03 09 04 09 13
11 Principal’s Meeting 15 10 14 13 11
12 Research & Monitoring Cell
01 01 01 01 02
13 Extension & Linkage 04 03 04 04 06
6.3.5 Has the institution an MIS in place, to select, collect, align and integrate
data and information on the academic and administrative aspects of the institution?
6.3.4 The institution has an MIS in the form of Databases containing information
on students, library, admission, academic, Accounts.
Students’ Databases give information on the volume, status,
financial background, caste, blood group, fees structure, results (college &
university) of students.
Library Databases give the stocks of books & journals with
accession no., the issue & return of books by the faculty, employees & the
student day wise, arrival of new titles etc.
165
Admission Databases give information about the position of
admission in different subjects & streams, gender wise, caste wise,
economic background wise course wise (Hons./Gen.) & year wise (1st / 2nd /
3rd year).
Accounts Databases give information on the receipts & expenditure
department wise, year wise, financial position of the college, fund received
from different organisation & the utilisation etc., individual employees
status, salary & other financial benefits, budgetary provisions, the position
of updating Audits etc.
Performance Appraisal Data of staff (Teaching and Non-
Teaching) give information on the contribution by them to the institution.
All these data are available from the MIS in the college and can be
integrated & used for the Academic & Administrative purposes of the
institution.
6.3.6 Does the institution use the various data and information obtained from the feedback, in decision-making and performance improvement? If yes, give details.
6.3.5 To improve all-round development in accordance with the core values
of NAAC our college in its ongoing efforts aims at introducing new
programmes & sustain them with a view to enhancing quality to foster
global competencies amongst the students & to contribute to national
development.
To achieve these goals, the college has developed its own system of
inviting feedbacks from all the stakeholders.
In the formulation & use of feedback system, certain significant contextual
features come up for policy decision and performance improvement. We
have developed a multi-cornered and multi-pointed feedback system
involving all the stakeholders.
166
Multi-cornered Feedback are available from (1) Students, (2)
Academic Peer / Alumni / Society person / Parents, (3) Management, (4)
Employers.
The two-way system of students’ feedback & parents’ feedback have
been taken & used since 2001 & 2002 respectively. The positive &
constructive suggestions made in the feedback are the best guide in
taking decisions in the right perspective.
Evidence of successes are reflected through using feedbacks for
quality assurance & enhancements. A few are stated below:
1 Introduction of Open Access System in the library
2 Introduction of Departmental Library
3 Longer library hours for PG students
4 Extension of laboratory space
5 Construction of Girls’ Hostel
6 Unitisation of teaching plan
7 Working of Career Development & Placement Cell
8 Organisation of seminars
9 Providing facilities of water purifier-cum-cooler and improvement
of canteen facilities.
The feedbacks from Academic Peer/Alumni/Society persons
[Municipal personnel, Medical Representatives, MP, MLA, Head
Master/Mistress etc.] have been introduced since 2006. The suggestions
available from them are used for performance improvement of the
institution.
Management’s Feedback (Performance Appraisal of teachers)
was initiated three decades ago with the objective of making teachers
accountable in discharging their duties to the students, institution & the
society at large. The parameters used are: the no. of classes taken by a
teacher out of classes allotted to him/her on daily basis, the no. of
remedial classes taken, the no. of examination duty performed out of
167
duty allotted. Verification and cross checking of the duty performed by
the teachers and attendance register are done by the Principal at the
end of the day on daily basis. The NAAC Peer Team in its first visit
highlighted that “the unique mechanism for ensuring the performance
of teachers and staff on daily basis is worth appreciating”. This will help
increase in the services to the students and in the completion of syllabus.
Evidence of success in class performances and examination performances of
teachers can be had from the following tables:
Table No .6.5 Class performance of teachers since 2003 – 04 (in percentages)
Performance Percentage\Session 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08
Above 90% 41.07% 52.54% 54.93% 48.72% 80 – 100% 83.93% 86.44% 76.06% 79.49%
Table No. 6.6 Examination performance of teachers since 2003 – 04 (in
percentages)
Performance Percentage\Session 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 100% 23.73% 62.71% 14.08% 20.51%
Above 90% 76.27% 86.44% 59.15% 67.95% 80 – 100% 93.22% 98.31% 94.37% 88.46%
In addition to above, evidence of success are reflected in the following:
1 Timely submission of question paper, and award list
2 Timely publication of results
3 Engagement in research work
4 Maintenance of Academic Diaries by the teachers
College is also taking feedbacks from different sections of society e.g.
Society Members of IQAC, Alumni & Responsible section of the society
and persons interested in education.
6.3.7 What are the institution’s initiatives for promoting co-operation, sharing of knowledge, innovations and empowerment of the faculty? (Skill sharing across departments, creating/providing conducive environment, etc.)
6.3.6 Inter disciplinary subjects such as Microbiology, Computer Sc., Electronic
Sc., Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Economics, Sociology, Commerce
168
and Business Administration are taught at the UG and PG level. The
knowledge and skill of the faculties are shared in these subjects.
Further, in the teaching-learning process and seminars & research
activities, both intra and inter departmental teachers exchange their
knowledge on different subjects and make them enriched.
Moreover, in the meetings of Teachers’ Council, Department and
Academic Subcommittee, faculties have the freedom of expression on the
need for and requirements of the institution for quality teaching & learning.
The proposals are made and accepted in the respective committee meetings
and placed to the Governing Body & Statutory bodies created by the
Governing Body for implementation. These have been implemented by the
Principal, Head/Sr. Teacher of the Depts
Thus through the democratisation & involvement of the faculties in
decision making, sharing of knowledge and direction of research &
innovation, the institution provides the opportunities in maintaining
cooperation and empowerment of faculty.
Also, the institution has the mechanism to organise departmental tours,
college tour, Annual General Meetings, Picnics, Get together, Organisation
of cultural activity etc. to grow cooperation among the faculty members.
6.4.1 What are the mechanisms for performance assessment (teaching, research,
service) of faculty and staff? (Self–appraisal method, comprehensive evaluation by students and peers). Does the institution use the evaluations to improve teaching/ research of the faculty and service of the faculty by other staff? If yes, how?
6.4.1 Mechanism for performance assessment (teaching, research, service) of
faculty & staff are:
1 Performance Appraisal of teachers
2 Students’ Feedback System
3 Feedback from Academic Peers, Alumni, Persons of society
6.4 Human Resource Management
169
4 Feedback from Parent-Teacher Association
5 Feedback from Research & Monitoring Cell
6 Daily Attendance Register
The multi-cornered feedback is used to undertake SWOC analysis in
order to improve teaching, research, service of the faculty & staff. Faculties
in the meetings of the Departments discuss about their performances
objectively. The Management’s feedback is used to understand his/her
contribution in the service of the institution and the faculty becomes careful
in the future course of action. Research & Monitoring Cell motivates &
encourages the faculties to undertake research work, reviews the research
activity of the faculty.
6.4.2 What are the welfare measures for the staff and faculty? (mention only those which affect and improve staff well-being, satisfaction and motivation)
6.4.2 The college has taken several welfare measures for the staff & the faculty in
order to achieve work satisfaction and security. The following are the
welfare measures for the staff & faculty:
1 General Provident Fund
2 Employees Provident Fund
3 Puja Relief
4 Festival advance
5 Facilities of loan by BRSNC Staff Cooperative Credit Society at
cheaper rate of interest.
6 Grievance Redressal Cell;
6.4.3 What are the strategies and implementation plans of the institution, to recruit and retain faculty and other staff who have the desired qualifications, knowledge and skills?
6.4.3 Faculty & other staff are important stakeholders as they are facilitators in a
student-centric environment of HEI. The students as learners, being the
focus, are motivated by the teachers to gain knowledge in the expanding
frontier of knowledge. As such the institution has to adopt strategies and to
170
implement plan to recruit and retain faculty and other staff. The strategies
are:
1 The workload of different departments and the no. of teacher-student
ratio are calculated;
2 Students feedback, parents feedback etc. are taken in active
consideration for vacancy requirements;
3 Govt. sanctioned strength of teaching & non-teaching staff and the
present position of the institution are considered;
4 The staff strength of different departments are considered and proposals
for conversion of posts from one department to another without any
financial burden are taken and sent to the Higher Education Department;
5 The matter is discussed in the meetings of Teachers’ Council, Academic
Subcommittee, Finance Committee and the Governing Body;
6 Principal as per the direction of the above Bodies approach the Director
of Public Instruction (DPI), Govt. of West Bengal to sanction the
teaching & non-teaching posts and to issue orders for filling up the
vacant posts;
7 Vacancies are put up in the Roster and Reservations Policies are
followed as per the Govt. rules and the Roster is verified by the BCW
Dept., Govt. of W.B. (A Competent Authority);
8 In spite of sanctioning of the teaching & non-teaching posts and filling
up the vacancies, the teacher-student ratios in some departments appear
to be low. Financial crunch at the government level appears to be a
limiting factor for lack of adequate number of teaching & non-teaching
staff. Even, the vacancies in the approved posts of teachers & non-
teaching staff could not be filled up by the college due to the reservation
policies of the Govt. and non-availability of teachers in the reserved
category;
9 The Governing Body of the college after careful consideration creates
whole time permanent teaching & non-teaching posts. The quality is not
171
compromised. Applications for the post of teaching staff are invited
from the candidates having UGC qualification through advertisement in
the leading newspaper (e.g. The Statesman);
10 Retention measures are taken in our college for dearth of qualified
faculties in the emerging subjects such as Computer Sc., Electronic
Sc., Microbiology & the like. The college offers higher pay in the
form of senior scale or giving one or two additional increments &
special pay to retain the qualified faculty with knowledge & skill;
6.4.4 What are the criteria for employing part-time/adhoc faculty? How are the recruitment conditions of part-time/adhoc faculty different from that of the regular faculty? (Eg. salary structure, workload, specialisations).
6.4.4 The criteria for employing part time/ad hoc faculty are:
i) The faculty must possess UGC qualification;
ii) He/She has to take 10-12 classes in a span of 2-3 days per week;
iii) Payments are made on class basis/module basis;
The recruitment conditions of Part time/adhoc faculty are different from that
of the regular faculty is respect of:
Table No. 6.7 Recruitment Conditions of the Faculty
Sl. No. Faculty
Regular Part time/Ad hoc a) Day basis 6 days in a week 2-3 days in a week
b) Salary structure
Basic as per UGC Scale with admissible allowances, HRA & EPF
Class basis contract;
c) Workload 20-22 classes per week
8-12 classes per week depending upon the workload of the Dept. requirement for the specialisation.
d) Benefits enjoyed
10 days Casual Leave, 10 days Medical Leave & 10 days Study Leave, 240 days earned leave, Summer Recess, Puja Vacation & Winter Recess
Leaves in form of Puja Vacation & Winter Recess are granted with pay. If class falls on a schedule holiday, they are still paid.
e) Specialisation May avail of this condition but not compulsory
Teachers as per his/her specialisation in PG classes & in some UG classes requiring special skill.
172
6.4.5 What are the policies, resources and practices of the institution that support and ensure the professional development of the faculty? (Eg. budget allocation for staff development, sponsoring for advanced study, research, participation in seminars, conferences, workshops, etc. and supporting membership and active involvement in local, state, national and international professional associations).
6.4.5 Our college follows the policies that support and ensure the professional
development of the faculty in terms of Sponsoring of Advanced Study,
Research, and Participation in Seminars, Conferences, and Workshops etc.
(RC & OP)
Our college believes that faculty needs training in advanced skill
related to their work and to enable them to function more effectively.
Exposure to such innovative ideas and training has made the faculty
conversant with the goals and objectives of the institution.
The institution encourages the faculty to avail of these professional
developments. At present, 43 out of 52 faculties in position, representing
82% have undertaken research projects. Almost all the faculty members
have been participating in seminars, conferences & workshops (national &
international). Some of the faculty members are the members of the
professional bodies such as Institute of Cost & Work Accounts, Indian
Economic Association, Indian Chemical Society etc.
To avail of these opportunities, the college approves study
leave, research grants, grants for holding seminars, orientation & refresher
courses. The college in its budget allocates funds for promotion of research
and development as: 2006-07(Rs 50,000/-), 2007-08(Rs. 1 lakh), 2008-
09(Rs. 2.50 lakh).
6.4.6 How do you assess the needs of the faculty development? Has the institution conducted any staff development programmes for skill up-gradation and training of the staff? If yes, give details.
6.4.6 The needs of the faculty development are assessed by
1 Feedback from students
173
2 Feedback from employees
3 Feedback from parents
4 Feedback from Academic Peers/Society Persons
5 Feedback from external agencies
6 Exchange of opinions.
Yes, the institution has conducted Staff Development Programmes
for skill up-gradation and training of the staff.
For faculties, the following programmes were conducted by Barrackpore
Rastraguru Surendranath College.
Table No. 6.9 Details of Workshop Name of the Workshop
Held on Resource Person (s) Participants
Technology Enabled Teaching and Learning
26th & 27th February, 2004
Prof. Marmar Mukhopadhyay, Joint Director, NEIPA, N. Delhi Prof. Kalyan Dutta & Prof. Samar Bhattacharya, JU Professor from Jadavpur University, Calcutta University, DDPI, Govt. of W.B.
all the faculty members of the college
Computer Awareness Among the Existing Teaching Staff
2004-05 Mr. Aritra Roy Chowdhury, M/S Cella Syatems
Almost all the faculty members
Environmental and Industrial Aspects of Microbes in New Millennium (UGC Sponsored State Level Seminar)
24-25, February, 2006
Prof Ashoke Ranjan Thakur, VC WBUT, Prof. Dipak Bagchi, Dean, Faculty of CU Ambika Banerjee, East India Phramceutical Shymal Sanyal , Pro-VC, JU and other distinguished persons from Universities and Institutes
Faculty Members of Different Institute of the State
Use of Library 18/12/07 Dr. P.K. Choudhury, Former DPI & Former Member Secretary, WBSCHE & Dr. Swapna Banerjee,
All the faculty members of the college
174
Reader of Library Science, C.U.
Basic computer, Excel, Linux, Power point presentation & use of Multimedia
23/10/08 Prof. Sunil Gandhi of Kalyani University & Sri Debiprasad Bhattacharyay of Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College.
Almost all the faculty members
Teaching Learning Process
10/12/2008 Dr. P.K. Choudhury, Former DPI & Former Member Secretary, WBSCHE
All the Faculty Member
For staff, the following programmes were conducted by the college. Name of the Workshop
Held on Resource Person
Participants
Computer Awareness among the existing Non-teaching staff
2004-05 M/s. Cella System
All the existing non-teaching staff
Staff improvement Programme on Office, Accounts & Library
11/04/06 i) Joint DPI, Govt. of West Bengal, ii) Reader of Library Sc., Calcutta University, iii) Assistant Register of Calcutta University
All the existing non-teaching staff
Use of Library 18/12/07 i) Former DPI, Govt. of West Bengal & formerly Member Secretary W.B. State Council of Higher Education ii) Reader of Library Sc., Calcutta University
All the existing non-teaching staff
Basic computer, Office, Tally & Software packages
23/10/08 & 24/10/08
M/s. Cella System, Faculty Members of KU, BRSNC
All the existing non-teaching staff
Further, the college conducted staff development programme
through the involvement of the Research Monitoring Cell and participation
in Refresher Course and Orientation Programme for skill up gradation and
training of the staff.
175
6.4.6 What are the facilities provided to faculty? (Well-maintained and functional office, infrastructure and other space to carry out their work effectively etc.,)
6.4.7 Faculties of our college are provided with the following facilities:
• Well maintained and functional office;
• Spacious and decorated staff room and departmental rooms;
• Spacious libraries with Old & rare books, Books of current editions,
Journals;
• Laboratories with necessary and improved quality of equipments,
chemicals & other instruments
• Access to technology aided teaching tools such as OHP, LCD Projectors,
Laptop
• Digital class rooms
• Research facilities and working office
6.5.1 Does the institution get financial support from the Government? If yes, mention the grants received in the last three years under different heads. If
no, give details of the sources of revenue and income generated during the last three years?
6.5.1 Yes, the institution receives financial support from the government since
2003-04 under the following heads.
Head of Grants: i) Grant-in-Aid (Pay Packet)
ii) Central/State/Local Scholarship
iii) UGC Grant
iv) MP LAD Grant
6.5.2 What is the quantum of resources mobilized through donations? Give information for the last two years.
6.5.2 The quantum of resources mobilised through donations is given below:
A donation of Rs. 30,000/- from an Ex-teacher of the college in memory of
his mother was received during 2005-06.
6.5 Financial Management and Resource Mobilization
176
6.5.3 Is there adequate budget to cover the day-to-day expenses? If no, how is the deficit met?
6.5.3 The institution prepares the budget to cover the day-to-day expenses as far
as practicable. The institution makes an annual budget.
On head-wise Actual amounts spent & earned during the last year
Adjustment done.
Annexure of Budget since 2003-04 are enclosed
6.5.4 What are the budgetary resources to fulfill the institution’s mission and offer quality programmes? (Budget allocations over the past two years (provide income expenditure statements)
6.5.4 The budgetary resources are: Tuition Fees, Laboratory Charges, Sports
Activity, Session Charges, System Development Charges, Electricity &
Maintenance, Internet, Admission, Library, Development Charges, Building
Charges.
These resources are required to realise the institution’s mission and
quality programmes.
Budgetary Allocations over the last 5 years (from 2003-04 to 2007-08) are
enclosed:
The Income & Expenditure Statements and Balance Sheets reflect
the financial health of the institution and help to construct the budget.
The Income & Expenditure Statements of last 5 years (during 2003-04 to
2007-08) are enclosed herewith.
By comparing the Income & Expenditure Statements and Budgetary
allocations for the last 5 years of the college that there is agreement of
Income & Expenditure Statements with the Budget of the college. This
reveals good financial planning and discipline of the college.
6.5.5 Are the accounts audited regularly? If yes, give the details of internal and external audit procedures and the audit reports for last two years.
6.5.5 Yes, the college accounts are regularly audited both internally and externally
and the position of internal and external audit is up-to-date. The audit report
for the financial year 2007-08 has been completed.
177
The Audit report of the college for the last 5 years (2003-04 to 2007-
08) is enclosed herewith for kind perusal.
This audit report of the college gives a complete and detailed picture
of financial performance, propriety and management. It is clear from the
audit report that the college accounts are regularly kept and there are no
cases of misappropriation & defalcation of institutional funds. The Audit
reports are discussed in the meetings of Finance Committee and Governing
Body. The Auditor’s report, (Internal & External), observations &
suggestions are noted and accepted for future improvement of the
institution.
6.5.6 Has the institution computerized its finance management systems? If yes, give details.
6.5.6 Yes, the institution has computerised its Finance Management Systems
through accounting package. The financial management systems work
through different softwares, packages such as Visual Basic & Tally.
6.1.1 What are the significant best practices in Governance and Leadership
carried out by the institution? 6.1.1 The best practices in Governance and Leadership carried out by the
institution are;
1 Management based on democratic participation of stakeholders and
transparency;
2 Leadership and dynamic role of the management and commitment
towards efficient transactions of process.
3 Governance facilitating missions and objectives.
4 Identification and demarcation of responsibilities of stakeholders.
5 Decentralised and delegated structure in administration with
effective internal coordination and monitoring mechanism.
6 Institution initiatives for promoting cooperation, sharing of
knowledge, innovations and empowerment of faculty.
6.6 Best Practices in Governance and Leadership
178
7 Effective utilization of resources
8 Periodic review of performance for improvement
9 Welfare schemes for all stakeholders
10 Effective budgeting and resource mobilization
11 Up to date internal and statutory auditing and computerized Finance
Management System
Additional information for Re-accreditation
1 what are the evaluative observation made under the Organisation and Management in the previous assessment report and how have they been acted upon?
1. The NAAC peer team in their assessment and accreditation visit in 2002
made an observation under organisation and management that “The Human
Resource Planning and Recruitment of staff needs improvement. The
teacher taught ratio need to be reduced,
Creating Hostel facilities for outside students is very desirable.”
In response to the observation and suggestions, the college acted upon by
taking the following steps:
Faculty development programme through research, participation in
seminar, conferences and workshops and refreshers and orientation
course.
Organization of workshop, seminars and the training programme.
Provision of different infrastructural facilities like well maintained and
spacious office, departmental room, staff room, laboratories, digital
class room with LCD Projector and Laptop.
Provision of budget allocation for staff development.
Welfare scheme for the staff and the faculty.
To reduce the teacher taught ratio, the college has taken steps to fill up
the vacant posts of teaching and non-teaching staff on substantive basis.
Further the governing body of the college has created and appointed
whole time teachers having UGC qualification unaided basis who are
179
paid from college fund. In addition the college has appointed class basis
contract teachers having UGC qualification and has engaged qualified
guest faculty from different Universities and reputed institutions on
request.
As per the recommendation of the NAAC peer team, the college has set
up Women’s Hostel which can accommodate eighteen (18) girls students
at present. The first and second floors of the girls hostel are yet to
complete. The college has purchased a plot of land for construction of
Boy’s Hostel.
2. What are the other quality sustenance and enhancement measures undertaken by the institution since the previous Assessment and Accreditation with regard to Organisation and Management? 2. Other quality sustenance and enhancement measures with regard to
organization and management are
Management based on democratic participation of stakeholders and
transparency.
Identification and demarcation of responsibilities of stakeholders and
their discharge.
Periodic review of performance through feedbacks from different
stakeholders for improvement.
Effective utilization of resources.
Effective budgeting and resource mobilization
The Governance and Leadership role of the college is being felt in
collegiating all the stakeholders. Activities under Governance and
Leadership have been undertaken by the management of the institution to
achieve the vision, mission and objectives of the college and the core values
of NAAC. All these have bearings in the sustenance and enhancement of
quality in education
180
Criterion VII : Innovative Practices
7.1.1 What mechanisms have been developed by the institution for quality
assurance within the existing academic and administrative systems? 7.1.1 The mechanisms developed by the institutions for quality assurance are
described below:
1 Formation of IQAC
2 Functioning of Different Committees / Monitoring Cell
3 Introduction of Academic Diary
4 Feedback Mechanism – Students, Teachers, Employees, Management,
Parent, Alumni, Society
5 Academic Counselling
6 Organisation of Remedial Teaching and holding of Tutorial classes
7 Introduction of Tutor- Ward mechanism
8 Promotion of Research Culture
9 Introduction of Technology-enabled Teaching
10 Opening of technology-enabled learning & presentation by the students
11 Use of ICT in the form of online, internet services and websites
12 Introduction of Project Work and field work by the curriculum
13 Introduction of value added classes
14 Organisation of seminar & workshop
15 Participation of teachers in Orientation Programme and Refresher course
16 Participation of Teachers in Faculty Development Programme by UGC
17 Unitising the syllabi
18 Earn & Learn programme
19 Open Access in library
20 Introduction of Library class
21 Organisation of Co curricular & Extra-curricular activities
22 Outreach programme
7.1 Internal Quality Assurance System
181
7.1.2 What are the functions carried out by the above mechanisms in the quality enhancement of the institution?
7.1.2 The mechanism in the quality enhancement of the institution is carried out
by the functions of different cells, bodies and committees.
IQAC- Its primary function is dissemination of information received from
different corners and making arrangement for introduction of best practices
and their institutionalisation.
IQAC chalks out Action Plan on Academic growth, Infrastructural growth,
Students’ Facility, Financial Planning to ensure and sustain quality, keeping
in mind the core values of NAAC.
Departmental Committee- Unitisation of the syllabus as per academic
calendar, analysis of progress of syllabus, Tutor-ward interaction,
performance of the students in examinations etc. Departmental teachers take
measures for slow and advance learner for their betterment, consider the
attendance performances of the students and take remedial measures,
arrange for purchase of library books for departmental library and review
the proper functioning of departmental activity.
Academic Subcommittee for UG & PG Board of Studies - Discuss
academic matters such as progress of syllabi, framing examination
schedules and process of evaluation of examination, and framing polices for
purchase of books and journals.
Admission Sub Committee – Frames rules and procedures of admission,
monitors and reviews admission of students, takes care of access and equity
maintained for all section of students.
Research Monitoring Cell - Motivates the teachers and the students to
undertake research work, involves the teachers in minor research projects,
motivates for registration for M.Phil. / Ph.D. programmes, encourages
faculty members and students to attend International / National / State /
Regional level Workshops / Seminars / Conferences, to motivate faculty
182
members to publish articles / papers in leading journals including web
journals and to undertake collaborative research programmes.
Seminar Committee – Organises seminars, workshops and conferences,
encourages students to deliver lecture with computer-enabled technology.
Finance Committee – Analyses financial planning and management. It
considers how the resources are to be mobilised to match the deficit in the
budget and takes effectives steps to make regular audit and prepares the
college annual budget.
Building Committee- Considers the planning and effective implementation
of infrastructural growth to accommodate the academic growth.
Library Committee- Considers planning and development of Library
services for the users
Purchase Committee – Frames the policy of general purchase and approves
bills following the guidelines of purchase policy.
Health Committee – Organises health awareness programmes among the
students and people of the adjoining locality.
Sport & Games –Motivates the students to participate in games and sports
activity and promotes social responsibilities and good citizenship roles
among the students.
Cultural Committee – Consider planning and organising cultural activities
of the college
Grievance Redressal Cell- Considers the grievances of the male & female
Students, male & female Teaching and Non-teaching staff.
NSS & NCC Committees –Motivates the students to organise social work
and to implement them through the involvement of the students
Centre for Career Development–Coordinates with employment agencies
and motivates the students for employment, self-employment,
entrepreneurship etc.
183
Student Union- Organises Annual Sports & Games, Cultural Competitions,
Annual Social, Special Days’ celebration, Participation in different
development programme,
7.1.3 What role is played by students in assuring quality of education imparted by the institution?
7.1.3 Good teachers make good students; similarly good students make good
teachers. Students are encouraged to participate discussion in the classroom,
seminars, research, projects, fieldwork etc. i.e. learner – centric method of
teaching is being emphasised.
Students, being the important stakeholders of Higher Education, can
contribute to assure quality of education through their involvement of the
following:
1 Participation in different Academic and Administrative bodies;
2 Participation in Seminars, Research, Projects, Fieldworks;
3 Making use of Internet & online information and ask teachers about their queries;
4 Participation of students in publishing Wall Magazine and College Annual Magazine;
5 Participation in modernization of Library through process of Bar-coding of the books;
6 Participation in Group Discussion, Debates and Quiz competition;
7 Organisation and Participation in Cultural Activities;
8 Organisation and Participation in Games and Sports and securing ranks in different events at District, State and University level competition;
9 Participation in overall development of the college;
10 Participation in different social & community development programme.
7.1.4 What initiatives have been taken up by the institution to promote best practices in the institution? How does the institution ensure that the Best Practices have been internalized?
7.1.4 The initiatives taken up by the institution to promote best practices are the
following:
184
1 Dissemination and communication of information among the new
entrants (stakeholders) of the college.
2 Discussion between the Governing Body, internal stake holders
[teachers, non-teaching staff, Students] with the Society Persons,
Parents, Employers etc;
3 Consultation of the multi-cornered feedbacks and their
implementation;
4 Continual reviews, exercise and improvement of current practices;
5 Sharing and reviewing best practices of other institutions of repute
through participation of national and international seminars,
conferences and workshops;
6 Initiation for introduction of the best practices of other institutions.
7.1.5 In which way has the institution added value to the quality enhancement of students?
7.1.5 The institution adds value to the quality enhancement of students in the
following way:
1 Encouraging students to participate in value added mechanism
through counselling;
2 Introducing communicative English to hone the skill of
communication in English as English is the link language at the
National and International levels;
3 Making arrangement for computer learning to all so that they are
able to get benefit technology based education;
4 Workshop for Entrepreneurship development;
5 Giving facilities of internet use to have access to the wonder world of
knowledge;
6 Holding departmental seminars and workshops where students are
speakers and they participate using modern teaching aids which
enable them to feel free to ventilate their independent thinking;
185
7 Taking follow up action on students’ feedback;
8 Involving students in undertaking NSS and NCC activities to make
them socially committed and to develop a sense of Team work,
development of cooperation, fellow feeling, discipline, and social
justice;
9 Encouraging students to participate in games and sports and
gymnasium activities to develop their physical skill in co-curricular
and extra curricular activities;
10 Promoting the publication of Wall Magazine and College Annual
Magazine by the students;
11 Promoting the Handicrafts works of the students to encourage
creativity through Earn & Learn Programme.
7.2.1 What practices have been taken up by the institution to provide access to
students from the following sections of the society: a) Socially-backward b) Economically-weaker and c) Differently-abled
7.2.1 What efforts have been made by the institution to recruit 1) Staff from the
disadvantaged communities? Specify? a) teaching b) non-teaching
7.2.1 The institution has taken the following practices for students from
a) Socially backward
b) Economically Weaker
c) Differently –abled
to provide access to students through: a) Effective steps are taken for strict
observance and implementation of reservation policy of government of
W.B. 22% and 6% of the seats are reserved for SC and ST candidates
respectively in the case of admission; It may be mentioned that the
population of the socially backward people in the subdivision is not in
7.2 Inclusive practices
186
accordance with the state reservation.
College is located at an industrial area where the old industries like Jute, Engineering are in struggling mode. As a result, around 40% of the population are around lowest economic zone (income around Rs.5000/- pm).
Table No. 7.1 Population of the Barrackpore Sub Division {North 24
Parganas District} [Census 2001]
Area SC ST Others Total
Barrackpore Sub Division
Male-205283
Female-181535
Male- 10271
Female- 8912
Male-1687275
Female-1502694
Male- 1902829
Female-1693141
Total/ Percentage
386818 (10.75)
19183 (0.53) 3189969(88.72) 3595970 (100)
b) Tuition and other fees are waived for students coming from economically weaker section of the society as a whole.
c) Seats are reserved for differently abled students. Facility of admission is given to them through physical verification of the extent of disability by the Admission Committee subject to the fulfillment of minimum marks in the last qualifying examination.
To sustain the academic growth of the students of these sections of
society, financial facilities are given to the students in the form of SC/ST
scholarship, Students Aid Fund, financial assistance from Teachers’
Council, Students Means Fund, Jayanta Chowdhury Memorial Funds,
Matree Sangha Jana Kalyan Fund, financial assistance from Alumni
and financial assistance from donations by Ex-teachers.
So far as the recruitment of teaching and non-teaching staff from
disadvantaged communities is concerned, the institution follows the
reservation policy. The Roster pattern for recruiting teaching and non-
teaching staff is approved by the BCW Dept., Govt. of West Bengal and the
institution takes effective steps for strict observance of the reservation rule.
187
Teaching staff on whole-time substantive basis from disadvantaged
communities are recruited by the college on the recommendation of West
Bengal College Service Commission and Non-teaching staff on whole-time
substantive basis from disadvantaged communities are recruited on
recommendation of the selection committee from the panel of candidates
sponsored by Employment Exchange and from open advertisement through
Newspaper. The post of teaching staff in the reserved category remains
vacant due to non-availability of the candidate in the said category for a long
period of time. The college accept this in spite of serious dislocation in
teaching & learning. Out of 74 sanctioned posts in teacher category, 09
posts in the reserved category have been filled up and out of 33 existing
posts in the non-teaching category 06 posts in the reserved category have
been filled up.
7.2.2 What special efforts are made to achieve gender balance amongst students and staff?
7.2.2 We need not have to take any special effort to achieve gender balance
among students and staff in this urban area because over the years
increasing percentage of female students has been admitted in different
subjects in our college. This aspects has also been corroborated by the
NAAC peer team in their first visit. The following table will speak for itself
Gender wise distribution of students:
Table No. 7.2: Gender Wise student strength dt. 31.03 of each year.
2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 Total 4095 4252 4216 4280 4430 Male 1896
(46.30%) 1940 (45.62%)
1824 (43.26%)
1845 (43.11%)
1871 (42.23%)
Female 2199 (53.69%)
2312 (54.37%)
2392 (56.74%)
2435 (56.89%)
2559 (57.77%)
Over the years large no. of female students are getting admitted in
different streams in our college.
In the case of teaching and non-teaching staff gender wise
Distribution is given below.
188
Genderwise Distribution of Teaching and Non-teaching staff
(Fulltime)
0
20
40
60
80
100
Teaching Nonteaching
malefemaletotal percentage
To maintain gender balance amongst students & staff, the institution
encourages female students and staff to involve and to participate in all
bodies. Female students and staff participate in the bodies of Students’
Union, different subcommittees of students’ union, Cultural Committee,
Sports & Games Committee, Grievance Redressal Cell, Women’s
Development Cell, Hostel Committee, Health Committee, Library
Committee, Admission and Academic Committee etc.
7.2.3 Has the institution done a gender audit and/or any gender-related sensitizing courses for the staff/ students? Give details.
7.2.3 Yes, the institution has done a gender audit. The percentage of female
students has been steadily increasing from 50.95% in 2003-04 to 55.5% in
2007-08 and 60% in 2008-09.
The college has not introduced gender related sensitising courses for
the staff and the students. However, to address the problems of the female
students, the college has set up a Grievance Redressal Cell and a Women’s
Development Cell with the female teaching, non-teaching staff and students.
The cells also try to encourage the female participation in all sorts of
activities of the college.
7.2.4 What intervention strategies have been adopted by the institution to promote
the overall development of students from rural/ tribal backgrounds?
189
7.2.4 To promote the overall development of students from Rural/ Tribal
background, the college has taken the following intervention strategies:
1 Remedial teaching
2 Encouraging to participate in games and sports
7.2.5 Does the institution have a mechanism to record the incremental academic growth of the students admitted from the disadvantaged sections?
The table below shows the percentage of SC/ST/OBC students in our college.
Session General SC ST OBC Total 2003-04 3228 208 34 34 3504 2004-05 3683 (86.6%) 430 (10%) 42 (1%) 95 (2.2%) 4250 2005-06 3605 (87.69%) 377 (9.17%) 46 (1.11%) 83 (2.01%) 4111 2006-07 3639 (88.09%) 370 (8.95%) 42 (1.01%) 80 (1.93%) 4131 2007-08 3720 (87.63%) 392 (10.82%) 62 (1.46%) 71 (1.67%) 4245 2008-09 3755 (86.44%) 457 (10.52%) 71 (1.63%) 61 (1.40%) 4344
Yes, the institution has a mechanism to record the incremental
academic growth of the students admitted from the disadvantaged sections.
For their academic growth, the college has taken initiative for remedial
classes.
Percentage of incremental academic growth year wise of last five years General SC ST Total
01-02 67.4 52.22 52 61.38 02-03 69.07 65.38 34.62 63.53 03-04 69.09 65.49 64.29 65.49 04-05 63.37 65.49 30.77 60.73 05-06 64.89 58.04 40 63.95
190
01020304050607080
01-02 02-03 03-04 04-05 05-06
GeneralSCSTTotal
7.2.6 What initiatives have been taken by the institution to promote social-justice
and good citizenship amongst its students and staff? How have such initiatives reached out to the community?
7.2.6 The College has imparted value-based and value-added education through
its curricula to develop cooperation, fellow feelings, fraternity, self respect
which promotes social justice and good citizenship among its students &
staff.
With the participation of the students and the staff the college has
undertaken several outreach and extension activities such as plantation of
trees, Fight against HIV/ AIDS, Thalassaemia Eradication, Voluntary Blood
Donors’ Club, Blood Donation Camp, Survey on General Health, Education,
and Municipal Services, Distribution of garments to the students of slum
dwellers, Students Health Home, in association with Barrackpore
Municipality, NSS and NCC activities, Sports and Games, Participating
Rural Development Programmes by Department of Microbiology, Outreach
Programme by Department of Mathematics for teaching of Mathematics at
the +2 level, Outreach programme by Department of Computer Science for
“Open Source Software” for school teachers.
Such initiatives have been reached out to community through
collaborative activities between the college and the community.
191
7.3.1 How does the institution involve all its stakeholders in planning,
implementation and evaluation of the academic programmes? 7.3.1 The college invites plan from the individual teachers, non-teaching
staff, students, Alumni, parents, Society person at the micro level. After receiving the individual plans, the departmental planning is made. On the basis of these, institutional planning is framed in a joint meeting of IQAC and Governing Body. After the approval of the Governing Body a long term perspective plan is being prepared. To make the plan into reality in a phased manner different committee such as Admission Committee, Academic Sub Committee, Building Committee, PG Board of Studies, Library committee, Research Monitoring Cell, Seminar Committee etc. are constituted with the involvement of all its stakeholders. Principal convene a meeting every year where the conveners of the different committees are requested to place the report about the progress of work and to give suggestions for effective implementation of the plans chalked out.
7.3.2 How does the institution develop new programmes to create an overall climate conducive to learning?
7.3.2 The College develops new programmes considering
1 Infrastructure & Capacity Building;
2 Need based programmes;
3 Fulfilment of Students demands;
4 Setting of good teaching faculty;
5 Technology enabled learning;
6 Extension of Current research work;
7 Importance towards Employment scenario & Global trends;
8 Technology Developments; (Ref. Item no. 1.1.5)
7.3.3 What are the key factors that attract students and stakeholders, to the institution and result in stakeholder satisfaction?
7.3.3 Key factors are the following:
1 Well circulated Student information system – Prospectus, website & other
documents.
2 Alumni’s satisfaction towards institution;
7.3 Stakeholder relationships
192
3 Favourable social Audit;
4 Good Ambience and Infrastructure;
5 Clean, Green, Calm and well maintained campus.
6 Brilliant Performances by the Students reflected in University
Results;
7 Access to wide range of courses available;
8 Academic Flexibility;
9 Promotion of value addition;
10 Good teacher-student relationship;
11 Transparent Admission policy;
12 Qualified and Competent teachers;
13 Well-designed teaching plan and beautiful academic environment;
14 Availability of books & journals through open access & digital
facilities in the library.
15 Academic counseling.
16 Well-ventilated classrooms.
17 Airy & spacious laboratories with modern equipment.
18 Adequate supplies of purified, safe drinking water with cooler
facility.
19 Computer and Internet facilities.
20 Available Hostel facilities for girls;
21 Career counseling;
22 Active Placement Cell for Placement opportunities;
23 Strong Student support system;
24 Good Management.
7.3.3 How does the institution elicit the cooperation from all stakeholders to ensure overall development of the students, considering the curricular and co-curricular activities, research, community orientation and the personal/ spiritual development of the students?
7.3.4 The institution takes the following steps:
1 Preparing long term perspective plan
193
2 Chalking out annual plans with respect to long term perspective
plan
3 Constituting different committees with the involvement and
cooperation of all stakeholders.
4 Convening meetings of different committees through notification
and making personal contact with the persons interested in
education.
5 Seeking advice and cooperation of all stakeholders.
6 Making review of the participation & performances of the
stakeholders.
7 Encouraging the stakeholders for their effective involvement.
7.3.5 How do you anticipate public concerns in your current and future programme offerings and operations?
7.3.5 The institution anticipates public concerns in our current and future
programme offerings and operations soliciting opinions through:
1 National Policies related to Human Resource;
2 International direction of Employability;
3 Job Market- Local, National & International;
4 Interaction with Social policy Makers e.g. MLAs / MPs
5 Educationists of the neighboring area: Headmaster /
Headmistress of the neighboring schools
6 Other society Persons: Sub-Divisional Officer, Physicians,
Medical Practitioners, Parents, Chairmen of different
municipalities,
7 Interaction with Employers & Different Placement agencies;
8 Interaction with Academic Peers & experts from different
institutes of national / international repute: Vice Chancellor, Pro-
Vice Chancellor, and Registrar of Universities, Chairmen of West
Bengal School Service Commission (Central and Regional),
Director of Public Instruction & other officials, Higher Education
194
Department, Govt. of West Bengal;
9 Participation in different Workshop, Seminars etc.
7.3.6 How does the institution promote social responsibilities and citizenship roles among the students? Does it have any exclusive programme for the same?
7.3.6 The College has taken special care to impart value-based education through
its curricular design to develop cooperation, fellow feelings, fraternity, self
respect which promote social responsibilities and citizenship roles among its
students.
The curriculum encourages celebration of different Red Letter
Days, celebration of birth day of Patriots, Nation Leaders, reading of
life history of the great men.
With the participation of students, the college has undertaken several
outreach and extension activities such as plantation of trees, Campaign
against HIV/ AIDS, Thalassaemia eradication, Voluntary Blood Donors’
Club, Local Survey programme on General Health, Education and
Municipal services in Local municipality, Distribution of garments to the
students of slum dwellers, Students Health Home.
Exclusive Programmes:
1 Youth Parliament.
2 NSS Programmes.
3 NCC Programmes.
4 Voluntary Blood Donor’s Club.
5 Community services with the assistance of Barrackpore
Municipality & local bodies.
6 Thallasaemia Eradication Programme.
7 Student Health Home.
8 Care for old persons.
7.3.7 What are the institutional efforts to bring in community-orientation in its activities?
195
7.3.7 The institution takes the following efforts to bring in community orientation
in its activities:
1 Interaction with the society people to understand the necessity ;
2 Plan of programmes according to the needs of the community;
3 Discussion with the community people for its effective action &
implementation,
4 Organizational involvement & support;.
5 Holding meetings according to the suitability of the community
people;
6 Involvement of the community representatives (e.g. secretaries of the
ward committees, Councilors, Chairmen, Members of Chairman-in-
council, local club, philanthropic organizations, local schools, local
M.L.A. and M.P.).
7 Allotment of money for outreach activities / extension activities.
Efforts are taken to motivate and involve the NSS and NCC cadets to organize community oriented activities such as: • Donating bloods for the needy persons, • Distributing garments to the street children, • Generating awareness of Thalassaemia Eradication, • Involving the students to generate funds through micro-saving boxes.
7.3.7 How does your institution actively support and strengthen the neighborhood communities? How do you identify community needs and determine areas of emphasis for organizational involvement and support?
College faculty members, students under the umbrella of NSS
activity interacted with the Chairman of the local municipality and other
officials and society persons, local M.L.A., M.P.,
Headmasters/Headmistress, School Teachers and Alumni. Students of some
departments were participated in survey work and identified a ward to
adopt. After several interface with the people of the locality some problem
were identified and support services were initiated.
7.3.8 How do the faculty and students contribute in these activities?
196
7.3.8 The college has taken up a ward adoption project to care for minority and
disadvantaged section of people. The college has decided to make the school
students computer literate to an extension programme, to organize
awareness of general health of mother and children involving female
faculties and the students and to make a survey on extent of dropouts of
students at the primary level
Faculty and students contribute through active participation in
different community oriented activities. Students can contribute through
donations and collection of money by micro saving boxes. Our institution
actively support and strengthen the neighborhood communities through
participation in such activities as:
1 Organizing blood donation camp;
2 Forming Voluntary Blood Donors Club;
3 Distributing garments and learning aids to the street children;
4 Caring for senior citizens in nearby old age home;
5 Organizing awareness campaign about the danger of
Thalassaemia
6 Distribution of foods to patients of the nearby hospital on
Republic Day as means to promote good citizenship and social
responsibilities to the students.
7 Undertaking survey on general health education and municipal
services by the students of Economics, Sociology and Geography
in association with Barrackpore Municipality on ‘Earn and
Learn Proramme’
Outreach programme by the NSS cadets and different faculty
members in different schools of the sub division in association with
Local Municipalities, Indian Medical Association, Indian Red Cross
Society, Student Health Home, etc.
197
7.3.8 Describe how your institution determines student satisfaction, relative to academic benchmarks? Do you update the approach in view of the current and future educational needs and challenges?
7.3.9 A good industry cares for consumers’ satisfaction; a good institution cares
for students’ satisfactions which are reflected by the following mechanism:
1 A Detailed Feedback mechanism of the Students;
2 Classroom interaction;
3 Discussion in the meetings of the parent teacher association
4 Interaction with the alumni and society person,
5 Performance in a Campus interview for placement
6 Vertical progression of the students
Yes, the approach is updated in view of the current and future
educational needs and challenges. As per the needs of the society and
students, new programmes such as introduction of Hons. in Journalism &
Mass Communication, Microbiology, Computer Science, Bachelor of
Business Administration, Psychology, Film Studies, Food & Nutrition etc
and Post Graduation in Computer Science, Microbiology, Accounts, Finance
and Control, and Marketing Management have been introduced.
We are ready to accept the changes and mould ourselves
accordingly.
7.3.10 How do you build relationships? to attract and retain students to enhance students performance and to meet their expectations of learning
7.3.10 The institution builds relationship with the teachers,
Headmaster/Headmistress of Schools of catchments area through meetings,
by presentation of college profile, and participation in different activities
e.g.; career fair, refresher courses etc. In these meeting, college disseminates
the message of Quality, Modernisation, National Necessity, Course Module,
for the future users. Alumni’s satisfaction towards institution;
Favourable social Audit is also prevailing to attract and retain students.
198
Students are attracted through;
Results, Discipline, Academic flexibility, Initiation of new programmes,
Good teacher – taught relationship, Good management.
1 Students performances are enhanced through;
Teachers participation in the classroom-on average 88% to
90% of the classes allotted are held,
Organisation of tutorial and remedial classes,
Organization of Tutor-Ward interaction,
Continuous evaluation mechanism,
Seminars and projects works conducted by the students,
Special Coaching to the Advanced Students.
2 Students’ expectation of learning are met through;
Good Teachers interaction,
Ensuring technology enabled teaching and learning,
Arrangement for digital classroom,
Arrangement for Internet facility,
Arrangement for purchase of more text and reference books inn
the central and departmental library,
Well equipped Laboratory Facility,
Introduction of value added education
Making arrangement for campus interview for employment
Vertical progression of students
7.3.11 What is your complaint management process? How do you ensure that these complaints are resolved promptly and effectively? How are complaints aggregated and analyzed for use in the improvement of the organization, and for better stakeholder-relationship and satisfaction?
7.3.11 The complain management process of our institution is to collect complaint
through the following mechanism and redress them as much as practicable:
1) Installation of Complaint and Suggestion Box,
2) Grievance Redressal Cell,
199
3) Students Feedback,
4) Parent Teacher Association,
5) Society people interaction and Audit,
6) Performance in University Examination,
After receiving the complaints from the stakeholders the members of
the Grievances Redressal cell discuss about the nature of grievances and try
to minimize the grievances promptly and effectively.
Complains are also received from students’ feedback and from other
sources. The departmental teachers aggregate the different types of
complain and analysis them for improvement of library, laboratories,
canteen, services from office staff and teaching staff, environment of the
college etc.
Addition information for Re-accreditation
1. How are the core values of NAAC reflected in the various function of the institution? The core values of the NAAC are reflected in the various functions of the institution as given below:
Contributing to national development: The college has taken different
measures in capacity building of the institution as per the need of the
students and society. All sorts of infrastructure have been developed as has
been started in different criteria. The admission process is transparent and
democratic without any bias towards any caste, community and religion. If
we scan our students profile we see that 45% of the students are coming
from the weaker section of the community and number of students getting
admission to this college are on the rise. Students from SC and ST
community are getting their due share as per Govt. rule. It is to be noted
here with much elation that girls students constitute 60% of the total intake
of the college. These activities assure equity, social justice and increasing
access to higher education which will boost up human resource
development. These steps and functions are in tune with the contribution to
National Development, one of the core values prescribed by the NAAC.
200
Fostering global competencies among students: In order to face the global
requirements various measures are being taken to grow the core
competencies of our student. We have introduced technology enabled
teaching and learning process by using modern technological aids to make
them acquainted with the modern gadgets used in education. Internet
facilities given to the students have widened the scope to expand their
knowledge base. Syllabi of the newly introduced PG courses on autonomous
basis have been updated and revised to make our students at par with the
students of any national and international institutions of repute. Further,
different value added courses have been introduced to enhance the soft skills
of our student so that they can compete with others in the job market. In
order to generate the core competencies like innovation, creativity and
entrepreneurial ability some specific actions have been taken. Each
department is organizing two seminars in an academic year where students
are encouraged to participate at speaker or present paper. Students are
getting involved in project works where they can prove their innovative
ideas and creativity. Organization of seminars, cultural activities, games
and sports, community service has added focus on their entrepreneurial
abilities. The college has arranged some classes both at the UG and PG
level to be taken by the guest teachers of different universities and institute
of national repute to develop their skill. Besides, collaborative activities
with the Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science, Institute of
Engineers of India, Jetking Infotech Ltd. are taken to foster global
competencies among students.
Inculcating Value System among Students: The Student profile of our
college is showing that students are coming from different states of India as
well as from BenglaDesh, a neighbourhood country, Uttarpradesh Bihar,
Maharastra, Tamil Nadu, Jharkhand, Karnataka, Andhrapradesh etc. so we
can feel the flavour of pluralistic culture and diversity of languages like
Bengali, Hindi, Urdu, Telegu, Tamil etc. We are observing Hindi Divas in
201
the month of September, Bhasa Divas on 21st February and encouraging
cultural activities of other languages so that the students can cooperate and
develop mutual understanding. Strict supervision and friendly relation
among the students usher in a healthy environment as a result of which the
college is free from ragging, agitation and any sorts of harassment.
Promoting the use of Technology: The college has introduced ICT in
teaching and learning process. It has launched its own website
www.brsnc.com and it is being constantly updated. The computer student
ratio at present is 1:35. LCD projectors, Overhead projectors are being
increasingly used. Digital classrooms have been constructed where the
students and faculty members can present their papers, projects through
Power Point presentation. Computer literacy drive has been successfully
launched and we will achieve cent percent computer literacy within a very
short period. Library, office, students profile are fully computerised. Thus
the college is promoting the use of Technology.
Quest for Excellence: Quest for excellence is our vision. All the activities
undertaken by the college are being channelised towards achieving this
vision. Continuous evaluation of the students through Class Test, Periodical
examination, Pre Tests, Test examinations, introduction of Research and
monitoring cell, Activation of teacher in undertaking research achieving
through MRP, Publication of Papers, Recruitment of qualified teachers,
arrangement of Guest Teachers, training and faculty Development
Programmes, Multi-cornered feedback mechanism, Performance appraisal
of the teachers by the administration on daily basis are some benchmarks in
our institution which will enable us to enhance and sustain quality. The
teachers taught ratio still remains a challenge to us. But is not unique in our
case as we believe that it is a notional phenomenon. If we emphasize on
increasing access to higher education and Government’s reservation policy
remains as it is, we will not be able touch the ideal ratio.
202
History of the Department:
The department of chemistry came into existence in the year 1969 at 85
Middle Road campus & it’s now housed in the 1st floor of the C block 85 Middle
Road campus of the new building. Then affiliation of Physics, Chemistry &
Mathematics to the B.Sc pass standard commence with effect from session 1970-71
ie. The permission of the candidates in the above mentioned subjects at the Bsc part I
examination was in the 1972 and Bsc Part II examination in 1973 (vide letter of
Deputy Inspector of college Dr. Samit Kumar Basu letter No. C/450/112-AFFL dt
25th August 1970.
Then the improvement of the college took a long gap. Honours in chemistry was
approved by Calcutta University letter no C/1326/112 dt 15/11/1990 and govt order
no 1358 edn (C.S) dt 19/09/1990 from the session 1990-91. In pursuance of the
recommendation after the inspection dated 28/03/1990.
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
The department was started with the object of giving the practical and concrete shape
of the educational idea. Besides there are following objectives of the department -:
i) The ability to work effectively and safely in a lab environment.
ii) The ability to use the power of computer in the application of chemistry.
iii) The ability to communicate effectively.
iv) Learn how to tackle critically and analize the problems of Chemistry.
v) Ability to work in teams as well as independently.
vi) The ability to initiate higher career after graduation.
1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 05 05 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee 00 00
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
01 01
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
203
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl No
Name Designation Highest qualification
Specialization Experience Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)
1. Dr. Rabindra Kumar Chattopadhyay
Head and Reader in Chemistry
M.Sc., Ph. D Inorganic 26 years 63.88
2. Dr. Anjushree Dhara
Reader in Chemistry
M.Sc., Ph. D Organic 12 years 67.25
3 Dr. Niloy Kar Chaudhury
Senior Lecturer
M.Sc., NET, Ph. D
Organic 6 years 77.45
4 Gunomoni Saha Lecturer M.Sc, NET Analytical 3 years 81.16 5 Rajat Kumar
Shaw Lecturer M.Sc, NET Physical 4 months
6 Ajoy Kumar Mukherjee
Principal M.Sc, Ph. D Organic Chemistry
30 years 75.17
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s
achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback
2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 76 76 91 97 98 SC 7 6 2 11 9 ST 0 0 1 0 0 OBC 2 0 4 5 6 Total 85 82 98 113 113
Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 4 3 1501-5000 17 18 5001-10000 18 12 10001-15000 16 8 15001-20000 8 6 Above 20000 5 3 Total * 85 82
The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in
the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii)
Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us
to give actual figure of drop out students.
204
Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003-04 and modified in 2006-07
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:
Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 14 14 01 09 02 - - 47.37 100 97.37 2004 15 15 03 06 04 01 6.67 25.07 100 98.53 2005 13 13 04 05 04 - - 27.82 100 99.29 2006 27 27 04 07 07 08 29.63 31.90 100 96.24 2007 18 18 02 04 06 06 33.33 29.49 100 98.98 2008 11 11 1 2 2 6 54.54 40.03 100 99.25
* Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments:
a. Departmental infrastructure:
Lab Room No. 233 : 6mX3m( Physical)
Lab Room No. 235 : 6mX12m (Gen)
Balance Room No. 236 : 6mX3m
Lab Room No. 237 : 6mX9m (Hons.)
Lab Room No. 238 :6mX3m (R&D)
Digital Class Room No. 230 : 6mX6m (Hons.)
Class Room No. 232 : 6mX3m (Hons.)
Class Room No. 127 : 15mx10m (Gen)
b. Library
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
90
1238 01
c. Computer: Two with uninterrupted internet facility.
d. Laboratory:
i. Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
Lab Room No. 233 : 6mX3m( Physical)
Lab Room No. 235 : 6mX12m (Gen)
205
Balance Room No. 236 : 6mX3m
Lab Room No. 237 : 6mX9m (Hons.)
Lab Room No. 238 :6mX3m (R&D)
Digital Class Room No. 230 : 6mX6m (Hons.)
ii. List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer
Team visit.
e. Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning ( Including internet) √ Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted
and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test
period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least
six counseling classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation):
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation Date
Sri Nilay Kar Chaudhuri
Refresher Course– Calcutta University 20 Aug to 09 Sep 08
Orientation Programme - Calcutta University
2 July to 28 July 2007
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:
Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) /
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research /project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
206
teacher / week
05 (fulltime)
12 hrs. 15hrs 6 hrs 5 hrs. 2 hrs. -
03 (Class basis)
8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended):
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Dr. Anjushree Dhara
Eighteenth National Symposium on organic Chemistry (NASOC-XVIII)
26 March 2004
Nineteenth National Symposium on organic Chemistry (NASOC-XIX)
29 March 05
One day seminar on Chemistry Honours (1+1+1)Curriculum
23 March 06
Dr.Nilay Kar Chaudhuri
Prospects of basic Science vis-à-vis Technical Education India(UGC)
15/03/2003
Fifty Years of Parliamentary Democracy in India(UGC) 18/09/2003 National Symposium on Organic Chemistry-II (NSOC-II) Current Trends and prospects (J.U)
17/02/2003
Vocationalisation of Higher Education (UGC) at Loreto College
19/02/2005
19th National Symposium on Organic Chemistry(NASOC-xix)
29/03/2005
One day Seminar on Chemistry Honours (1+1+1) Curriculum at C.U.
23/03/2006
Symposium on Instrumental Techniques In Chemistry at C.U.
28/03/2006
International Conference on ‘Structure and Dynamics: from Micro to Macro’ at C.U.
15-17 Dec,2006
Dr. Rabindra Kumar
Chattopadhyay
One day Seminar on Chemistry Honours(1+1+1) Curriculum at C.U.
23/03/2006
Sri. Gunomoni
Saha
Trends in Surface Science and related areas (J.U.)
May 2008
Inorganic Qualitative Semi-micro analysis (C.U.)
2008
Convention of Chemists At Karnataka ( Indian Chemical Society)
Nov.2008
207
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) Ongoing Project: Sri Gunomoni Saha
Research Project Title-: Copper (I/II) Complexes of diimine (-N=C-C=N-) and
azoimine (-N=N-C=N-) functions: Structure, Reactivity and Photophysical
Studies Funding agency: UGC (MRP)
Amount Sanctioned: - Rs. 100000/- only
Name of the teacher
Title Year International/National/College
In Journals Dr.Nilay Karchaudhuri
Microwave- assisted condensation reactions exploiting HMT as catalyst under solvent free conditions
2002 J. Chem. Res.(S),180 ( International)
Deoximation & Dehydrazonation of ketoximes & ketophenyl hydrazones by wet HMT in solid state under microwave conditions
2003 Indian Journal of Chemistry, 42B, 1537 ( International)
Regiospecific conversion of substituted cinnamic acids to cinnamyl alcohols
2003 J. Ind.Chem.Soc., 80, 923 ( National)
Unusual regioselectivity in nucleophillic addition to ŋ3-Π-alkyl palladium complexes.
2003 ARKIVOC, 96 ( International)
An eco-friendly regeneration of aldehydes exploiting ammonium acetate under microwave irradiation
2004 J. Chem. Res.(S),237 ( International)
Cu(II) mediated regeneration of carbonyls from oximes & semicarbazones under solvent free microwave irradiated conditions.
2004 J. Ind.Chem.Soc., 81, 79 ( National)
Solvent free knoerenagel condensation reactions under microwave irradiation, exploiting a new reagent: Antimony trichloride.
2005 J. Ind.Chem.Soc., 82, 81 ( National)
In Books Microwave synthesis 2002 Brittany L.Hayes ( ed), CEM
Publishing, USA Microwave in organic synthesis
2002 Andre Loupy ( ed.), Wiley-VCH, Federal Republic of Germany
208
Solvent free organic synthesis 2003 K.Tanaka (ed.), Wiley-VCH, Federal Republic of Germany
Others: The work related to Greener Approaches to undergraduate Chemistry experiments have been recognized by American Chemical Society, 2002
Sri Gunomoni Saha
Azoimidazolium Iodocuprate(I) & iodoargentate (I)
Polyhedron (Communicated)
12. a) Placement Record of the past students:
(i)During the last five years 11 students have been appointed in substantive post as
teachers in higher secondary schools through School Service Commission. Details
will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
(ii) Five students were appointed as chemists in R&D in Dabur, aleading
pharmaceutical company.
(iii) Four students qualifed NET and doing Ph.D
(iv) Seven students have been placed in CTS, IBM,SBI etc.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
have provided assistances to the students for SSC examination and core subjects for
the NET examination.
13. Future Plans: i) Purchasing more books for departmental library.
ii) To organize workshop at the department for acquiring good knowledge about the instruments.
iii) To open PG Course in Chemistry. iv) Increase of Laboratory Space. v) Increase in the availability of modern instruments.
14. Any other information:
Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-
back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations
about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and
suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the
time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Teachers are cooperative, regular and sincere. 2. Classes are regularly held.
1. Non-availability of requisite number of teachers 2. Less copies of text & reference books.
1. More teaching staff needed 2. Introduction of PG Course. 3. Increase of Laboratory
space.
209
Feedback from Parent-Teacher meeting: • By enlargement guardians/parents are happy with the performance and
commitment of the teachers.
• Students’ Canteen facility may improve.
• A more personalized monitoring of students’ progress would be welcome.
Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Distinguishing Features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 85.56%
Graduate students are participating in Project Work.
Department Organizes Seminars
Result of the students is praiseworthy and it is reflected in a good number of
1st classes.
Departmental teaches are involved in publication work.
Dr. Nilay Karchaudhury functions as convenor of the Sports & Games
Committee.
Concluding Remarks: The performance of the department of Chemistry is satisfactory considering
the teacher-student relationship, results, laboratory facilities and cooperation of
laboratory staff. The departmental teachers help the students in and outside the
classroom in different ways. Department organizes tour where the involvement of
teachers, students and laboratory staff is remarkable. The department publishes the
wall magazine ‘Songspondan’ (Resonance). The departmental students take part in
co-curriculur activities.
210
History of the Department: The Department of Compute science was established in the academic year 1995-96 at
Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College, which was then affiliated to the
University of Calcutta. The subject was introduced as a general subject in
undergraduate degree level from session 1995-96 vides reference no. C/1195/112- dt.
26/10/1995. In the session 1996-97, the department got affiliation from the University
of Calcutta to teach Computer Science at the Honours level vide reference no.
C/773/112-Affln dt. 28.08.1996. The department is among the pioneering
departments in the state to start the Honours course. It was second in the state to start
this course. The first honours course in Computer Science was started in 1995-96 in
APC College, New Barrackpore. In 1996-97 Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath
College and Surendranath College, Kolkata started this course in their respective
departments. The department got affiliation from the University of Calcutta to teach
Computer Science at the Post Graduate level on autonomus basis in the year 2005-
2006 vide reference no. 2129 dt. 22/07/05.
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
Computer Science is a subject which has immense practical use as well as a
very active research area. The Department of Computer science aims at creating
interest in the subject among the students by imparting the basic working principles
of a computer, making the students aware of current progress of the subject and the
use of computer as an emerging technological tool.
The goal of the department is to activate the potential of the students and
develop their analytical skill to study the subject. The department wants to build
globally competent young dynamic professionals. The department also encourages
the students to understand opportunity to explore and exploit new avenues in the field
of Computer technology.
1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy
Sl.
Type of Post Sanctioned Present Position
1. Substantive 04 02
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE
211
2. Fulltime Management appointee
06 05
3. Class basis Management appointee
03 03
4. Guest - 05 5. Allied Department - 04 Total 19
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the
Teacher Designation and Status Qualification Experience
in years Field of Specialization
Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)
1. Ishita De(Ghosh)
Sr. Lecturer and Head of the Department(Substantive)
M.Sc, M.Tech
8 and ½ years
Pattern Recognition, Image Processing, Computer Graphics.
81.08
2. Anirban Chakraborty.
Lecturer(Substantive) M.C.A 5 Networking, Compiler Design
3. Debi Prasad Bhattacharya.
Lecturer on Fulltime Contract basis
M.Sc. 1 year VLSI 91.90
4. Indrani Sadhukhan
Lecturer on Fulltime Contract basis.
B.Tech 1 year Mobile Computing
5. Barnali Bhowmick
Lecturer on Fulltime Contract basis
M.Sc. 6 Months Artificial Intelligence
6. Tumpa Chakraborty
Lecturer on Fulltime Contract basis
M.Sc. 3 Months Image Processing, Compiler Design
7. Karanji Tanti Lecturer on Fulltime Contract basis
M.Sc. 3 Months VLSI, Compiler Design
8. Debasish Bera
Lecturer (Class basis contract)
M.Sc. 3 Months IP & CD
9. Atanu Duttakhan
Lecturer (Class basis contract)
M.Sc. 2 years
10. Arnab Chakraborty
Lecturer(Guest) B.Tech., M.Tech
10 years
11. Koutav Sarengi
Lecturer(Guest) B.Tech., M.Tech
12. Siddhartha Banerjee
Lecturer(Guest) M.Sc, M.Tech
4 years
13. Susobhan Ghosh
Lecturer(Guest) M.Sc, M.Tech
7 years
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s
achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback
212
2. Student Profile: Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 84 84 70 54 54 SC 6 5 4 6 8 ST 1 0 1 1 1 OBC 6 5 3 1 4 Total 97 94 78 62 67
Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 2 2 1501-5000 15 7 5001-10000 20 11 10001-15000 25 21 15001-20000 15 6 Above 20000 8 5 Total* 85 52
* The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in
the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii)
Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us
to give actual figure of drop out students.
Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2007-08 by the University of Calcutta.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:
Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 10 10 - 02 02 06 60.00 47.34 100 97.37 2004 26 26 04 04 12 06 23.08 21.24 100 97.93 2005 14 14 1 5 6 2 14.29 35.09 100 97.81 2006 19 18 03 04 05 07 36.84 32.09 95 98.51 2007 18 18 02 04 06 06 33.33 29.49 100 98.98 2008 25 25 - 05 06 14 56.00 35.38 100 99.18
* Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a. Departmental Infrastructure:
213
Software Lab. Room No. 107 : 9mX7.5m
Software Lab. Room No.115 : 6mX7.5m
Software Lab. Room No. 116 : 6mX7.5m
Software Lab. Room No. 117: 3mX7.5m
Hardware Lab. Room No. 118: 6mX7.5m
Seminar/ Digital Class Room No. 106 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.)
Class Room No. 207 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.)
b. Library
Books Journal/ periodicals
441 (PG) + 642 (UG) Two
c. Computer: 63 with uninterrupted Internet connection
d. Laboratory:
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
Software Lab. Room No. 107 : 9mX7.5m
Software Lab. Room No.115 : 6mX7.5m
Software Lab. Room No. 116 : 6mX7.5m
Software Lab. Room No. 117: 3mX7.5m
Hardware Lab. Room No. 118: 6mX7.5m
Seminar/ Digital Class Room No. 106 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.)
ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer
Team visit.
e. Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning ( Including internet)
√
Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]:
214
On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and
taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A
teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling
classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation)
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation Date
Ishita De Refresher 2007-08 Nirnal Bhumia Orientation 2006-07
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:
Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ Project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
07 (fulltime)
12.5 hrs. 6 hrs. - 6 hrs. 6 hrs. -
08 (Class basis)
6 hrs. 2 hrs. - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended):
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Smt. Ishita De As a participant in State level Seminar on Prospects of Basic Science vis-à-vis technical education in India at BRSN College
15th March, 2003
As a participant in State level Workshop on Technology enabled teaching & learning at BRSN College
26th- 27th Feb,
As a speaker in National level workshop on computer vision, graphics & image processing WCVGIP at IIT Hyderadad
12th -13th Jan
As a participant in International Level Asian conference on computer vision ACCV at IIT, Hyderabad
Jan 13th -16th
215
As a participant in State level Seminar on Prospects of autonomous colleges in West Bengal at BRSN College
Feb 19th ,2006
As a participant in International Conference on Advances in Pattern Recognition ICAPR at ISI Kolkata
2nd -4th Jan 2007
As a participant in National Seminar on Recent trends in Computing at Dept. of Computer Science & Engineering, C.U
9th March, 2007
As a speaker on IEEE WIE National Symposium on Emerging technologies at WBUT
June 29th -
th
As a resource person on Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college
Nov 18th 2008
Anirban Chakraborty
As a Participant on Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college
Nov 18, 2008
Karanji Tanti As a Participant on Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college
Nov 18, 2008
As a Participant in National Level Seminar on Computer Applications for the 21st Century – Synergies & Vistas at Vidyasagar College,
Dec 11-12, 2008
Smt. Indrani Sadhukhan
As a participant in Seminar on 5th Asian International mobile computing conference 2007
3rd -6th Jan
As a Participant in Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college
Nov 18, 2008
Debiprasad Bhattacharjee
As a Speaker in Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college
Nov 18, 2008
Tumpa Chakraborty
As a Speaker in Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college
Nov 18, 2008
As a Participant in National Level Seminar on Computer Applications for the 21st Century – Synergies & Vistas at Vidyasagar College,
Dec 11-12, 2008
216
Barnali Bhowmick
As a Participant on Inter institution workshop on open source at Dept of Computer Science, BRSN college
Nov 18, 2008
As a Participant in National Level Seminar on Computer Applications for the 21st Century – Synergies & Vistas at Vidyasagar College,
Dec 11-12, 2008
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications)
Publications by faculty (last 5 years)
Name of the
teacher
Title Year International/National/College
In Journals
A simple & efficient algorithm for multifocus image fusion using morphological wavelets.
2006 Signal Processing, 86,924-936 (International)
Enhancing effective depth-of –field by image fusion using mathematical morphology
2006 Image & Vision Computing, 24, 1278-1287 (International)
In Seminar/ Workshop/Symposium/ Conference Multifocus image fusion using morphological wavelets
2006 National workshop on computer vision, graphics & image processing (WCVGIP), Jan 12-13, Hyderadad, India
A simple & efficient method for multifocus image fusion
2007 IEEE WIE National Symposium on emerging technologies (WIENSET 2007) June 29-30 Kolkata, India
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the session 2005-06 five
students, 2006-07 twelve students and 2007-08 four students have joined in
reputed IT compaines like Cognizzant Technology Solutions. Apart from this a
good number of students are places in different companies and are shown in the
following table. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Students’ Progression (Graduation)
Year 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 Admitted to M.Sc.& B.Tech.
07 08 07
217
Admitted to M.C.A 02 02 05 Admitted to M.B.A 00 01 02 Entry into Job Market 08 06 02 Preparing for Competitive Exams
10 01 02
Students’ Progression (About M.Sc. passed outs)
Year Number of students passed M.Sc.
Entry into Job Market
Pursuing Higher Education
2007 20 18 05 (M.Tech.) 01(MBA)
2008 23 21
03 (M.Tech.) (1 candidate is doing
job, along with pursuing M.tech.)
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
have assisted in the form of motivating them to develop their language proficiency
so that they may easily find placement in the booming IT industries and in fact a
large number of students shown above have been placed in IT sector through
campus recruitment programme.
13. Future Plans:
1. The Department arranged a Workshop on Open Source Software, where mainly the
school teachers took part and the workshop was appreciated. In very near future, the
Department wants to organize such workshops.
2. The Department wants to organize some Seminars/Symposiums/Workshops on
some emergent fields of Computer Science, on which various Research activities are
being carried out, world-wide.
3. The faculties are getting ready to take part in research work more actively by
submitting major/minor research projects.
4. The faculties are preparing for presenting at least one paper per academic year.
5. The Department will also organize student seminars, like every year.
14. Any other information:
1. Students’ Feedback: the department of Computer science maintains Students’
Feedback in structured format. It analyses the suggestions, strengths and weaknesses
about the department in the departmental meeting. The recommendations of the
218
departmental meeting are sent to the principal and are analyzed in the meeting of the
Academic Sub Committee.
2. Parents Feedback: The department organizes a parent teacher meeting during the
month of February of every year. The meeting was held on 16.02.2008 where the
guardians gave the following suggestions:
a. Classes of Communicative English & Computer Course be started from the 1st
year.
b. Poor but meritorious students be given financial assistance.
c. Parent-teacher meeting be organized regularly.
d. Syllabus should be completed in advance.
e. More books be needed in the departmental library.
f. Moral education be given to the students.
In this meeting the parents feel free to ventilate their opinions, the problems
encountered by their wards and give suggestions for the improvement. The parents
express their satisfaction in the departmental meeting.
3. Feedback from Peer Members: The department has a mechanism to organize
departmental seminars, workshops where the external experts from the University of
Calcutta, Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata and other institutions of repute interact
with the teachers, expresses opinions about the performance of the students who are
the speakers in the departmental seminars and give their suggestions about the
inclusion of some topics in the syllabus etc.
4. Feedback from Ex-students of the department: The Department has a
mechanism to record the opinion of the ex-students in the meeting of Re-Union of
students, teachers and non-teaching staff usually held on 1st Sunday of December of
Every year where the ex-students acquaint the departmental teachers and students
about the global changes in teaching and learning, give direction to opening of job
opportunities in the employment market and redesigning of new topics in compute
science as desired by the financial institutions and other corporate sectors.
5. Tutor-Ward System: the Department maintains Tutor-Ward systems for the last
three years. The students in small groups are distributed to a teacher who undertakes
both academic and personal counseling. Each teacher interacts with his or her group
219
students individually, and gets the feedback from the students regarding their
problems and give suggestions for further improvement. All the information about
their month-wise class attendance, performance in the class test, College
Examinations, University Examinations, their behavior in the class room,
attentiveness are submitted to the principal in a prescribed performa. Through theses
mechanism the departmental teachers can understand the strength & deficiencies of
the students as reflected in their class tests, periodicals and test examinations and give
more weightage for remedial and counseling classes. It is possible to improve their
results in the final year examination. Similarly, considering the percentage of
attendance in the different months of the year the respective students are encouraged
and warned so that attendance can be improved and reflected in their results. It has
been observed that the students even if academically good performed not upto the
mark due to the low attendance at the 3rd year classes.
Distinguishing features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 91.79%
The department makes use of modern equipments like LCD, OHP and digital
classroom to make the teacher more articulate and students more inteactive. The
department subscribed an online journal IEEE.
Concluding Remarks
The department thiks aout placement of the students and organises placement
meetings in association with the Centre for Career Develoment and Placement Cell of
the college where reputed IT industries are invited to conduct placement interview
and offer letters are given to sucessful students. The department is rich with brilliant
of UG and PG.
220
History of the Department: The Department of Economics was established in the academic year 1957-58
at Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College affiliated to the University of
Calcutta. Economics as the general subject at the Undergraduate Degree level was
introduced from the period 1957-58 vide letter no. C/2836/42 dt 24.06.1957. In the
session 1995-96, the department got affiliation from the University of Calcutta to
teach Economics at the Honours level vide reference no. C/1195/112-Affl. dt.
26.10.1995. The Department of Economics also functions as an interdisciplinary
subject to teach Managerial Economics of the Post Graduate students of Commerce
Department and Managerial Economics of the students of Bachelor of Business
Administration and Business Economics and Business Environment of the students of
B.Com (Hons.) & B.Com. (Gen.).
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
The basic objective of the Department of Economics is to inculcate among the
students the “ Economic Ways of Thinking”, i.e, a technique of thinking which helps
its possessors to draw correct conclusion. As a result of this the students will not only
be satisfied with explaining economic events such as food crises, hike in petroleum
prices, high rate of inflation, problem of huge unemployment etc, but also they will
judge whether the policies undertaken are suitable or not for the benefit of the society
and if not, what should be the proper policies. For designing such policies, different
tools and techniques are taught to the students.
1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy
Sl.
Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status
1. Substantive 04 03 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee 01 01
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
02 02
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
221
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the
Teacher Designation
Qualification
Experience in years
Field of Specialization
Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)
1. Sri Tarun Kr. Sanyal
S.G. Lecturer (Rtd.)
M.A. 33 Money & Banking
77.8
2. Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee
Reader M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.
27 Statistics & Econometrics
85.88
3. Dr. Anjan Majumdar
Reader & HOD
M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.
26 Agricultural Economics & Econometrics
90.75
4. Sri Debaprasad Sarkar
Lecturer M.Sc. 04 International Economics & Operation Research
80.54
5. Sri Rupam Mukherjee
Lecturer M.Sc. 05 International Economics & Environment Economics
92.33
6. Smt. Smritikana Ghosh
Lecturer M.Sc., M.Phil.
04 International Economics
77.66
7. Sri Kushal Banik Chowdhury
Lecturer M.Sc. 01 Statistics & Econometrics
-
8. Smt. Sangeeta Roy
Lecturer M.Sc. 3 months Advanced Mathematical Methods in Applied Economics
Joined recently
9. Smt. Moumita Das
Lecturer M.Sc. 3 months Advanced Mathematical Methods in Applied Economics
Joined recently
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s
achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback
222
2. Student Profile: Entry Level Competency: Eligibility Criteria
Honors in Best Four
Minimum in Subject / Related Subject
Highest marks
admitted
Lowest marks
admitted Economics 55% in
Aggregate For taught Students 45% in Economics + 40% in Mathematics For non taught 45% in Mathematics
Ref. Criterion II (Input) item no.2
Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 94 94 78 102 134 SC 2 2 2 4 7 ST 0 1 0 0 0 OBC 0 0 0 0 1 Total 96* 97 80 106 142
Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 5 5 1501-5000 22 11 5001-10000 23 17 10001-15000 16 12 15001-20000 5 5 Above 20000 6 6 Total* 77 56
* The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the
department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift
to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give
actual figure of drop out students.
Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years &
the contribution of the faculty to those changes:
The University of Calcutta has revised the syllabus for three year B.A./B.Sc
(Hons. and General) course of studies in Economics on 17.12.2002 and it came into
effect from the academic session 2003-04. Again the University of Calcutta
reorganized the syllabus for three year B.A./ B.Sc. (Hons.) course in Economics
223
under 1+1+1 Examination system and came into effect from the academic session
2006-07. As an affiliated college of the University of Calcutta we have to
accommodate these changes. The syllabus of Economics is framed and revised in
consideration with the needs of the society, learner centric way and current
trends in research on Economics and market potential. In the revised syllabus
topics such as Game Theory and Competitive Strategy, Risk and Uncertainty
theory, Analysis of Pricing by Firms with Market Power and Strategic Trade
Theory have been included. More over the syllabus is framed and revised in such a
way that the subject can be used as a tool for decision making. For this Econometrics
and Statistical Analysis have been introduced at the undergraduate level as a tool for
improving economics reasoning and aptitude of the students of Economics.
During the revision of syllabus the departmental teachers contributed in the
workshop on Revision of syllabus on Macroeconomics, Microeconomics, Statistics
and Econometrics and Development Economics and expressed their opinions
regarding the change of syllabus, conducted by Dept. of Economics, University of
Calcutta.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year No of
students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU
>=40% <50%
>=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 11 10 04 - 01 - - 3.26 91 99.78 2004 28 27 16 04 02 - - 9.49 96 99.17 2005 27 27 15 07 02 - - 15.33 100 99.28 2006 14 14 07 - 04 - - 20.86 100 99.48 2007 21 21 15 01 02 - - 17.16 100 98.96 2008 14 14 9 2 2 1 7.1 23.69 100 100
* Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments: a) Departmental Infrastructure: No. of Departmental Rooms with Area: 1 (area 3x3.5 sq m)
No. of Class Room with Area: 2 (area 6x7.5 sq.m)
No. of Seminar Room with Area: 1(area 6x7.5 sq.m) sharing with other
departments
No. of Laboratories with Area: N.A
224
b) Library Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
109 (29 as Gifted and 80 as
purchased by the college)
1962 Three
c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection.
d) Laboratory:
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: N.A ii) List of Equipments: N.A
a. Other Resources: N.A e) Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning (Including internet)
√
Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]:
Academic and Personal Counseling classes are arranged in the structured
timetable. Five to six counseling classes of 45 minutes each per day allotted to each
department and a teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least
six counseling classes per week. The teachers of the Department of Economics on
average spend 4 hours on academic counseling and 1.5 hours in personal counseling
per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation)
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation Date
Sri. Debaprasad Sarkar
Attended orientation programme on “ Food price hike & India’s Present situation” at Academic Staff College, C.U
07.09.2008
225
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:
Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Academic Activities including teaching on av.
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/project work
06 29 hrs/ week - 4 hrs/week
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended):
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee
a) Participated in NAAC Sponsored national Seminar on: “The role of Internal Quality Assurance Cell in Quality Enhancement” organized by Yeshwant Mahavidyalaya, Nanded, Maharashtra
28 to 30 December 2005.
b) Attended seminar through paper presentation on “Microcredit, Self Help Group & Women empowerment” : in the UGC sponsored seminar organized by Hiralal Majumdar Memorial College for Women College (accredited by NAAC), Dakshineswar, Kolkata
15-16 December 2005.
c) Attended seminar on “Energy Generation, Strategies & Policies in India: Environmental Impact”, organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College
07.03.2001.
d) Attended and successfully completed a workshop on “Undergraduate Syllabus of Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, Statistics & Econometrics, Development Economics” conducted by Department of Economics, University of Calcutta
05.05.2003-07.05.2003.
Attended seminar on “ Awakening Giants, feet of clay: a comparative assessment of China & India
20 July 2007
Attended seminar on “Technology Enabled Teaching and Learning” organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College
26th and 27th February, 2004
226
Attended seminar on “Prospects of Autonomous Colleges in West Bengal” organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College
19.02.2006
Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee
Attended NAAC sponsored National seminar on “ Improvement of quality of higher education in colleges through management of curricula, innovations in teaching learning process & the role of IAQC” through paper presentation (Jointly) organized by Suri Vidyasagar College
23rd -24th Nov 2008
Sri Rupam Mukherjee
a) Participated in UGC sponsored seminar on “Changing Scenario of Insurance Business in India” organized by New Alipore College
18.02.2006.
b) Participated in a one day workshop on “Macroeconomic theory and policy – A contemporary perspective” organized by Centre for Studies in Social Science, Kolkata
5th February 2008.
Attended Workshop on Undergraduate Syllabus in Economics for college teachers organized by the Dept. of Economics, Calcutta University.
05.05.2003 To 07.05.2003
Attended Workshop on “Teaching of Macroeconomics” organized by the Dept. of Economics, C.U
07.07.2004
Attended Workshop on “Teaching of Economic History” organized by the Dept. of History, C.U.
22.07.2004 To 24.07.2004
Attended Seminar on “Macroeconomics and Political Economy” organized by the Dept. of Economics, C.U.
07.01.2005 And 08.01.2005
Attended Seminar on “ Globalisation, Economic Growth and Exclusion: The Indian Experience” organized by K.K.Das College, Kolkata
19.09.2008
Attended Seminar on “India Unbound: The changing Contours” organized by the Dept. of Economics, St.Xavier’s College, Kolkata.
20.09.2008
Dr. Anjan Majumdar
Attended seminar on “ Awakening Giants, feet of clay: a comparative assessment of China & India
20 July 2007
227
Attended seminar on “Technology Enabled Teaching and Learning” organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College
26th and 27th February, 2004
Attended seminar on “Prospects of Autonomous Colleges in West Bengal” organized by Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College
19.02.2006
Participated in a one day workshop on “Macroeconomic theory and policy – A contemporary perspective” organized by Centre for Studies in Social Science, Kolkata
5th February 2008.
Attended Workshop on Undergraduate Syllabus in Economics for college teachers organized by the Dept. of Economics, Calcutta University.
05.05.2003 To 07.05.2003
Attended Workshop on “Teaching of Macroeconomics” organized by the Dept. of Economics, C.U
07.07.2004
Attended Seminar on “Macroeconomics and Political Economy” organized by the Dept. of Economics, C.U.
07.01.2005 And 08.01.2005
Sri. Debaprasad Sarkar
Attended state level seminar on “Changing Scenario of Insurance Business in India” at Dept. of Economics , New Alipore College
18th Feb,2006
Attended state level annual conference on “Contemporary Issues in Development Economics” at Dept. of Economics JU
16TH-17th Dec.,2006
Attended seminar on “ Higher education and participation of Backward Class” at Bankura Sammellani College
Dec, 2006
Attended seminar and presented paper on “Contemporary issues in Development Economics” at Dept. of Economics, RBU.
8TH-9th Mar,2007
Attended workshop on “Data Assimilation” conducted by NSS.
13th-14th
Mar, 2008 Attended seminar on “Structural
changes in the Indian Economy” at Dept. of Economics, RBU.
Attended State level conference on “ Higher Education & Employability” at Malda College
15.11.2008-16.11.2008
228
Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications)
Name of the teacher
Areas for Research Year Publication of the Faculties (Last Five
Years) Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee
Factors determining farmers access to formal credit market. Regional Growth & Disparity – A district level study of West Bengal (2007)
2001, Completed
2007 Completed
1. Arthabeekshan, Vol 12, No.2 ( National) 2003
Dr. Anjan Majumdar
Tourism & its impact on employment generation
2001 Completed
Good Governance, high agricultural investment & rural employment, Indian Economic Journal, Conference Vol. 2007 Sustainable Development of Tourism Indian Economic Journal, Conference Volume 2008 (Paper Accepted)
Sri Debaprasad Sarkar
Health, Income & Health Expenditure: A search for bi-variate causal explanation; an analysis for the Indian states. 2008 (Paper Accepted - EPW)
11. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 10-15
students on an average have progression to employment, for example, entry into
job market and competitive Exams. In the session 2005-06 two students have
joined in reputed software companies such as Cognizant Technology Solutions
and are worikg there sucessfully. In the session 2006-07 one students was offered
job in Cognizant Technology Solutions but he opted for M.Sc. in Ecnomiics at
Delhi School of Economics, Delhi. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC
Peer Team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning,
preparation of competitive examination like WBCS, research programme and
vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs.
229
13. Future Plans:
i) Enrichment of the departmental library
ii) Organization of field visits to consolidate the knowledge of the students and
make them conversant with the Research methodology, which may help them in
future jobs.
iii) To help the students to learn and apply different statistical packages which are
helpful for economic data analysis.
iv) To motivate the students to participate and organize seminars.
v) To interact with the Economics Department of the other colleges to inculcate
some ‘Best Practices’.
vi) To publish at least one paper in a year by the departmental teachers.
vii) To undertake outreach programme such as organising seminars regarding
teaching-learning process at the +2 level in which teachers of Economics of the
neighbouring schools will participate.
viii) To undertake a survey on ‘Dropout Rate of Primary School children and
Children not going to Primary School’ in ward no. 17 in Barrackpore
Municipality.
14. Any other information:
Departmental Activities:
Students of the Department of Economics also conduct creative activities such as:
1. Celebration of Teachers’ Day through their innovative presentation.
2. Presentation of papers in the seminars in the presence of departmental teachers
and academic experts from universities and reputed Institute like ISI, Kolkata the
other institutes.
3. Helping in the organization and arrangement of library books in the departmental
library through putting bar code stickers.
4. Publication of wall magazine – “Ankur”.
5. Undertaking outreach programme to make a survey on General Health, Education
and Municipal Services of three wards in association with Barrackpore
Municipality.
230
Students’ Feedback
The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-back
from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the
department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A
sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC
Peer Team visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken a. Departmental
teacher are helpful and cooperative.
b. Classes are regularly held.
1. Inadequate number of text and reference books in the library.
2. Computer facilities are lacking.
3. No separate room for the department.
1. Purchase of more text and reference books in the library.
2. Introduction of fieldwork and case studies.
3. Improvement of canteen and sanitary system.
1. Department has purchase more text and reference books for the both departmental and central library.
2. College has provided computer for the department with internet facilities
3. Canteen facilities and sanitary system has been thoroughly changed and improved.
1. Parent’s Feedback
The college and the department usually organize meeting of the
Parent-Teachers’ Association in the month of February-March in order to enrich the
parent about the functioning of the college and the department and seek suggestions
from them for further improvement of the institution and department. Accordingly
parent-teacher meeting was held on 18.03.2006, 06.01.2007 and 16.02.2008 where
the parent gave the following suggestion & observations:
Classes of Communicative English and Computer learning be started from the 1st
year
Poor but meritorious students be given financial assistances
Parent –Teacher Meeting is encouraging and it should be continued.
More books are needed in the departmental library
231
Moral education and personal counseling be imparted to the students by the
departmental teachers.
Parents express their satisfaction in the departmental meeting.
Tutor Ward System The department has been maintaining Tutor-Ward System for the last three
years. Each teacher has 5 to 8 students under his charge. This enables the teachers to
closely monitor the progress of each student and to redress their problems.
Distinguishing features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 91.35%
i. Departmental teachers contribute at least one book in every year to the
departmental library.
ii. Departmental teachers felicitate the students scoring the highest marks in
Economics Honours from the college in the meeting of Re-Union in every year.
iii. Financial assistances are provided by the departmental teachers to poor students
when required.
iv. Dr. Chandrasekhar Mukherjee besides his academic assignment, functions as the
coordinator of the body IQAC.
v. Dr. Anjan Majumder functions as a convenor of the Examination Committee,
which conducts the whole range of college and university examinations.
Concluding Remarks
The department humbly claims that the teachers to the best of their capacity
always take care of the interest of the students in teaching –learning process,
academic growth, vertical progression, preparation for competitive examination,
employment of the students, faculty development and research. The motivation and
dedication of the teachers are praise worthy and highly appreciable. Particularly the
teachers of the department of Economics devote much of their time to the
advancement of the institution that is rarely found in case of other colleges.
232
History of the Department: Honours in Electronic Science at the undergraduate level under C.U was
introduced in 1997 in the BRS College vide letter no. C/138/113 dt 20.01.1998. At the
outset the Dept was run by the contract teachers and teachers of the Dept of Physics.
In February 2001 a permanent teacher on substantive basis joined through WBCSC.
Through years of efforts the Dept gained its independent existence and is now a Dept
with a solid standing in almost all the important related spheres of activities. At
present the Dept has one full time teacher-on-substantive basis, one full-time teacher
on contract-basis and two contract-teachers- on-class basis. One technical assistant on
substantive basis is also there.
Aims and Objectives of the Department: A promising Dept and Electronics is an extremely valuable subject in the present
techno-savy world. But, there are some teaching problems, which, we hope, can be
overcome in near future with closer coordination and cooperation between the Dept
and the administration.
1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy
Sl. No. of Post Sanctioned Present Status
1. Substantive 3 1
2. Fulltime –Management Appointee
1 1
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
2 2
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONIC SCIENCE
233
Sl No
Name Designation Highest qualification
Specialization Experience Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)
1. Sri. Gautam Chowdhury
Selection grade Lecturer
M.Sc. Radiophysics and electronics
8yrs 87.01
2. Sri. Sandip Dey
Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 2yrs 80.00
3 Sri Nishant Kr. Giri
Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 1yrs
4 Smt. Priyanka Ghosh Nath
Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 1 months
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s
achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback
2. Student Profile: Entry Level Competency: Eligibility Criteria
Honors in
Best Four
Minimum in Subject / Related Subject
Highest marks
admitted
Lowest marks
admitted 60% in
aggregate 60% in Physics & 50% in Maths.
Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 66 56 63 59 76 SC 3 4 6 4 6 ST 0 1 1 1 0 OBC 6 3 2 0 5 Total 75 64 72 64 87
Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 3 2 1501-5000 25 13 5001-10000 15 11 10001-15000 10 1 15001-20000 4 1 Above 20000 7 0 Total* 64 28
234
* The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in
the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii)
Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us
to give actual figure of drop out students.
Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes:
The curriculum was revised in 2003-04 and modified in 2006-07.Sri. Gautam
Chaudhuri as a member of the Board of Studies of CU has actively participated in the
syllabus revision process.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 17 17 - - 04 13 76.47 52.63 100 100 2004 24 23 04 05 07 08 33.33 36.59 96 98.78 2005 13 13 01 04 02 06 46.15 34.78 100 97.10 2006 21 21 01 01 07 12 57.14 33.33 100 97.44 2007 08 08 02 02 01 03 37.50 30.43 100 98.91 2008 19 19 05 02 07 04 21.05 23.30 100 100
* Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a. Departmental infrastructure: Department room: 8 ft by 9 ft Cubicle
Class room: 223 & 224 (6, Riverside road Campus)
Seminar room: Jointly shared.
b. Library
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
50 2226 2 c. Computer: Three with uninterrupted internet connection.
d. Laboratory:
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
Lab: Room No. 211 : 6mX7.5m
Lab: Room No : 212 : 6mX7.5m
Seminar/Class Room No. 213 : 6mx7.5m (Hons.)
235
ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer
Team visit.
e. Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: 4 hours and 1.5 hours per week respectively. Counseling classes are allotted
and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A
teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling
classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) N.A.
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:
Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ Project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
02 (fulltime)
11.5 hrs. 5 hrs. - 5 hrs. 6 hrs. -
02 (Class basis)
7 hrs. 3.5 hrs. - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended):
236
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Sri. Gautam Chaudhuri
Attended refresher course in “Mathematical techniques in biological science”
Attended post centenary golden jubilee celebration at C.U on “International seminar on science, culture & social change.
Jan 18th -20th 2007
Attended seminar conducted by Dept. of Mathematics of BRSN College
Sri. Sandip Dey Attended seminar organized by Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics on “ Semiconductor materials & application in Science City auditorium
Attended a workshop on “ VHDL language” jointly organized by J.U & C.U
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications)
ongoing projects: Nil.
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Since 2006 twelve (12) students from
the department have been recruited from the campus by the Cognizant
Technology Solutions. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team
visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
were always available for any sort of assistance to students in need.
13. Future Plans:
• Needed more permanent teachers,
• More books in the D.L,
• At least one more dedicated class room with modern teaching-Aids,
• More good quality instruments, A.M.C for the Clean Power System,
improvement of the laboratory.
14. Any other information:
Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-
back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations
about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and
suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the
time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
237
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. A consistently good academic
results in C.U. 2. Serious and good teaching
from the teachers.
1. Severely lacking sufficient number of permanent teachers.
2. Lack of extra-curricular activities.
1. Easy access to Internet facility.
2. Installation of more computers.
Feedback from Parent-Teacher meeting: 1. Parents are in general happy with the ambience prevalent in the Dept.
2. They asked for more weekly/monthly tests.
3. Parents wanted a close vigil on their respective wards.
4. Some parents placed the requirement of some specific instruments which they
came to know from their respective wards.
Only problem with these meetings is an abnormally low percentage of attendance of
the parents each year.
Tutor-Ward: Since number of students in the Dept is limited, a close Tutor-Ward relationship can
be maintained automatically, without further subdividing them into more classes.
Distinguishing Features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 80.20%
1. Outstanding examination results almost every year, increasing no. of first class and
rank-holders in C.U is the topmost achievement of the Dept.
2. Placement of the students in the high-profile courses of C.U and other Universities
and in different Blue-chip Corporate Companies are another important flagship of the
Dept.
3. Desciplined and academically motivated students are the assets of the Dept.
4. Sofar as the students and parent’s feedback are concerned, the teachers and the
technical staff of the Dept use to learn some of the plugholes to be looped in.
5. The Dept can boast of a well-organized and almost furnished laboratory, which is
adjudged as one of the finest laboratories in C.U.
6. Teachers are academically and socially active. The H.O.D himself is the member
of the prestigious Board Of Studies of Electronic Science C.U for a consecutive
second-term, a Newscaster (Bengali) in Door Darshan, Kolkata, and also leading
238
Science and Civic organizations of The state other teachers are also engaged in
different Departmental activities, science exhibitions etc.
Concluding Remarks: A promising Dept and Electronics is an extremely valuable subject in the present
techno-savy world. But, there are some teething problems, which, we hope, can be
overcome in near future with closer coordination and cooperation between the Dept
and the administration.
239
History of the Department: Department of food & nutrition, the youngest child of
this institution came in to existence in 2006-2007 academic sessions vide letter no. C
/831/112-Affl. dt. 17.05.06 with 30 students in food & nutrition honours. After
subsequent three years of growth and expansion and high demand ratio, the
Department applied for the introduction of M.Sc course for the subject. The same
suggestion came from the parents during their interaction and from different
academic peers during their interactions. West Bengal State University, the newly
formed University also approved the opening of the Post-Graduation course with
effect from 2009-2010 academic session, in the year 2006.
Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department has established itself to
teach and encourage students in both recent advances and classical field of food and
nutrition, food technology, food processing etc.
Apart from learning textbook lessons, cordial guidance of teachers, field visit,
proper counseling and interactive venture, lead the students to find their confidence to
step out at various fields. Expansion of the new domain like conversion of
agricultural product to finished product, increasing demand of food processing
industries, requirement of nutritionist in the health sector etc are creating new fields
of career building for the students. This is also another basic objective for opening of
Under-Graduate and Post- Graduate courses.
1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 01 - 2. Fulltime –Management Appointee 02 02 3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management
Appointee / Guest 01 01
4. Allied teachers from other department - 3
b) Competency: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the
Teacher Designation Qualification Experience
in years Field of Specialization
Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)
1. Smt. Susmita Lecturer M.Sc 03 Nutritional
DEPARTMENT OF FOOD & NUTRITION
240
Roy Neurotoxicology
2. Smt. Ina Mukherjee
Lecturer B.Tech, M.Tech
1 month Food Technology
3. Dr. Amol Roy Chowdhury
Guest Lecturer
M.Sc, Ph.D 1 month Nutritional toxicology & reproductive toxicology
4. Smt. Shaswati Nandi
Lecturer, Allied Dept.
M.Sc 4 -
5. Dr. Debaratna Mukherjee
Lecturer, Allied Dept.
M.Sc, Ph.D 3 yrs 6 months
Parasitology & fish Protozoology
6 Smt. Sujata De Chaudhuri
Lecturer, Allied Dept.
M.Sc 6 months Human Genetics & Toxicogenomics
2. Student Profile:
Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 59 30 - - - SC 5 1 - - - ST 0 0 - - - OBC 3 1 - - - Total 67 32 Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 4 1 1501-5000 21 9 5001-10000 13 9 10001-15000 14 5 15001-20000 7 4 Above 20000 5 3 Total* 64 31
* The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in
the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii)
Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us
to give actual figure of drop out students.
Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi. 3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: In 2006-07session, syllabus was
241
changed and revised and was splitted in to three year course, due to change in
examination system from 2+1 to 1+1+1 system.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:
The result (part I 2007, 2008 & partII 2008) of the department are as following:-
EXAM
NO OF STUDENTS TAUGHT
NO. OF STUDENTS APPEARED
NO. OF STUDENTS
PASSED
% OF PASS
NO OF 1ST
CLASS
NO OF 2ND
CLASS
B.Sc PART-I EXAM
2007
32
32
32
100 24 8
B.Sc PART-I EXAM
2008
34 34 34 100 22
12
B.Sc PART-II EXAM
2008
29 29 29 100 21 8
Since the subject was introduced in 2006 academic session the first batch will pass
out in 2009.
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a. Departmental Infrastructure:
Lab Room No. 223: 9mX7.5m
Lab Room No. 227: 9mX7.5m
Class Room No. 222: 6mX7.5m
b. Library
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
22 -
c. Computer: One with uninterrupted internet service
d. Laboratory:
i. Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
Lab Room No. 223 : 9mX7.5m
Lab Room No. 227: 9mX7.5m
ii. List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer
team visit.
242
e. Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and
taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A
teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling
classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/
Orientation)
N.A.
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &
Research: Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
02 (fulltime)
10 hrs. 7 hrs. - 8 hrs. 5 hrs. -
01 (Class basis)
6 hrs. 2 hrs. - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended):
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Smt. Susmita Roy
As a participant in Seminar on “ HIV & AIDS” at CINI 2003 As a participant in Seminar on “ World consumer Right Day” at V.L College, C.U
15th March,2004
243
Participant in Workshop at IBRO, ISN, CSIR Dec, 2006 Participate in the 3rd International symposium on “ Neurodegeneration & Neuroprotection” at International Brain Research Organization, International society for Neurochemistry
8th -9th Jan, 2007
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects &
Publications)
Ongoing projects:
Name of the teacher
Title Year International/National/College
In Journals Smt. Susmita Roy
Nutritional Status of arsenic effective people from different income group.
2006 Environment & Ecology (National)
In Symposium Arsenic induced neurotoxicity: effect of dietary protein & micronutrient
2007 3rd International Symposium on “ Neurodegeneration & neuroprotection” from Jan 8-9
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Not applicable
Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements:
13. Future Plans:
a) Establishment of laboratories for M.Sc course
b) Application for more Minor Research Projects on related field.
c) Establishment of necessary infrastructure required for improved research
programme.
d) Purchase of more books in the departmental library.
e) Purchase of more equipments.
14. Any other information:
Departmental Activities:
Students of the department conduct creative activities as
i) Celebration of teacher’s day
ii) Helping in organization and arrangement of library books in the central
library putting bar-code stickers.
iii) Publication of wall magazine.
244
iv) Arrangement of blood donation and blood grouping camp.
Suggestions from Parents, Peer members: Sl.No. 2006 2007 2008
Proposals Implementation Proposals Implementation Proposals Implementation 1. Scarcity of
classroom implemented Scarcity of
classroom No separate class room is provided but lab space has been increased
Demand for the increase in the no. of copies of book at central library
Books are purchased regularly.
2. Laboratory assistants required.
Administration informed
More assistance from teachers needed outside classroom
Beside regular class teachers are taking counseling class and interaction class as per student’s demand
Overlapping practical classes of other departments should be avoided in the lab
Routine is restructured
3. No. of Xerox machines should be increased.
Administration informed
Shortage of computer & Xerox facility
Informed to the authority
Number of specimens should be increased
Implemented
4. The non collegiate students should be restricted for their entry into the college.
Administration was informed and adequate measures have taken to restrict unwanted entry to the college
More books needed in library
No of books increased
Increase in lab space & laboratory equipments
Implemented.
5. Departmental library should be introduced
On process Computers & internet facilities should be introduced
implemented
6. Canteen and food quality should be improved
Informed Canteen & its food quality should be improved
Administration informed
7. No. of instruments should be increased
On process Allotment of tutorial classes & discussion of questions from the previous years question papers of
Done in the counseling class.
245
C.U 8. Canteen
should be modernized
Administration informed
Number of cash counter should be increased in the office.
Administration informed
9. More assistance from teachers required for competitive exams , jobs
Special classes are organized on career development, communicative English and others
Honours course should be introduced
Application has been submitted to the University
Considering the feed back from students, parents, peer-members, the department will try its best to implement the following in future:
a) Application for extension for Honours course in Zoology subject.
b) Application for Minor Research Projects on related field.
c) Establishment of laboratory, equipped with necessary infrastructure required for
improved research program.
d) Introduction of departmental library.
e) Accessibility to the Central library should be increased.
f) More books should be introduced in both departmental and central library.
g) Museum specimens should be increased.
h) Dissection specimens should be readily available.
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 93.56%%
246
History of the Department:
The Department of Geography was established in the year 1999 with Honours vide
Letter No. C/148/112 dt 02.02.1999 and G.O. No. 755-Edn (CS) dt.20.06.2002 and
affiliated to the University of Calcutta.
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
The Department of Geography aims at creating an interest in the physical and human
geography and the application of different geographical techinques such as GIS and
Remote Sensing, surveing quantative analysis etc.of the students. The goal of the
department is to activate the potential of the students and develop their analytical skill
to study the subject.
1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 03+01* 01+01* 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee 02 02
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
- -
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Name of Teacher
Designation Highest Qualification
Specialization Experience Years
Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’
Feedback (%) Dr.Ajit Kr. Bera*
Reader M.A., Ph.D. Pedology & Hydrology
20Yrs. 47.66
Smt.Indira Samajdar Gangopadhyay
Lecturer M.A. B.Ed, Cartography 6Yrs. 52
Dr.Sumana Bhattacharjee
Lecturer M.Sc., Ph.D. Cartography &
Environment
6Yrs. 78.33
Smt. Nabati Ray
Lecturer M.Sc. Regional Planning
2 yrs 80.75 (left on May,08)
Smt.Shatarupa Dey Niyogi
Lecturer M.Sc. Population Studies &
Social Welfare
4 months
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY
247
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s
achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback
2. Student Profile: Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 98 89 92 89 89 SC 14 13 15 15 13 ST 1 2 2 1 4 OBC 3 5 5 5 5 Total 116* 109 114 110 111
Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 3 2 1501-5000 35 26 5001-10000 36 27 10001-15000 15 8 15001-20000 12 10 Above 20000 5 4 Total* 106* 77
* The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in
the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii)
Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us
to give actual figure of drop out students.
Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi
3 Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: Last modified in 2005-2006.Dr. Ajit
Bera as member of the Board of studies contributed in the syllabus modification.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 19 19 03 06 10 - - 23.16 100 100 2004 33 33 01 12 13 07 21.21 16.22 100 100 2005 30 30 04 11 13 02 6.67 8.38 100 99.60 2006 30 30 07 14 09 - - 2.22 100 99.77 2007 30 30 13 10 04 02 6.67 1.66 100 99.79 2008 34 34 12 20 02 - - 2.77 100 99.89
* Remaining students passed in the general category 5. Learning resources of the departments:
248
a) Departmental Infrastructure :
Lab Room No. 132 : 6mX3m (GIS)
Lab Room No. 134A : 5mX6m
Lab Room No. 135 : 6mX9m
Lab Room No. 136 : 6mX7m
Seminar/Class Room No. 215 : 6mx7.5m (Hons.)
b) Library Departmental Central Journal/
Periodicals Purchased/Gifted 96 877 04
i. c) Computer: 08 with uninterrupted Internet connection.
ii. d) Laboratory:
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: Lab Room No. 132 : 6mX3m (GIS)
Lab Room No. 134A : 5mX6m
Lab Room No. 135 : 6mX9m
Lab Room No. 136 : 6mX7m
ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
e) Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including internet)
√
Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and
taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A
teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling
classes per week.
249
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years ( Refresher/ Orientation)
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation Date
Smt. Indira Samajdar Refresher on Geography, CU Sep 2007 Orientation Course, CU July 2006
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:
Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ Project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
04 (fulltime)
28 hrs 4 hrs 6 hrs 6hrs. 5 hrs. -
- - - - - - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended):
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Dr. Ajit Kr. Bera Participated and paper presented in the R’07 World Congress in the National and International Conference at Davos, Switzerland
3-5 th Sep, 2007
Participated and paper presented in the National Seminar on “ Geomorphology in disaster mitigation and management” at Department of Geography , BHU
15-17 th Feb,2008
Smt. Indira Samajdar
Participated and paper presented in the UGC sponsored seminar on “Natural hazards and their management” at Vivekananda College for Women, Department of Geography
11-12 th March,2004
Participated in International symposium by Association of Geomorphologists(IAG) at Department of Geography CU
27 th -29th Feb, 2004
Participated and paper presented (Joint forest management of West Bengal ) in the National Seminar on “Research m ethods and techniques for sustainable development in India”, organized by Institute of Landscape, Ecology and Ekistics at Department of Geography, CU
25-26th March,2006
Participated in International seminar on “Poverty and development in South East Asia” ) at Department of Geography CU
11th & 13th Jan,2007
Participated in one day National Seminar and Workshop on “Geo-spatial technology and research in Geography” at Department of Geography, BU
29 th March,2008
Dr. Sumana Bhattacharya
Participated and presented paper on “Manifold effect of Arsenic in West Bengal” in I nternational association of Geomorphologists symposium on Geography and Environment at Department of Geography, CU
27 - 29TH Feb, 2004
Participated in international workshop on Lanslides in Darjeeling and Sikkim Himalayas organized by international association of geomorphologists at Darjeeling, West Bengal and Sikkim
1st & 6th March, 2004
250
Participated and paper presented on Multifarious issue associated with earthquake hazards and their reduction in the UGC sponsored National Seminar on “Disaster and its management: perspectives and future approaches” at Krishnanagar Govt. College.
16-17 th April, 2004
Participated and paper presented on the problems associated with Arsenic pollution in ground water in the National seminar on “Applied geography and application of remote sensing and GIS” at Department of Geography, CU
4-6TH Feb,2005
Participated and paper presented on “Socio economic impacts of Arsenic pollution in North 24 Parganas District, West Bengal in the National seminar “ Catchment management and sustainable development”, organized by Institute of Landscape, Ecology and Ekistics at Department of Geography, CU
27-28TH March,2005
Participated and paper presented on Impact of Arsenic pollution in a rural Westy Bengal with special reference to some affected villages in North and South 24 Parganas in National seminar on “ Geomorphology in disaster mitigation and management”, organized by Indian Institute of Geomorphologist in BHU
15 -17 th Feb, 2008
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects & Publications)
Ongoing projects: 03 & total out lay Rs. 1. 85 lakhs
Principal Investigator Project Sponsored By
Title
Smt. Indira Samajdar M.R.P U.G.C Problems of wetland Ecology, Northern Nadia, W.B.
Smt. Sumana Bhattacharyya M.R.P U.G.C Arsenic Crisis today, Strategy for tomorrow- a case study of some arsenic affected villages of North 24 Parganas, W.B.
Smt. Indira Samajdar Ph.D. Research Project
- Wetland Resource Management of Nadia, W.B. under University of Calcutta.
Publications by faculty (last 5 years)
Name of the teacher
Title Year International/National/College
In Journals Dr. Sumana Bhattacharya
A quantitative analysis of causes and consequences of Flood 2000,West Bengal and some proposed remedial measures
2003, December
Indian Journal of Landscape system and Ecological Studies
2. Impacts of Arsenic Pollution in West Bengal
2004, December
Do
251
3. Socieo economic problems of arsenic pollution in West Bengal
2005, June
Do
5. Arsenic Crisis-Superstition and its related problems: A case study of some arsenic affected villages in N & S 24 Pgs ,W.B,India
2008 (In Press)
Geographical Re-view
6. Arsenic in Natural Environment and its variation with Geomorphological situation: A case study of some arsenic affected areas in rural West Bengal, India
2008 (In Press)
Indian journal of landuse system and ecological studies
7. Geohydrological situation and its relation with arsenic concentration-A case study of of some arsenic affected villages in N & S 24 Pgs ,W.B,India
2008 (In Press)
Issues in Environment and Geomorphology Edited by Basu & De (ISBN)
8. Paschimbange Bhouma Jal Dushan O tar Pratikar
2007 Bhougolik Biparjay O unnayankami Manus (Bengali text book of Geography)
9. Bhumir Srenibibhag (Land Classification)
2007 Bengali Journal-‘Bhugol Ei Samay Vol-3
10. Paschimbange Arsenic Dushan
2007 Bengali Journal-‘Bhugol Ei Samay Vol-5
11. Adhakhepan O tar Srenibibhag (Precipitation and its type)
2008 Bhugol O Swadesh Charcha Vol-9
12. Gustav O Ekie-Krantio Jhar (Tropical Cyclone-Gustav & Ekie)
2008 Bhugol O Swadesh Charcha Vol-10
252
Smt. Indira Samajdar
Natural hazards & their management in Indian subcontinent.
2005 UGC Seminar Vol-Dept of Geography, Vivekananda College for women, Barisha, Kolkata 8 ( College)
Joint forest management in India with special reference to West Bengal
2006 Indian Journal of Landscape System & Ecological Studies. Vol 29, No.2 (National)
Problems of Wetland ecology of Krishnanagar Block I, Nadia, West Bengal. (Paper Accepted)
2008 Indian Journal of Landscape System & Ecological Studies.Dec 2008 (National)
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 10 to 12
students on average are placed in the post of School Teachers on subsantive basis
through West Bengal School Service Commission. Details will be shown at the time
of NAAC Peer Team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning,
preparation of competitive examination like SSC and in GIS & Remote Sensing,
research programme. Guidance for vertical progression of study and information on
different types of jobs and opportinutes are also provided by the department as a
support service to the students.
13. Future Plans: i. Upgradation of G.I.S and Remote Sensing Laboratory.
ii. Increase of number of laboratory instruments and field instruments.
iii) Increase of number of books & journals in Departmental Library as well as central
library.
iv) Introduction of Post Graduation in Geography
14. Any other information:
Departmental Activities:
i. The students of the department have participated in different co-curricular
activities like, quiz in Geography, Recitation etc. and are awarded.
ii. The department arranges Field Tour with the students every year.
253
iii. Regular organization of Seminar through power point presentation where
students are the speakers.
iv. Publication of Wall Magazine ‘Geo Quest’ by the students.
v. Participation of the students in Exhibitions with help of models, charts etc.
Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-
back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations
about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and
suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the
time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Lecture through e-content. 2. Instrument are good & available. 3. Good GIS & Remote Sensing Lab.
1. Lack of fulltime teachers.
2. Lack of text books.
1. Infrastructural development in the GIS Lab.
2. More Teaching faculty is needed.
Feedback from Parent-Teacher meeting:
1. They are highly satisfied about the teaching learning methods.
2. They have appreciated the regularity of practical classes and practical guidance by
the teachers.
3. Further they have highly appreciated about the class tests examination system in
the department.
4. They want to meet with the teachers in future if any difficulty arises.
5. They want suggestions regarding writing of good answers properly.
6. They appreciated about the library class and teacher-guardians meeting concept.
Tutor Ward System
The department has been maintaining Tutor-Ward System for the last two
years. Each teacher has 10 students under his/her charge. This enables the teachers to
closely monitor the progress of each student and to redress their problems.
Distinguishing Features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 86.04%
ii. Well maintained GIS & remote Sensing lab. with necessary
equipments.
254
ii. Well-maintained departmental library.
iii. Guest faculties from reputed institutes for seminar classes at the
Honours level.
Concluding Remarks:
The teachers of the department try to achieve the goal to inculcate the inner
potentialities from the students to achieve success in future. The departmental
teachers arrange field tour with the students to develop the students’ interest in the
subject and to help them to know the relationship between natural and man made
phenomena, which is the basic objective of the subject.
255
History of the Department: The Department was started with General Stream in the
Year 1970 vide letter no. C/450/112 dt. 25.08.1970 and Honours Stream vide letter
no. C/580/112 dt 15.03.1973.
Aims and Objectives of the Department: With all the limitation of academic
freedom, we are trying to guide the students according to the global demand as far as
possible.
1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 05 04 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee - -
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
01 01
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details
Sl. Name Designation Highest qualification
Specialization Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)
1. Dr.Srimanta Sinha Roy
Reader in Mathematics
M.Sc., M.Phil,
B.Ed,Ph. D
Pure Mathematics
87.83
2. Dr. Bimal Kumar Ghosh
Reader in Mathematics
M.Sc., Ph. D Applied Mathematics
89.42
3 Dr. Sarbari Ghosh (Das)
Reader in Mathematics
M.Sc., M.Phil,
B.Ed,Ph. D
Applied Mathematics
89.98
4 Sri. Dibyendu Ghosh
Lecturer M.Sc, M.Tech
( Comp.Sc.)
Applied Mathematics
77.02
5 Sri. Chandan Das
Lecturer (on contract)
M.Sc, M/Phil, M.C.A
-
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s
achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
256
2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 144 158 151 163 173 SC 8 12 11 11 12 ST 2 0 0 0 0 OBC 2 4 3 3 4 Total 156* 174 165 177 189
Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 12 10 1501-5000 52 36 5001-10000 44 35 10001-15000 12 3 15001-20000 6 6 Above 20000 8 1 Total * 134 91
* The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in
the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii)
Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us
to give actual figure of drop out students.
Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: Modified in 2005-2006. Dr. Srimanta
Singha Ray and Dr. Sarbari Ghosh particioated and contributed in syllabus revision.
5. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 36 35 15 05 02 06 16.67 9.46 97 94.07 2004 33 32 14 02 02 06 18.18 9.96 97 92.15 2005 27 27 08 07 07 04 14.81 13.32 100 95.93 2006 36 35 17 07 01 07 19.44 10.14 97 95.69 2007 30 30 16 06 - 03 10.00 7.49 100 89.39 2008 23 23 20 01 - 01 4.34 13.92 100 95.30
* Remaining students passed in the general category
6. Learning resources of the departments:
Departmental Infrastructure :
257
Lab. - Room 134B : 6mX3m
Seminar/Class Room No. 134C : 6mx6m (Hons.)
Class Room No. 219 : 12mx7.5m (Gen)
a. Library
Departmental Central Journal/ Periodicals Purchased/Gifted
87 15 2291 02
b. Computer: 07 with uninterrupted Internet connection.
c. Laboratory:
Lab. - Room 134B : 6mX3m
d. List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team
visit.
a. Other Resources: N.A.
7. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including internet)
√
Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
8. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and
taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A
teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling
classes per week.
9. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation)
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation Date
Dr. Srimanta Sinha Roy
Refresher in Mathematics, B,U, Refresher in Mathematics, C.U. (Dept. of Pure Math)
17.02.07-09.03.07 07.09.07– 27.09.07
258
Dr. Sarbari Ghosh (Das)
Refresher in NLP, J,U, (Dept. of Comp. Sc. & Engineering) Refresher in Mathematics, C.U. (Dept. of Appl. Maths.)
25.11.03-16.12.03 06.11.06-25.11.06
10. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:
Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
04 (fulltime)
33 hrs. 3 hrs. - 20 hrs. 1 hrs. -
02 (Class basis)
17 hrs. - - 5 hrs. - -
11. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended):
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Dr.Srimanta Sinha Roy
1. Attended Institutional seminar on “ Prospects of basic science vis a vis technical education in India”.
15th March 2003
2. National seminar on Mathematics & its application.Organised by pure Mathematics, C.U
26th-27th March,2004
3 Retraining of college teacher programmed, how to write academic projects, organized by J.U
25th Nov,2005
4 . National symposium on topology & functional analysis & their application organized by Pure Mathematics, C.U
29th -30th March,20062006
5. National seminar on perspective in Mathematics organized by R.K.Mission, Belur
2006
6.Attended International seminar on “ Foundation of Mathematics analysis & geometry”.
12th -14th Dec 2007
7. International seminar on Science culture & social changes: organized by C.U
18th-20th Jan,2007
8. Attended Institutional workshop on “+2 level Mathematics”.
14th -15th Feb,2007
Dr.Sarbari Ghosh As speaker: 1. National seminar on Mathematics & its application, “Application of the box-jenkins”autoregressive model (modified) in the atmospheric data recovery at Dept. of Pure Mathematics ,C.U
26th -27th March, 2004
2. 14th West Bengal State Science Congress ,J.U: Prediction of pre monsoon weather in Kolkata: An application of fuzzy partition techniques
28th Feb-1 March
3.UGC sponsored workshop on plus two level Mathematics( BRSN College), “ Vector in plus two level: a brief discussion”.
14th Feb, 2007
As a participant:
259
1. UGC sponsored National level seminar ( Rammohan College)
18th Jan, 2005
2. One day symposium( Dept. of Applied Mathematics, C.U) on Mathematical Biology in the perspective of Modern trends
16th Feb, 2005
3. UGC sponsored regional level seminar, Bethune college on interface of Mathematics & computer Science.
30th Sept. 2005
4. 3rd National Workshop (Dept. of Applied Mathematics, C.U) on techniques in applied Mathematics
10th -18th Oct, 2006
Sri. Dibyendu Ghosh 1. ICVGIP-2004, organized by ISI Kolkata 2005 2. National Seminar on perspective in Mathematics, organized by R.K.Mission, Belur
2006
Dr.Bimal Kr Ghosh 1. Attended UGC sponsored State level workshop on +2 level
14th Feb 2007
2.Attended Institutional seminar on “ Fermat’s Hart theorem
3rd Oct 2008
Sri. Chandan Das 1. Attended State level seminar on “ Fundamentals of different equations & some open problems”.
18th Aug 2006
2. Attended State level seminar on “ Emerging trends in Accounts & finance”.
13th Oct 2007
3. Attended National level seminar on “Different equations & its application”.
30th March 2007
4. Attended National level seminar as a speaker on “ Mathematics education & research”.
7th Sept.2008
12. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications)
Ogoing projects: One
Principal Investigator Project Sponsored By Title
Sri Dibyendu Ghosh M.R.P U.G.C Demosaicing Problem
Publications by faculty (last 5 years):
Name of the teacher
Title Year International/National/College
In Journals Dr. Sarbari Ghosh
Classification of thunderstorm & non thunderstorm days in Calcutta (India) on the basis of LDA
2004 Atmosphera (International)
Prediction of pre monsoon weather in Kolkata: an application of Fuzzy partition technique.
2007 Proceedings of the 14th West Bengal State Science Congress (National)
260
13. a) Placement Record of the past students: (i) During the last five years 12
students have joined in substantive teaching post in Higher Secondary Schools
through School Service Examination and two (2) students joined in Kendriya
Vidyalaya.(ii) Eight(08) students have joined in IT Sector , College Teaching,
Banks.(iii) Some others have joined in different other sectors. Details will be
shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
have provided assistance in preparation for SSC examination.
14. Future Plans:
Besides the traditional chalk-talk method, we have planned to take help of electronics
devises (Digital Class Room) in classroom teaching.
The students will be specially guided and groomed for competitive exams and
interviews.
The students will be inspired to simple projects and survey works.
14. Any other information:
Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-
back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations
about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and
suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the
time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken 1. Classes are held
regularly. 2. The students are
satisfied with the mode of teaching of the departmental teachers and their helpful nature.
1. Insufficient number of teachers.
2. No separate departmental library.
3. Insufficient number of computers and printers.
1. More part-time teachers are to be appointed.
2. More computers, printer and scientific calculators are to be purchased.
3. More books to be purchased for the departmental library.
1. Provision of Part-time teaches.
2. A separate laboratory has been set up in the year, 2008.
3. A sufficient number of books has been purchased for the library.
Parents' Feedback:
1. Satisfied with the teaching.
2. Poor students should be specially attended.
261
3. The authority of the college as well as the departmental teachers should be more
careful about the regular attendence of the students.
4. If possible, the class-routine should be made more compact, otherwise the students
do not attend all the classes.
Tutor-Ward System:
1. The department has been maintaining Tutor-Ward System since 2005.
2. Every year the students of each class (1st, 2nd and 3rd year) are divided into 4
groups, each consisting of 10 students.
3. Each group is guided by a full-time teacher.
4. Information regarding the students' attendance, their performance in the class-test,
pre test, test and university examination, their behaviour.
In the class and interest in the co-curricular activities are regularly recorded.
5. Besides the normal academic counselling, the students are also given advice to
solve their personal problems, if needed.
Distinguishing Features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 90.55%
1. Steady growth in result of the department.
2. Students are regularly participated in all India level summer schools.
3. Students participated in different institutions throughout India.
Concluding Remarks:
According to academic performance of the students in the last five years it may be
claimed that many of our pass out students are associated with different institution
throughout India. Some of them are working abroad also. Department will try to keep
up this trend of the department.
262
History of the Department:
The Department of Microbiology was established in the year 1998 vide letter
No.C/148/112–affl. dated 02.02.1999 affiliated to University of Calcutta. The
Department took its birth with basic infrastructure and within a very short period, in
the year 2004, the department was established as the course specific autonomous post
graduate course in Microbiology vide letter No. 2968 dated 12/10/2004 affiliated to
University of Calcutta. This is the first Autonomous Post Graduate course of the
college. University of Calcutta extended its policy for opening of Autonomous Post
Graduate course in its affiliated colleges first time from 2004. The Post Graduate
course of the department added an extra feather after receiving UGC- PG
Development Grant in the year 2005 vide Memo No. W2-104/05-06(A) (ERO)
Dated: 12.12.2005.
The Department is proud to have the students who are pursuing their research
carrier in different fields of research in reputed Scientific Institutes like Bose
Institute, Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Indian Association of Cultivation of
Science as well as in the Department of Biochemistry, Calcutta University. Many of
the students are engaged in research oriented jobs in Chem Biotech, Dr. Reddy’s Lab,
Wockhardt, Merck, Millipore, Water purification plant etc. Till now three batch of
M.Sc. students have passed out and are continuing their career further.
The Department experienced a memorable day on 17th May 2008 when the
first Award ceremony called Commencement 2008 was organized to confer the
M.Sc. Degree certificates to the Post Graduate students. Prof. Asish Banerjee, former
Honorable Vice Chancellor of Calcutta University awarded the Degrees.
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
The objectives of the Department is not only to teach but also
a] To culminate the research aptitude within the students.
b] To prepare the students for various R&D and QC departments in the Industry.
c] To prepare students for All India Examinations like NET, GATE.
d] To motivate our students for some social activities.
DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY
263
1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status
1. Substantive 06 05 2. Fulltime –Management Appointee 04 04 3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management
Appointee / Guest 11 11
b) Competency: List of Teachers with their Details Sl No
Name Designation Highest qualification
Specialization Experience Teachers’ Competency reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)
1. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay
Head and Chair person, PG Board of studies
Ph. D Biophysics& Molecular Biology
6 years 78.78
2. Madhumita Maitra
Senior Lecturer & convener, PG Board of studies
Ph. D Microbiology 4 years 86.86
3 Tanusree Dutta Lecturer Ph. D Biochemistry 4 years 78.6 4 Dipankar
Mazumder Lecturer M.Sc Microbiology 3.5 years 74.7
5 Sabiha Khan Lecturer M.Sc Biochemistry 3 Years 70.75 6 Arijit
Chaudhuri Lecturer M.Sc Botany/spl
Microbiology 3 years 83.66
7 Poulami Mukhopadhyay
Lecturer M.Sc Microbiology 1.5 years 84.4
8 Shaswati Nandi Lecturer M.Sc Microbiology 4 years 73.62 9. Dr Malini Basu Lecturer Ph. D Microbiology 4 years 10 Ajoy Kumar
Mukherjee Principal, Allied Dept
Ph. D Synthetic chemistry
30 years 87.35
11 Niloy Kar Chaudhury
Lecturer, Allied Dept
Ph. D Organic Chemistry
6 years 88.86
12 Sarbari Ghosh Reader, Allied Dept
Ph. D Applied mathematics
11 years
13 Amarendranath Chattopadhyay
Reader, Allied Dept
Ph. D Physics 30 years 85
14 Debaratna Mukherjee
Lecturer Allied Dept
Ph. D Parasitology 3 years
15 Prof. Amiyanshu Chatterjee
Rtd. Professor, CU, Guest
Ph. D Cytogenetics 35 years
16 Jyoti Prasad Sarkar
Guest Ph. D. Soil Microbiology
10 years 60.40
17 Subhas Kumar Guest Ph.D. Industrial 35 years 65.23
264
Bhattacharya Microbiology 18 Raja Banerjee Reader,
WBUT, Guest
Ph.D.
Biophysics 16 years
19 Joydeep Chakraborty
Guest M.Sc. Bioinformatics 5 years
20 Prof. Subrata Mazumder
Prof, Bose Institute, Guest
Ph. D. Immunology and cell signaling
25 years
21 Sujoy Kumar Dasgupta
Reader, BI Guest
Ph. D. Molecular virology
15 years
22 Niloy Kumar Maitra
Guest Ph.D. Cytogenetics 8 years
23 Debashis Bandopadhyay
Deputy registrar, IACS, Guest
Ph.D. Biophysics& Molecular Biology
15 years
24 Prof. Arup Mukherjee
Prof., Dept. of Applied Chemistry, CU
Ph.D. Pharmaceutical Chemistry
25 years
25 Dr. Malabika Das
Research Associate, Bose Institute
Ph.D. virology Guest
Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty
member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’
Feedback
2. Student Profile: Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 84 82 74 88 76 SC 10 5 4 6 7 ST 4 3 2 2 1 OBC 2 3 2 2 7 Total 100* 93 82 98 91
Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 0 0 1501-5000 11 9 5001-10000 33 23 10001-15000 21 17 15001-20000 13 11 Above 20000 12 7 Others 10 26 Total 100* 93
265
* The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in the
department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii) Shift
to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us to give
actual figure of drop out students.
Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the contribution of the faculty to those changes:
UG: Teachers have actively contributed in the process of syllabus revision in a
meeting held on 16.05.2006 and specifically contributed in the areas such as –
General And Environmental Microbiology, Biochemistry, Genetics and Recombinant
DNA Technology by the faculty members Dr. Madhumita Maitra, Dr. Tanusree Dutta
and Sri. Sandip Bandopadhyay.
PG: The post graduate syllabus for the introduction of semester course was revised
and accepted in the autonomous PG Board of studies in June, 2008. The semester will
be introduced from the session 2009-10.
5. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:
UG Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 26 26 03 04 09 09 34.62 28.91 100 100 2004 22 22 01 03 04 14 63.64 56.17 100 100 2005 24 24 01 03 07 14 58.33 47.87 100 99.53 2006 18 18 01 03 02 13 72.22 49.01 100 99.67 2007 21 21 02 05 05 09 42.86 36.63 100 99.27 2008 20 20 5 2 5 8 40 29.43 100 100
PG YEAR Total Appeared Passed % Passed Class/Division I II F M Total F M Total 2006 04 10 14 04 10 14 100 100 100 04 09 13 - 01 01 2007 10 08 18 10 08 18 100 100 100 08 07 15 02 01 03 2008 07 13 20 07 13 20 100 100 100 07 12 19 - 01 01
266
6. Learning resources of the departments:
a. Departmental infrastructure:
Lab: Room No. 128 : 8.5mX7.5m (UG)
Lab: Room No. 125 : 6mX7.5m(PG)
Lab: Room No. 129 : 6mX7.5m (UG)
Lab : Room No. 124 : 6mX7.5m (R&D)
Lab : Room No. 130 : 6mX7.5m (PG)
Lab : Room No. 131 : 6mX7.5m (Instrumental)
Seminar/ Digital Class
Room No. 123 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.)
Class Room No. 126 : 6mx7.5m (P.G.)
Class Room No. 209 : 6mx7.5m (Hons.)
Class Room No. 210 : 6mx7.5m (Gen)
b. Library
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
76
PG – 226 UG - 229
01 International & 03 National
c. Computer: 3 computers and one laptop and uninterrupted internet facility is available on two terminals
d. Laboratory:
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
Lab: Room No. 128 : 8.5mX7.5m (UG)
Lab: Room No. 125 : 6mX7.5m(PG)
Lab: Room No. 129 : 6mX7.5m (UG)
Lab : Room No. 124 : 6mX7.5m (R&D)
Lab : Room No. 130 : 6mX7.5m (PG)
Lab : Room No. 131 : 6mX7.5m (Instrumental)
ii) List of Equipments: Instrument lists will be shown at the time of peer team visit.
e. Other Resources: 7. Teaching methods:
267
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √
8. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]: On an average 4 hrs. & 1.5 hrs. respectively. Counseling classes are allotted
and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A
teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling
classes per week.
9. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation)
Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay – Attended Orientation Programme organized by
Academic Staff College, Jadavpur University held on July – Aug – 2006.
Dipankar Mazumder - Attended orientation Programme organized by Academic
Staff College, Jadavpur University held on 18th aug-13th Sept, 2008.
Sabiha Khan - Attended orientation Programme organized by Academic Staff
College, Calcutta University held on 26th Nov-24th Dec, 2008
Poulami Mukhopadhyay – Attended Refreshers’ Course on (Enzyme Technology,
The Technology of the 21st Century jointly conducted by Academic Staff College and
FTBE Department, J.U., from 09.06.08 to 28.06.08.
10. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: *
26626 Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
10 (fulltime)
15 hrs. 5 hrs. 6 hrs. 5 hrs. 2 hrs. -
11 (Class basis)
1.5 hrs. - - - - -
268
11. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended):
Collaboration has been made with Indian Association for the Cultivation of
Science to organize seminars, workshops etc to popularize science, technology
and social sciences in the society.
The project entitled “Participatory rural development through biotechnology
and other agro based technology funded by MP-LAD done by Dr. Swati Roy
Gangopadhyay, Dept of Microbiology in collaboration with Prof. Dipak Bagchi,
former VC, Bidhan Chandra Krishi Viswavidyalaya, and Prof. Subrata Pal former
Dean (science) Jadavpur University and present Vice Chancellor, Burdwan
University.
Dr. Madhumita Maitra in collaboration with Dr. Ranjana Chaudhury,
Dept of Biochemical Engineering , Jadavpur university is undergoing a research
project on the “Development of probiotic strains.”
Miss Shaswati Nandi doing Ph.D under Dr. Prasanta Kr. Bag, Senior
Lecturer, Department of Biochemistry, University of Calcutta and Dr. Tanusree
Dutta, Lecturer, Dept. of Microbiology BRSN college on “Growth optimization
and characterization of different hydrocarbon degrading bacteria at molecular
level”.
Seminars attended by the teachers:
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay
Attended international conference on “chromosomes to neurons” organized by Dept. of Biophysics, Molecular Biology and Genetics and Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics
12-14 Jan, 2007
Participated as invited speaker in UGC sponsored workshop on “Syllabus of B.Sc. Microbiology” organized by Dept. of Microbiology, Scottish Church College.
4 th April, 2007
Organised a UGC sponsored symposium on “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College
24-25 th Feb, 2006
269
Attended “Frontiers of Applied Biology & Biotechnology” organized by Sammilani Mahavidyalaya
20 th Dec, 2005
Attended orientation programme organized by Academic Staff College, JU Attended UGC sponsored National level seminar on Recent trends in Biological Research: contribution from alumni organized by dept of Biophysics, Molecular Biology and Genetics , University of Calcutta
July-Aug, 2006 January 22, 2008
Dr. Madhumita Maitra
Attended international conference on “chromosomes to neurons” organized by Dept of Biophysics, Molecular Biology and genetics and Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics
12-14 Jan, 2007
Organised a UGC sponsored state level symposium on “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College
24-25th Feb, 2006
Attended UGC sponsored State level seminar on “Frontiers of Applied Biology & Biotechnology” organized by Sammilani Mahavidyalaya
20 th Dec, 2005
Dr. Tanusree Dutta
Organised a UGC sponsored state level symposium on “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College
24-25 th Feb, 2006
Attended National Workshop on “Application of Bioinformatics in Molecular Modeling, Data Analysis and System Biology”
28-30 Mar, 2007
270
Sri. Dipankar Majumdar
1. Organised a UGC sponsored state level symposium on “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College 2. Attended 16th Biennial International Conference of Zoological Society of Bangladesh at Dept. of Zoology, Rajshahi University, Bangladesh on 27th -29th February, 2008 and presented a paper ( Oral Presentation) entitled “ Genomic DNA library Preparation & DNA sequencing of NICED-4 Cholera Bacteriophage. 3. Attended an International workshop on “Molecular Basis of Thalassaemia: Genotype-Phenotype Correlation, Diagnosis, Management & Prevention”, organized by Institute of Genetic Engineering & Thalassaemia Foundation on 4th March, 2008. 4. Attended CME 2007- “Scientific Meet on Haemato-Oncology”, organized by Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose Cancer Research Institute, Kolkata during September 8th to 9th , 2007. 5. Attended an International Symposium on “Microbial Diversity: Opportunities, Challenges & Relevance in New Millennium” and presented a poster entitled: “Mycoherbicides: Mass Production & Evaluation” at Department of Post Graduate Studies & Research in Biological Sciences, Rani Durgavati University, Jabalpur-482001, M.P. during November 19th – 21st , 2004. 6. Attended a Workshop on “Electron Microscopes, X-ray Diffractometer and their Applications in Material Science & Biological Science” at University Science Instrumentation Centre (USIC), Jadavpur University, Kolkata-700032 from January 14th – 16th , 2004 7. Attended 21st Orientation Programme of UGC at Academic Staff College, Jadavpur University, Salt Lake Campus, Kolkata during 18th August to 13th September, 2008. 24-25 th Feb, 2006 8. Attended National Workshop on “Application of Bioinformatics in Molecular Modeling, Data Analysis and System Biology” 28-30 Mar, 2007
Smt. Shaswati Nandi
Organised a UGC sponsored state level symposium on “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College
24-25 th Feb, 2006
271
Sri. Arijit Chaudhuri
Participated in UGC sponsored workshop on “syllabus of B.Sc. Microbiology” organized by Dept. of Microbiology, Scottish Church College.
4th April, 2007
Organised a UGC sponsored state level symposium on “Environmental & Industrial aspects of microbes in the new Millenium” on behalf of Dept. of Microbiology, Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College
24-25 th Feb, 2006
Participated in a UGC sponsored national seminar on “Recent development on disaster management- an Indian perspective” organized by Suri Vidyasagar College, Birbhum
24-25 th Nov, 2006
Smt. Poulami Mukhopadhyay
Participated in a UGC sponsored national seminar on “Recent development on disaster management- an Indian perspective” organized by Suri Vidyasagar College, Birbhum Participated in a national seminar on “Future of food biotechnology organized by NIT, Durgapur, jointly with FTBE, Jadavpur University.
24-25 th Nov, 2006 8-9 February, 2008
12. Priority areas for research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications)
Ongoing Project:
The Post Graduate Course in Microbiology was started in the academic year
2004. Since that time it was decided that the research activities should be performed
actively, so that the P.G students can develop a research oriented mind and could be
trained for their future research work. Since the Faculties are also very keen to
commence with the research, few project proposals are undertaken, within the
infrastructural facilities of the Department, which are as follows:
i. UGC minor research project entitled ‘ Isolation and characterization of better
yielding strain of free living nitrogen fixing bacteria by induced mutation
and it’s application in plant growth promotion’ currently on progress by Sri
Sandip bandopadhyay, former lecturer of BRSNC and present lecturer Bidhan
nagar College.
ii. College funded minor research project entitled “Extraction & Purification of
pigments from bacteria isolated petroleum contaminated site and their role as
antimicrobial agents” by Dr. Tanusree Dutta.
272
iii. College funded minor research project entitled “Microbial production of amino
acids especially L-Lysine: fermentation & recovery from the broth” by Dr.
Madhumita Maitra.
iv. “Phylogenetic analysis of human acute phase protein & their role as marker
in different diseases”-Dr. Swati Roy Gangopadhyay, in collaboration with Dr.
Debashis Bandopadhyay, Deputy Registrar, Indian Association for the
Cultivation of Science.
v. “Enumeration of hydrocarbon-degrading microorganisms from soil/water
from nearby areas of Barrackpore” -Sri Arijit Chaudhuri
vi. Exploitation of Microbes for the production of an essential amino acid
Lysine and its mass production through fermentative process. - Dr.
Madhumita Maitra.
vii. Growth optimization and characterization of different hydrocarbon
degrading bacteria at molecular level - Miss Shaswati Nandi.
Publications by faculties in last 5 years – 1) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K.2003. Effect of handling and crowding
on some physiological parameters of juvenile Rita rita (Hamilton). Environment
and Ecology .21(3):515-520
2) Das M.K., Dutta Tanusree and Acharya S.. 2003.Measurements of some stress
sensitive physiological parameters of young Rita rita (Hamilton). Geobios. 30(2-
3): 153-158
3) Mukhopadyay M.K., Mitra K., Samanta S., Dutta Tanusree, Biswas D.K. and Saha
K. 2003. Optimum pH for fish-a laboratory study with Indian major carp Labeo
rohita (Ham.). Geobios.30 (2-3):125-128
4) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K. 2003. Physiological and histological
alterations in Labeo rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan) fingerlings exposed to sublethal
levels of ammonia. Journal of Freshwater Biology. 15(1-4):91-98
5) Dutta Tanusree, Acharya S. and Das M.K.2004.Physiological response of Labeo
rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan)fingerlings exposed to sublethal acidic and alkaline
pH. Pollution Research. 23(4): 711-716
273
6) Acharya S., Das M.K., Haldar D. P. and Dutta Tanusree. 2004.On a new
myxosporean parasite, Phlogospora gulio sp. n. from the catfish Mystus gulio
(Hamilton- Buchanan) in West Bengal. Geobios. 31(4):261-264.
7) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree, Das M.K. and Haldar D. P. 2004. Description of one
new species of Myxobolus Buttschli, 1882 from the carp Cirrhinus mrigala
Hamilton– Buchanan). Environment and Ecology. 22(3):500-503.
8) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree , Das M.K. and Haldar D. P. 2004. Observation on a
new species of Myxobolus Buttschli, 1882 from the fresh water fish Cirrhinus
mrigala (Hamilton– Buchanan). Journal of Inland Fisheries Society India.
36(1): 45-48.
9) Acharya S. and Dutta Tanusree. 2004. Impact of abiotic stress on prevalence of
protozoan infection of Indian major carp Catla catla (Hamilton– Buchanan) in
fresh water ponds of West Bengal. Environment and Ecology. 22(4 ):954-958
10) Dutta Tanusree, Acharya S. and Das M.K. 2004. Physiological response of Labeo
rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan) fingerlings exposed to sublethal acidic and alkaline
pH. Pollution Research, 23(4):711-716.
11) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K. 2005. Effect of sublethal levels of
nitrite on some blood parameters of juvenile Labeo rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan).
Indian journal of Experimental Biology, 43:450-454.
12) Dutta Tanusree, Acharya S. and Das M.K.2005. Impact of water quality on the
stress physiology of cultured Labeo rohita (Hamilton-Buchanan). Journal of
Environmental Biology. 26(3): 585-592
13) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K.2005. Influence of sublethal ammonia
toxicity on some physiological parameters of Labeo rohita(Hamilton-Buchanan)
fingerlings. Journal of Environmental Biology. 26(4): 615-626
14) Acharya S. and Dutta Tanusree .2005. Tissue level reactions in the Indian major
carp, Catla catla(Hamilton-Buchanan), due to trichodinid ciliophoran,
Tripartiella sp. infections. Indian Journal of Fisheries, 52.
15) Acharya S., Dutta Tanusree and Das M.K.2006. Physiological and ultrastructural
changes in Labeo rohita (Hamilton-Buchanan) fingerlings exposed to sublethal
acidic and alkaline pH for long duration. Asian Fisheries Science. 18(4)
274
16) Acharya S. and Dutta Tanusree.2007. Thelohanellus habibpuri sp. n. (Myxozoa:
Bivalvulida) from the tropical freshwater fish rohu, Labeo rohita (Hamilton-
Buchanan, 1882) in West Bengal, India: Light and electron microscope
observations Animal Biology, 57( 3) (2007):293-300.
17) N. Majumdar, R. Dey, R. K Mathur, S. Dutta, M. Maitra ans S. and
Majumdar.2006. An unusual pro inflammatory role of IL10 induced by AraLAM
in murine peritoneal macrophages.Glycocangugate journal.23(9):675-686
13. a) Placement Record of the past students:
(i) UG: 1. Sixteen students are employed in CTS, Pharmaceutical industries, Govt.
office etc. 2. Twentytwo students are engaged in Ph.D work.3. Some others are
preparing for competitive examinations.
(ii) PG: PG programme introduced in 2004.
1. Fifteen students(15) are engaged in Ph.D work in different reputed institutes such
as Indian Institute of Chemical Biology(IICB), Bose Institute, Indian Association
for Cultivation of Science(IACS),Calcutta University etc.
2. Nine (09) students are employed in different organizations such as in Dr. Reddey’s
laboratory, Hyderabad and others. More details will be shown at the time of peer
team visit
b) Contribution of the Dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning,
preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research programme and
vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs.
13 Future Plans: i. Syllabus up gradation and introduction of semester system of PG
curriculum from the session 2009-10
ii. Providing training for revenue earning.
iii. Research work for the benefit of society.
iv. Collaboration with Food & Nutrition Dept. for establishing a unit for food
production & preservation.
v. Entrepreneurship development.
vi. Introduction of regular Ph.D. Programme.
275
vii. Applying grants to different funding agencies for promoting research activity
in the dept.
viii. Application of bio-fertilizers for better crop production on field trial
basis.
14. Any other information:
Other Departmental activities:
• With or without the part of curriculum the Dept is organizing seminars for both
post graduate and undergraduate students. Students are also participating in
seminars and workshops organized by different universities or institutes.
• Our students are getting the opportunities to visit different research laboratories of
various research institutes like Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Bose
Institute etc in Kolkata.
• As a part of the curriculum our students are regularly visiting different industries
like dairy industries, waste water treatment plants etc.
• The Department experienced a memorable day on 17th May 2008 when the first
Award ceremony called Commencement 2008 was organized to confer the
M.Sc. Degree certificates to the Post Graduate students. Prof. Asish Banerjee,
former Honorable Vice Chancellor of Calcutta University awarded the Degrees.
• Departmental teachers are actively participating in campaigning and in the routine
screening of blood samples for thalassaemia eradication programme.
The Dept. of Microbiology has gradually developed proper infrastructure and
created an excellent academic environment till its birth. Students after completing
their graduation or post graduation degree from this Dept. are well placed in different
companies or in research institute for Ph.D. programme.
Considering the suggestions from the students, alumni, teachers, peer
members and guardians the department has planned to implement the
following:
ii. Raise the number of computers and internet connections
iii. Elaborate SLET/NET training
276
iv. Applying for funds to different funding agencies for extending research
activity
v. Emphasis will be given on research publication
vi. Organize educational tour
vii. Generate more lab space for research
viii. More modern equipments as per need
ix. More books/journals in dept. library to be purchased.
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 84.62%
277
History of the Department:
The Department of Physics was established in the academic year 1969-70 at
Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College affiliated to the University of Calcutta
as general subject at the Undergraduate Degree level. In the session 1994-95, the
department got affiliation from the University of Calcutta to teach Physics at the
Honours level vide reference no. C/1417/112 dt 12.09.1994.
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
The department was started with the object of giving the practical and concrete shape
of the educational idea. Besides there are following objectives of the department -:
i. Learn how to tackle critically and analyze the problems of Physics
ii. The ability to initiate higher career after graduation
iii. To culminate the research aptitude within the students.
iv. To prepare students for All India Examinations like NET, GATE.
v. To motivate our students for some social activities.
1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy
Sl.
Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status
1. Substantive 05 03 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee 00 00
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
03 03
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Name of Teacher Designation Highest
Qualification Specialization Experience
Years Teachers’
Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback
(%) Dr. Amarendranath Chatterjee
Reader M.Sc., Ph.D. Nuclear Physics
27 98
Sri. Amitava Bhadhuri
Senior Lecturer
M.Sc. Electronics 2 73.8
Sri. Swayambhoo Mitra
Lecturer M.Sc. Solid State Physics
03 91
Smt. Jayashree Guest M.Sc., Solid State 33
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
278
Ghosh Lecturer M.Tech. Physics Sri Ranajit Ghosh Guest
Lecturer M.Sc. Nuclear
Physics 34 Left on July
07 Dr. Asit Chakraborty
Guest Lecturer
M.Sc., Ph.D. Electronics 34 Left on July 07
Sri Kaustav Kundu Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 3 Left on 26.08.07.
Sri Dhurjoti Saha Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 2 Left on 21.03.06.
Sri Prosenjit Ghosh Lecturer M.Sc. Electronics 1 Left on 18.08.2008
Smt. Ipsita chakraborty
Lecturer M.Sc. Nuclear Physics
1 Left on 22.07.08
Smt. Sujata Chowdhury
Lectuer M.Sc. Electronics Joined on 04.12.2008
Sri Subhas Sinha Lecturer M.Sc. Nuclear Physics
Joined on 10.12.2008
Sri Subhodeep Das Lecturer M.Sc. Condensed Matter Physics
Consented to Join
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s
achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback
2. Student Profile: Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 54 60 61 71 73 SC 3 8 9 10 8 ST 2 1 0 0 0 OBC 2 3 4 4 2 Total 61 72 74 85 83
Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 2 1 1501-5000 13 8 5001-10000 21 15 10001-15000 7 8 15001-20000 4 5 Above 20000 4 3 Total* 51 40
* The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in
the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii)
Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us
to give actual figure of drop out students.
279
Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: The department has modularized the
existing B.Sc. General Course Syllabus. This helps to maintain a uniform standard of
teaching in different sections of the general mathematics class.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 11 11 01 05 03 01 9.09 41.41 100 100 2004 15 15 03 05 04 03 20.00 25.03 100 99.63 2005 14 14 02 05 05 02 14.29 42.00 100 100 2006 16 16 04 04 02 05 31.25 31.54 100 97.54 2007 15 15 - 05 02 08 53.33 28.48 100 98.80 2008 12 12 02 02 02 06 50.0 36.69 100 98.84
* Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental infrastructure:
Lab: Room No. 201 : 12mX6m
Lab: Room No : 202 : 12mX7.5m
Seminar/Class Room No. 204 : 3mx7.5m (Hons.)
Class Room No. 218 : 12mx7.5m (Gen)
Dark Room No. 203 : 6mx7.5m
b. Library
Departmental Central Journal/ Periodicals
93 986 2 c. Computer: Three , one with uninterrupted Internet Connection
d. Laboratory:
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
Lab: Room No. 201 : 12mX6m
Lab: Room No : 202 : 12mX7.5m
Dark Room No. 203 : 6mx7.5m
ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
280
e. Other Resources: A small research laboratory for the teacher’s
work and students’ project work
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning ( Including internet)
√
Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]:
On an average 4.5 hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are
allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post
Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at
least six counseling classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation) :
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation Date
Amitava Bhadhuri Refresher Course
2004-05
Orientation Programme 2005-06
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:
Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research /project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
03 (fulltime)
20.5 hrs. 8 hrs. - 10 hrs. 8 hrs. SSC KU
WBBSE 03 (Class
basis) 8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium attended):
281
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Dr. Amarendranath Chatterjee
Attended a National Seminar on Technology enabled Teaching and Learning and acted as one of the Coordinators.
2004
Attended a workshop arranged by DAE UGC consortium and Burdwan University held at Burdwan University
10/11/2008 to 12/11/2008.
Sri Swayambhoo Mitra
Attended a workshop arranged by DAE UGC consortium and Burdwan University held at Burdwan University
10/11/2008 to 12/11/2008
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications) Ongoing Project: Work on two projects have been carried out and report of the
projects has been submitted to U.G.C.
Sanction.Outlay: 2 Lakhs 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 10 to 12
students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job
market and competitive Exams). During 2005-06 sessions one student, 2006-07
session three students and 2007-08 session three students was offered jobs in
Cognizant Technology Solutions as Junior Engineer/Programmer. Details will be
shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning,
preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research programme and
vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs.
13. Future Plans: i) Purchasing more books for departmental library. ii) To organize workshop at the department for repair of the
instruments. This will help the students to acquire good knowledge
about the instruments.
14. Any other information:
Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-
back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations
about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and
282
suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the
time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1.Teachers are cooperative,
regular and sincere. 2.Counselling classes, mode
of teaching, examination system are praiseworthy
1. Lack of more text books in the departmental library.
2. Insufficient Drinking Water.
2. More text books and computers in the department.
3. Appointment of more teachers.
Feedback from Parent-Teacher meeting:
• Guardians/parents of the students are happy with the performance and
commitment of the teachers of the department.
• More remedial classes must be taken for the academically poor students. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Distinguishing Features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 91.27% Departmental teachers besides taking their normal duties of taking classes,
discharge different administrative duties. For example:
The senior most teacher of the department acted as Bursar of the college
during the period 2000-2006. One of the teachers participate in placement activities
of the students of the college and other career advancement activities.
The senior most teacher of the department is actively engaged in research and
is guiding two students for their Ph.D. project.
The senior most teacher of the department provided honorary consultancy
services in various institutions like West Bengal School Service Commission, West
Bengal Board of Secondary Education, Kalyani University Experimental High School
(computer literacy programme) and Kalyani University etc. for the design of their
syllabi and for other academic activities during last four years.
Remedial classes and Counseling classes are taken regularly to improve the standard of the students. A tutor-ward activity has been initiated from the last year.
Measures have been taken to improve the facilities of the department in the
light of the opinions of the parents regarding the problems of their wards and the
suggestions of improvements.
283
Concluding Remarks:
The teachers of the department are fully competent in instructing the students
in theoretical and practical classes. Besides, all the three full time teachers are
engaged in active research and are publishing regularly in Nalional and International
journals. The teachers always take care of the interest of the students in teaching–
learning process, academic growth, faculty development and research to the best of
their capacity. The motivation and dedication of the teachers are, therefore, praise-
worthy and highly appreciating.
284
History of the Department: The department was established in 2004 under the University of Calcutta vide letter
no. C/6314/112-Affl. dt 23.08.04 and PG: Affiliation granted in EC Meeting of
WBSU dated 13.08.08. . The department started functioning with two teachers and
ten students. The intake capacity was twenty. At present there are five teachers and
numbers of students comprising three years are One Hundred Nine and the intake
capacity for each year is forty. The department has a well equipped laboratories with
instuments and psychological tests.
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
The main objectives of the department are:
i) To make the students confident and self-motivated to study.
ii) To acquaint the students with scope and funcations of Psychology.
iii) To sensitize the students to the application of Psychology and to
popularise the subject.
iv) To make them get updated with ongoing national and international
research and information regarding the subject.
v) To impart skill trainig in methods and techique of psychology.
vi) Helping students to understand others’ better and to be empathetic and
reciprocate in a positive way.
vii) Above all to help to flourish their core human qualities to make them a
better social being.
2. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status
1. Substantive 01 - 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee 02 02
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
03 03
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
285
Sl No
Name Designation Highest qualification
Specialization Experience Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)
1. Smt Debatree Mukherjee
Lecturer M.Sc. Medical Psychology
3 Years 76.3
2. Smt Shirin Banerjee
Lecturer M.A Clinical Psychology
1.5 Years 65.6
3 Smt Aditi Bhattacharjee
Lecturer
M.A Abnormal Psychology
4 Years 60.6
4 Smt. Sharmistha Dutta
Lecturer
M.Sc Stress Management & Community Psychology
4 Years 39.4
5 Smt. Arpita Ray Naskar
Lecturer
M.Sc Industrial Psychology
1 month
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback
2. Student Profile: Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 87 71 41 25 - SC 6 6 6 4 - ST 0 0 0 0 - OBC 4 2 2 0 - Total 97 79 49 29
Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 8 5 1501-5000 30 15 5001-10000 28 24 10001-15000 10 6 15001-20000 3 3 Above 20000 8 5 Total* 87 58
* The difference between the college record and actual strength of the students in
the department is due to (i) Shift of some students from one college to another, (ii)
Shift to technology based institution, (iii) Drop outs. As such it is difficult for us
to give actual figure of drop out students.
Language Proficiency: English, Bengali, and Hindi.
286
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 10 10 05 03 - 02 20.00 26.72 100 99.60 2008 25 25 12 06 03 04 16.00 22.09 100 99.62
* Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a. Departmental Infrastructure :
Lab Room No. 239 : 5.5mX7.5m
Lab Room No. 240 : 5.5mX7.5m
Lab Room No. 241 : 5.5mX7.5m
Lab Room No. 242 : 5.5mX7.5m
Class Room No. 214 : 6mX7.5m
b. Library
Departmental Central Journal/ Periodicals
40 02
c. Computer: one with uninterrupted internet connection
d. Laboratory:
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
Lab Room No. 239 : 5.5mX7.5m
Lab Room No. 240 : 5.5mX7.5m
Lab Room No. 241 : 5.5mX7.5m
Lab Room No. 242 : 5.5mX7.5m
ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer
Team visit.
e. Other Resources: 6. Teaching methods:
287
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning ( Including internet) √ Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]:
On an average 4hrs & 1.5 hrs respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and
taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A
teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling
classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/ Orientation)
N.A. 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &
Research: Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
02 (fulltime)
13 hrs. 4 hrs. - 6 hrs. 3 hrs. -
03 (Class basis)
7 hrs. 2 hrs. - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended):
Participant Teacher Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Debatree Mukherjee XXXIVth National Conference of Indian association of Clinical Psychologist
2008
Shirin Banerjee Seminar on Freud 2006 Arpita Ray Naskar 1) 12th International & 34th National conference of
Indian academy of applied psychology 2008
2) One day workshop on child & adolescent development
2007
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications)
Ongoing projects: Nil
288
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: The department is a newly
introdeced subject. During the last two years 5 to 10 students on average are
going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job market and competitive
Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
a) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
help the students by giving them training the measure the mental heath of the
astudents and the working people of the society. Assistances and motivations to
students for futher progression to post graduate studies are also provided by the
department.
13. Future Plans: • To introduce post Graduation course in Psychology
• Enrichment of the Departmental & Central Library
• Organization of more educational tour
• To purchase more laboratory equipment
• To organize seminars and to motivate the students to participate
• To interact with other Psychology department of other college.
14. Any other information:
• Students’ Feedback:
Students get the opportunity to put on record their assessment in regard to all aspects
of department. It is senior most students who are invited to fill in a structured
questionnaire indicating the gradation of their choice without disclosing their identity.
Demands of having more instruments in the departmental laboratory and reference
and text books were prevalent in the feedback of last two years. The requirements
were fulfilled by increasing the number of instruments in the laboratory and books in
the central library of the college. A departmental library has been opened as per the
demand of the students.
• Parents’ Feedback:
Parents suggested that it will be beneficial for the students if the teachers pay
individual attention to the students and a stipulated break hour should be provided to
the students. Demand of P.G. course in Psychology was emerged from the parent-
289
teacher meeting. As par the demand a schedule has been prepared when the
departmental teachers will be available to the students to cater their individual needs
and classes have been arranged in such a fashion that the students can have their
break time.
• Tutor-Ward System:
Department runs a tutor ward system where students are divided into small groups
and each groups are assigned to each teacher. Tutor ward of the students of the 1st
year, 2007 shows that there is a marked improvement in the students’ attendance.
According to the record, till September 2007, a decline in the rater of the attendance
of the maximum students has been seen which have been improved after Puja
Vacation. The academic performances of the students were improved after parent-
teacher meeting. Students also took initiative to solve their personal and academic
problems through counseling done by the departmental teachers, which seems
beneficial for them.
Distinguishing Features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 78.88%
Counculding Remarks:
The departtment is happy with the involvement of students and teachers in different
inteactive sessions. The department plans for further inprovement of the department
by enriching the faculty members and the students and will devote them selves to the
cause for the betterment of the institution and the society.
290
History of the Department:
The Department of Statistics was established in the academic year 2001-02 (vide
letter no. C/148/112 dt. 02.02.1999) at Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College
affiliated to the University of Calcutta. The subject is offered to B.Sc. students as a
general subject and it is taught as an inter disciplinary subject for the departments of
Commerce, Economics, Microbiology etc.
Aims and Objectives of the Department: The subject is usefull in various
departments of science because in every day life we are required to use the concepts
of Statistics for analytical purposes. The department teaches the students about the
methods of collection, scrutiny, summarization, presentation and analysis of statistical
data. The department tries to develop the analytical skill of the students and to
popularize the subject among the students.
1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 01 Vacant 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee 01 01
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
01 01+01(Guest)
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details
Sl Name of the Teacher
Designation Qualification Experience in years
Field of Specialization
Teachers achievement reflected in students’ feedback
1. Smt. Durba Banerjee
Lecturer M.Sc. 02
2. Sri Subrata Nath
Lecturer M.Sc. 01
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s
achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
DEPARTMENT OF STATISTICS
291
2. Student Profile: The input for B.Sc. (General) will be shown at the time
NAAC Peer Team visit.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years &
the contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2004-05.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:
The input for B.Sc. (General) will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team visit.
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a) Departmental Infrastructure:
Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are
Lab cum Class Room No. 243 : 7.5mx10m
b) Library
Departmental Central Journal/
periodicals - 83 -
c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection.
d) Laboratory: One
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: 7.5mx10m
ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer
Team visit.
e) Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including internet) √ Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]:
On an average 1 hr. (academic counseling) & 1hr. (personal
counseling) per teacher per week. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by
the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher
292
has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling
classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation)
N.A. 9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:
Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
01 (Fulltime)
20 hrs. 3 hrs. - 5 hrs. 2 hrs. -
02 (Class basis)
7 hrs. 1.5 hrs. - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium
attended):
Details will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team visit.
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects &
Publications)
Nil
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Details will be shown at the time
of NAAC Peer Team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental
teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer
learning, preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research
programme and vertical progression of study and providing information for
different types of jobs.
13. Future Plans:
i) To introduce Statistics at the Honours level.
ii) To introduces a separate Statistics Lab.
14. Any other information:
293
Distinguishing Features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 91%
Concluding Remarks:
The faculty members of the department of Statistics teach the subject to the
students of Economics and other general students. The interaction between the
teachers and students on academic & other matters are encouraging and the
relationships between the teachers and the students are good and healthy.
294
History of the Department: The Department of Zoology came in to existence in
July, 2002 (memo no. C/1490/112 dated 10.07.2002; 417-(P 2Q) dated
05.07.2002) with the introduction of General course in Zoology. After subsequent
four years of growth and expansion, the Department has now applied for the
introduction of Honours course for the subject.
Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department has established itself to
teach and encourage students in both recent advances and classical field of Zoology.
Apart from learning textbook lessons, cordial guidance of teachers, field excursion,
nature study, proper counseling and interactive venture, lead students to find their
confidence to step out at various fields of career building.
1. Faculty Profile: a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 01 01 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee 01 01
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
01 01
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of
the Teacher Designation Qualification Experience
in years Field of Specialization
Teachers achievement reflected in students’ feedback / Remarks
1. Smt. Sujata De Chaudhuri
Lecturer M.Sc 6 months Human Genetics & Toxicogenomics
Joined Recently
2. Dr. Debaratna Mukherjee
Lecturer M.Sc., Ph.D. 3 yrs 6 months
Parasitology & fish Protozoology
3. Dr. Debabrata Dasgupta
Guest Lecturer
M.Sc, Ph.D. Fish & Fisheries
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria and faculty member’s
achievement in the teaching learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback
DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY
295
2. Student Profile: The input for B.Sc. (General) will be shown at the time NAAC
Peer Team visit.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003-04 session syllabus was changed
and revised and in the year of 2005 syllabus was split in to three year course, due to
change in examination system from 2+1 to 1+1+1 system.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:
Year Part I/II (2+1 / 1+1+1 system) Part II/III (2+1 / 1+1+1 system)
No. Appeared
No. Passed
% of pass No. Appeared
No. Passed
% of pass
2005-06 49 49 100 25 25 100 2006-07 55 54 98.2 22 22 100 2007-08 54 47 87.03 22 22 100
5. Learning resources of the departments:
Departmental Infrastructure:
Lab Room No. 224 : 9mX7.5m
Lab Room No. 228 : 6mX7.5m
Class Room No. 229 : 6mX7.5m
a. Library
Central Library Journal/ periodicals
374 -
b. Computer: One with uninterrupted internet service.
c. Laboratory:
Lab Room No. 224 : 9mX7.5m
Lab Room No. 228 : 6mX7.5m
d. List of Equipments: will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team
visit.
e. Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods: Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √
296
Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: 3hrs. per teacher per week. Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the
teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take
at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/ Orientation):
N.A.
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:
Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
01 (fulltime)*
10 hrs. 4.5 hrs. - 12 hrs. 4 hrs. -
02 (Class basis)
23 hrs. 6 hrs. - 2 hrs. 3 hrs. -
*Joined recently.
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institution (Seminar/ Symposium attended):
Dr. Debratna Mukherjee
Oral presentation of the paper entitled “Studies in the protozoan parasites of fishes of Orissa : Eight species of Myxobolus Butschli(Myxozoa : Bivalvulida)” in the Parasitological Symposium organized by Burdwan University
(September, 1996).
Oral presentation of the paper entitled “Spore variations in a piscine myxozoan parasite (Myxozoa : Myxosporea) from the juvenile major carp, Catla catla (Ham.)” in a conference organized by Burdwan University
(1998).
Oral presentation of the paper entitled “Studies in the protozoan parasites of fishes in Orissa : five new species of the genera Henneguya ,Thelohanellus and Unicauda (Myxozoa: Bivalvulida)”
(1997).
Oral presentation of the paper entitled “Myxobilatus anguillaris sp. n. (Myxosporea: Sphearosporidae)–a new species of histozoic myxosporean from an estuarine fish”
(2000).
297
Smt.Sujata De Chaudhuri
Oral presentation for the paper entitled “Contribution of Purine Nucleoside Phosphorylase Polymorphisms in the Development of Arsenic Induced Skin Lesions” in the International Conference on Biomarker in Health and Environmental Management & XXXIInd Annual Meet of Environmental Mutagen Society of India at PSG College of Arts & Science, Coimbatore
January 10-12, 2007.
Oral Presentation for the paper entitled “Association of purine nucleoside phosphorylase polymorphisms in the development of arsenic induced skin lesions” in the XXXIIth Annual Conference of Indian Society of Human Genetics and International Symposium on "Deconstructing Human Diseases: The Genomic Advantage", at the Indian Institute of Chemical Biology (IICB), Kolkata
February 14-16, 2007.
Oral presentation for the paper entitlted “Arsenic induced premature senescence: A biomarker study in exposed population from West Bengal, India” at 13th Annual Human Genome Meeting organized by Human Genome Organization at Hyderabad International Convention Centre, Hyderabad
September 27-30, 2008.
Presented a poster entitled “Association of Arg/Arg genotype of p53 gene in development of arsenic induced skin lesions” in the International Symposium on Die in Causation & Prevention of Cancer and XXXth Annual Conference of Environmental Mutagen Society of India held at the Industrial Toxicology Research Centre, Lucknow
March 17-19, 2005.
Awarded for the presentation of a poster entitled “Genetic Variants Associated with Arsenic Metabolism and Susceptibility” in the XIIIth All India Congress of Cytology and Genetics and International Symposium on Genomic and Protemic Approaches to Decipher the Molecular Basis of Pathogenesis at Department of Zoology, Osmania University, Hyderabad
December 28-30, 2007.
Presented a poster entitled “Arsenic induced premature senescence: A biomarker study in exposed population from West Bengal, India” at 13th Annual Human Genome Meeting organized by Human Genome Organization at Hyderabad International Convention Centre, Hyderabad
September 27-30, 2008.
Presented a poster entitled “Study of arsenic-induced premature senescence in exposed population from West Bengal, India” at 14th Alexander Hollaender Course on Genetic Toxicology: Genomic and Proteomic Approached and A special Workshop on arsenic exposure assessment held at Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Kolkata
December 10-12, 2008.
Co-author in the oral presentation entitled “Association of Purine Nucleoside phosphorylase polymorphisms with development of arsenic induced skin lesions” in the Annual Congress of Society of Biological Chemists, Kolkata Chapter” at Digha, West Bengal
May 19 – 21, 2006.
Co-author in the poster entitled “Arsenic contamination in ground water: Health effects and genetic susceptibility” in “International symposium on Chemical Biology”, at the Indian Institute of Chemical Biology (IICB), Kolkata
March 7-9, 2007.
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects &
Publications)
Ongoing projects: N.A.
Publications by faculty (last 5 years):
298
Name of the teacher
Title Year International/National/College
In Journals Association of specific p53
polymorphisms with keratosis in individuals exposed to arsenic through drinking water in West Bengal, India
2006 Mutation Research, 601,102-112 ( International)
Comparison of health effects between individuals with & without skin lesions in the population exposed to arsenic through drinking water in West Bengal, India
2007 J.Expo.Sci.Environ.Epidemiol.17, 215-223 ( International)
Increased chromosome aberration frequencies in the bowen’s patient compared to non cancerous skin lesions individuals exposed to arsenic.
2007 Mutation Research, 632,104-110 ( International)
Genetic Variants associated with arsenic susceptibility: study of purine nucleoside phosphorylase, arsenic (+3) methyl transferase omega genes.
2008 Env.Health.Pers.,116,501-505 (International)
Arsenic induced health effects & genetic damage in keratotic individuals: involvement of p53 arginine variant and chromosome aberration in arsenic susceptibility.
2008 Mutation Research Review, 659,118-125 (International)
Dr. Debaratna Mukherjee
Diversity in the seasonal incidence of myxozoan ( myxozoa: Bivalvulida) infection freshwater & sewage treated fishes of West Bengal.
2003
Environment & Ecology, 21,46-49 ( National)
Myxobilatus anguillaris sp.n.( Myxosporea: Sphaprosporidae) a new species of histozoic myxosporean from an estuarian fish.
2003 Journal of Parasitology & Applied Animal Biology.12 (1 & 2), 9-14
Myxobolus renicatlae sp.n & Myxobolus ectointestinalis sp.n, two new myxozoans( Myxozoa: Bivalvulida) from the major carp Catla catla (Ham.)
2003 Indian Journal Env. & Ecoplan, 7(3),565-570
Thelohanellus endodermitus sp.n.- a new myxozoan from the major carp Labeo rohita (Hammilton-Buchanan) in West Bengal.
2004 Environment & Ecology, 22(1), 139-142.
12. a) Placement Record of the past students:
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning,
preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research programme
and vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of
jobs.
299
13. Future Plans: a) Application for extension for Honours course in Zoology subject.
b) Application for Minor Research Projects on related field.
c) Establishment of laboratory, equipped with necessary infrastructure required for
improved research program.
d) Introduction of departmental library.
14. Any other information:
Departmental Activities: Students of the department conduct creative activities as
i) Celebration of teacher’s day
ii) Helping in organization and arrangement of library books in the central
library putting bar-code stickers.
iii) Publication of wall magazine-“Mileu”.
iv) Arrangement of blood donation and blood grouping camp.
Feed back from Students:
Sl.No. 2006 2007 2008 Proposals Implementation Proposals Implementation Proposals Implementation
1. Scarcity of classroom
implemented Scarcity of classroom
No separate class room is provided but lab space has been increased
Demand for the increase in the no. of copies of book at central library
Books are purchased regularly.
2. Laboratory assistants required.
Administration informed
More assistance from teachers needed outside classroom
Beside regular class teachers are taking counseling class and interaction class as per student’s demand
Overlapping practical classes of other departments should be avoided in the lab
Routine is restructured
3. No. of Xerox machines should be increased.
Administration informed
Shortage of computer & Xerox facility
Informed to the authority
Number of specimens should be increased
Implemented
4. The non collegiate students should be restricted
Administration was informed and adequate measures have taken to restrict
More books needed in library
No of books increased
Increase in lab space & laboratory equipments
Implemented.
300
for their entry into the college.
unwanted entry to the college
5. Departmental library should be introduced
On process Computers & internet facilities should be introduced
implemented
6. Canteen and food quality should be improved
Informed Canteen & its food quality should be improved
Administration informed
7. No. of instruments should be increased
On process Allotment of tutorial classes & discussion of questions from the previous years question papers of C.U
Done in the counseling class.
8. Canteen should be modernized
Administration informed
Number of cash counter should be increased in the office.
Administration informed
9. More assistance from teachers required for competitive exams , jobs
Special classes are organized on career development, communicative English and others
Honours course should be introduced
Application has been submitted to the University
Feed back from Parents:
Considering the feed back from students, parents, peer-members, the department will
try its best to implement the following in future:
a) Application for extension for Honours course in Zoology subject.
b) Application for Minor Research Projects on related field.
c) Establishment of laboratory, equipped with necessary infrastructure required for
improved research program.
d) Introduction of departmental library.
e) Accessibility to the Central library should be increased.
f) More books should be introduced in both departmental and central library.
301
g) Museum specimens should be increased.
h) Dissection specimens should be readily available.
Distinguishing Features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 89%
Concluding Remarks: Departmental teachers take special initiative for the benefit of the students. The department has applied for the introduction of Zoology Honours.
302
History of the Department:
The Dept. of Commerce was established in the academic year 1961–62 at
Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath College, affiliated to the University of
Calcutta.
The Dept. first started with B.Com. (Pass) 3- yr. degree course w.e.f. 1961–62
vide reference no. C/2736/42. Thereafter B.Com. (Pass) standard started in the year
1964–65 vide ref. no. C/442/112. Later on, in the academic year 1968–69, B.Com.
(Hons.) was started vide reference no. C/7064/112.
Finally the Dept. of Commerce received the permission for introduction of
M.Com. courses with Accounts, Finance & Control(AFCM) and Marketing
Management(MRMM) specializations vide letter no. 1015/UCAC/31.10.05 and the
college started the said course from academic session 2006-07 onwards.
Thus, the Dept. of Commerce now runs with B.Com. (Hons.) with
specializations in Accounts and Marketing Management, B.Com. (General) &
M.Com. with specialization in AFCM & MRMM.
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
The Dept. of commerce carries out its teaching, learning & evaluation activities with
the following aims & objectives:-
To carry out classes with utmost regularity & punctuality.
To infuse value based education among the students
To equip the students with the knowledge of the latest developments in the
field of Accounting & Marketing, through departmental seminars and
workshops.
To Instigate Research Orientation among the Post Graduate students.
To encourage & guide students with information relating to vertical
progression in academics.
To integrate knowledge & skill that will sustain an environment of learning &
creativity.
To serve the needs of students who intend to start their own business.
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
303
To promote the spirit of entrepreneurship among the students.
To enable students in being capable of making decision at all levels of
management by organising quiz, debates etc.
2. Faculty Profile:
a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 06+01* 05+01* 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee 06 06
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
11 11
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details
FACULTY QUALIFICATION
DESIGNATION YEARS OF
SERVICE
FIELD OF
SPECIALIZATION
Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)
Sri Sandip Kumar
Chakraborty
M.Com, LLB, FCA.
Selection Grade Lecturer
22 Yrs. Accounts
Sri Samir Kumar
Mukherjee
M.Com (Finance)
Selection Grade Lecturer
18 Yrs. Accounts
Sri Partha Banerjee
M.Com (Marketing)
Sr. Lecturer 11 Yrs. Marketing
Sri Biswajit Dey
M. Com (Finance)
Sr. Lecturer 11 Yrs. Accounts
Sri Abhijit Kundu
M.Com. (Finance), ACA
Lecturer 2 ½ Yrs. Accounts
Sri Galive Iquebal
M.Com, B. Ed. Lecturer (on full-time
contract basis)
13 Yrs. Accounts
Sri Anirban Chakraborty
M. Sc.(Physics), MBM
Lecturer (on full-time
contract basis)
5 Yrs. Marketing
Sri Kallol Saha
M.Com (Accounts)
Lecturer (on full-time
contract basis)
7 Yrs. Accounts
Sri Manabendra
Sekhar Bhadra
M.Com(Finance)
Lecturer (on full-time
contract basis)
1 ½ Yrs. Accounts
Smt. Indrani Majumder
M.A. (Econ.), B.Ed., MBA
Lecturer (on full-time
contract basis)
1 ½ Yrs. Econometrics &
Marketing Mgt
SriRupam Mukherjee
M.Sc.(Econ) Lecturer (on full-time
1 ½ Yrs. International Trade
304
contract basis) Sri Subrata
Ray M.Com. (Accounts)
Lecturer (on full-time
contract basis)
10 Yrs. Accounts
Dr. Chandra Sekhar
Mukherjee (Dept of
Economics)
M.Sc. (Econ), M. Phil., Ph.D.
Selection Grade Lecturer
27 Yrs Statistics & Econometrics
Dr. Anjan Majumdar (Dept. of
Economics)
M.A. (Econ), M. Phil., Ph.D
Selection Grade Lecturer
26½ Yrs Agricultural Economics & Econometrics
Sri Debaprasad
Sarkar (Dept. of
Economics)
M.Sc. (Econ) Lecturer 3 Yrs International Economics &
Operation Research
Sri Arindam Mukherjee
MBA Lecturer (class basis contractual)
2 Yrs. Human Resource Mgt
Sri Avik Chattopadhyay
MBA Lecturer (class basis contractual)
1 ½ Yrs Marketing Mgt
Sri Arindom Chakraborty
M.A.(Econ) , MBA
Lecturer (class basis contractual)
2 Yrs. Marketing Mgt
Sri Suvendu Roy
Chowdhury
M.Com Lecturer (class basis contractual)
1 ½ Yrs Accounts
Smt. Pratima Yadav
M.Com,M.Phil Lecturer (class basis contractual)
1 Yr. Accounts
Sri Vijay Anand Sah
M.Com, M. Phil Lecturer (class basis contractual)
1 ½ Yrs Accounts
Sri Dipak Das Choudhuri
B.Com,M.A, LLB
Lecturer (class basis contractual)
4 Yr. History & Law
Sri Debabrata Pal
M.Com, LLB, MBA
Lecturer (class basis contractual)
1 Yr. Accounts & Finance
Sri Pritam Ghosh
MCA Lecturer (class basis contractual)
3 Yrs. Software Develpoment
Sri Arnab Majumder
MBA Lecturer (class basis contractual)
1 Yr. Marketing Mgt.
Sri Sanjeev Srivastav
M.Com., AICWA
Guest Lecturer 1 ½ Yrs Accounts
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
3. Student Profile:
305
Hons. In Accounts and Finance
Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 225 251 263 - - SC 36 25 27 - - ST 10 5 3 - - OBC 6 5 10 - - Total 277 286 303 - - Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 16 17 1501-5000 105 86 5001-10000 74 77 10001-15000 26 20 15001-20000 23 13 Above 20000 11 4 Total* 255 217
Student Profile:
Hons. in Marketing
Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 230 228 225 SC 22 16 12 ST 1 2 1 OBC 4 5 2 Total 257 251 240 Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 17 14 1501-5000 97 73 5001-10000 83 88 10001-15000 25 23 15001-20000 14 13 Above 20000 4 5 Total* 240 216
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty
member’s achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
306
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes:
Level Nature of Revision Year Under Graduate Revised by University of Calcutta 2005–06 Post Graduate Syllabus framed by PG Board of Studies in Commerce. 2005–06
The departmental teachers contributed in framing and revisioning of syllabus
conducted by the University of Calcutta. As a post graduate department on
autonomous basis, the chairman and the faculty members of the PG board of studies
organise meetings and take decision regarding design and revise syllabi.
5. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: A C C O U N T A N C Y
Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 352 352 203 71 33 16 4.55 8.50 100 97.25 2004 297 293 125 51 39 32 10.77 8.85 99 93.87 2005 310 307 103 56 52 66 21.29 15.65 99 96.78 2006 209 209 15 21 37 136 65.07 32.17 100 99.73 2007 143 143 26 28 26 63 44.06 23.15 100 99.16 2008 125 125 21 28 25 51 40.8 19.92 100 99.61
M A R K E T I N G
Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 2004 2005 2006 85 85 37 37 10 - - 0.27 100 100 2007 104 104 48 37 14 05 4.81 1.64 100 100 2008 84 84 55 24 03 02 2.38 2.11 100 100
* Remaining students passed in the general category
SUCCESS RATE OF STUDENTS (M.Com.)
(1st batch of outgoing students)
Year Total appeared
Total Passed % of Pass 1st Class/Div
2nd Class/Div
2008 AFCM 4 2 42 100 33 9
MRMM 22 22 100 16 6
5. Learning resources of the departments:
307
a. Departmental Infrastructure:
b. Library
c. Computer: 24 Computers & 1 Laptop
- 3 Printers
- 1 Overhead Projector
d. Laboratory:
i. Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
ii. List of Equipments:
e. Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning ( Including internet)
√
Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]:
4 hours and 2 hours per week respectively. Counseling classes are allotted and
taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A
teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling
classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years ( Refresher/
Orientation)– N.A.
8. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &
Research:
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
325 UG – 2847 PG - 441
07
308
Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
01 (fulltime)
18 hrs. - 5 hrs. 5 hrs. 5 hrs. -
06 (Class basis)
8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium
attended): Name of the Teachers
Seminars/ Conference /Workshops/Orientation
Programme/ Refresher Courses
Held on /during
Organized By
Sri Partha Banerjee
1. Two day workshop – IT and its application in Business & Marketing
Jun, 2007 Commerce Alumni Association and Netaji
Nagar Day college 2. Seminar on “Marketing Management in 21st Century”
Dec 12, 2003
RBC, Naihati
3. 6th International Accounting conference
Jan 11 & 12, 2003
Indian Accounting Accociation Research Foundation, Kolkata
4. UGC Sponsored Seminar on “Needs of Biotechnology for a Safe & Secure Third World”
Dec 8, 2001
BRSNC
5. 7th International Accounting Conference
Jan 8 & 9, 2005
Indian Accounting Accociation Research Foundation, Kolkata
Sri Biswajit Dey
1.Orientation Programme for University and College Teachers at Academic Staff College, C.U.,
Feb 14 to Mar 11,
2000
C.U.
2.UGC Sponsored State Level Seminar on “Energy Generation Strategies and Policies in India: Environmental Impact”
Mar 7, 2001
BRSNC
3.UGC Sponsored State Level Seminar on “Aspects of Indian Society As Portrayed in Literature: Women, The Down-Trodden, Secularism”
Oct 10, 2001
BRSNC
4.UGC Sponsored Seminar on “Needs of Biotechnology for a Safe & Secure Third World”
Dec 8, 2001
BRSNC
5. UGC Sponsored Refresher Course in the subject of Commerce at Academic Staff College, C.U.
Feb. 15 to Mar.
08, 2002
C. U.
309
6 .UGC sponsored Seminar: “Marketing Management & E-commerce: The Managerial Challenge of Change”
Feb 22, 2002
BRSNC
7. National Seminar on “Contemporary Issues in Environment Mgt”
Apr 27, 2002
Dept of Busi. Mgt., C.U.
8.. UGC Sponsored Seminar on “Impact of Liberalization in India: Economic, Social & Political”
Apr 27, 2002
BRSNC
9. 6th International Accounting Conference
Jan 11 & 12, 2003
IAARF, Kolkata
10. Workshop on New B.Com Syllabus
Feb 1, 2003
Commerce Alumni Association (C.U.),
U.G. Board of Studies (C.U.)
11. National Seminar on “Value Added Tax & Corporate Governance”
Sep 20, 2003
IAARF, Kolkata & Syamaprasad College,
Kolkata 12. Seminar on “Marketing
Management in 21st Century” Dec 12,
2003 RBC, Naihati
13. 7th International Accounting Conference
Jan 8 & 9, 2005
Indian Accounting Accociation Research Foundation, Kolkata
14. UGC sponsored Refresher Course in Commerce at Univ. of Kalyani
Nov 23 to Dec
14, 2004
University of Kalyani
15. UGC sponsored State Level Seminar on “Role of Commerce Education in Industrial Development”
Sep 20, 2008
Dept. of Commerce, RBC College (evening)
16. Seminar on “Investor Awareness”
Sep 26, 2008
Dept. of Busi. Admn. University of Kalyani
Sri Abhijit Kundu
1. National Seminar on “Commerce Education in the New Millennium: Prospects and Challenges”
Feb 20-21, 2004
Raja Peary Mohan College & ICAI
2. National Seminar on “Corporate Performance Measurement”
Sep 25, 2004
IAARF & Dept of Commerce & Dept. o Busi. Admn., Univ. of
Kalyani 3. “New Product Regime – Effect on the Indian Economy”
March 19, 2005
Dept. of Economics & Commerce, City
College
4. Seminar on “Issues in Economic Reforms in Indian Context”
Sept 10, 2005
IAA Research Foundation and
IISWBM
5. National Seminar on “e-Business: the New Business Paradigm in a Knowledge Economy”
Feb 25-26, 2006
Dept. of Commerce, C.U.
310
6. 7th International Accounting Conference
Jan 8-9, 2005
Indian Accounting Association Research Foundation, Kolkata
7. 8th International Accounting Conference
Jan 6-7, 2007
Indian Accounting Association Research Foundation, Kolkata
8. National Seminar on “Environmental Accounting”
March 24, 2007
Dept. of Commerce, C.U.
9. 2-day State Level Seminar on “Emerging Trends in Accounting & Finance”
Oct 13, 2007
Dum Dum Motijheel Rabindra
Mahavidyalaya,
10. National Seminar on “Accounting Standards”
March 2, 2008
IAA, Kolkata & Netaji Nagar Day College
11. 6-day Programme on Statistical Methods for Research Workers
June 4-9, 2007
Dept. of Busi. Mgt. C.U. & Indian Association for
Productivity, Quality and Reliability
(IAPQR) 12. 3-day workshop on “Application of Computer in Business”
June 27-29, 2007
Dept. of Commerce, BRSNC
13. Seminar on convergence with IFRS-Indian road map, organized by IAA research foundation
Aug 30,2008
IISWBM
Sri Galive Iquebal
1. UGC sponsored State Level seminar: “Degree level general education in W.B.: Problem & Prospects”.
Dec BRSNC
2. UGC sponsored Seminar: “Marketing Management & E-commerce”.
Feb 22, 2002
BRSNC
3. 6th International Accounting conference
Jan 11-12, 2003
Indian Accounting Accociation Research Foundation, Kolkata
4. Seminar on “Marketing Management in 21st Century”
Dec 12, 2003
RBC, Naihati
Sri Kallol Saha
1. 6th International Accounting
conference
Jan 11 & 12, 2003
Indian Accounting
Accociation Research Foundation, Kolkata
2. Workshop on “IT and its application in Business & Marketing”
Oct 2004
3. 7th International Accounting Conference
Jan 8 & 9, 2005
Indian Accounting Accociation Research Foundation, Kolkata
311
4. 3 day workshop on “Computer & Its application in Business”
Jun, 2007 Commerce Alumni Association and Netaji
Nagar Day College 5. State Level Seminar on
“Emerging Trends in Accounting & Finance”
Oct 2007 Dum Dum Motijhiln Rabindra
Mahavidyalaya
Sri Subrata Roy
1. UGC sponsored State Level seminar: “Degree level general education in W.B.: Problem & Prospects”.
Dec BRSNC
2. UGC sponsored Seminar: “Marketing Management & E-commerce”.
Feb 22, 2002
BRSNC
3. Seminar on “Marketing Management in 21st Century”
Dec 12, 2003
RBC, Naihati
Sri Anirban Chakraborty
1. UGC Sponsored State Level Seminar on “Changing Scenario of insurance business in India”
2006 New Alipore College
2. National Seminar under UGC-ASIHSS Programme on “e-Business: The new business paradigm in a knowledge economy”
2006 Dept. of Commerce, C.U.
3. Seminar on “Industrialization and Development”
2007 RBC College (evening), Naihati
4. 2-day Workshop on “Information Technology for Accounting and Businss”
2007 BRSNC
5. 120th Orientation course at Ramkrishna Mission, Narendrapur
Ramkrishna Miossion Lokasiksha Parishad
and Training Orientation & Research
Centre
Smt. Indrani Majumder
1. UGC sponsored state level seminar on “Eastern India: The Emerging Issues in Development”
Jan 19-20th 2001
Department of Economics, RBC College, Naihati
2. National Seminar on IPR & Related Issues
Sep 2nd & 3rd , 2004
Dept. of Busi. Admn. and Dept. of
Commerce, University of Kalyani,
3. International Conference on FDI, Globalization and Development
Feb 5th & 6th 2008
Department of Economics, University
of Kalyani 4. Seminar on “Investor Awareness” Sep 26,
2008 The Institute of
Company Secretaries of India & Dept. of
Busi. Admn. University of Kalyani
Sri Manabendra
National Accounting Conference (Paper Presentation)
Feb 9, 2002
Serampur College, Hooghly
312
Sekhar Bhadra
National Seminar on New B.com Syllabus
Sep 3, 2004
Netaji Nagar College Netaji Nagar Day
College Maharaja Moninda Chandra College
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects & Publications)
ongoing projects: No. of ongoing projects and it’s total outlay –
Sl. No. NAME PURPOSE STATUS TOPIC
1. MANABENDRA SHEKHAR BHADRA
PH.D ONGOING The role of Auditing And Assurance Standards in improving audit quality: An Indian Perspective
2. ABHIJEET KUNDU PH.D ONGOING A study on impact of economic and political events on share prices of selected Indian companies during 1995-2004
3. INDRANI MAJUMDER PH.D ONGOING Role of media in grabbing the rural market potentiality with special emphasis on southern region of West Bengal
4. BISWAJIT DEY M.Phil SUBMITTED Role of cooperative banks in the functioning of SHGs in the district of Nadia, West Bengal
5. GALIVE IQUEBAL M.Phil SUBMITTED Study of productivity of labours in the jute industries in the district of North 24 PGNS, West Bengal.
6. SUBRATA RAY M.Phil ONGOING Agricultural insurance- a block level study in West Bengal
7. KALLOL SAHA M.Phil SUBMITTED Incentives and motivation tools in Sales Jobs – a case study of Eureka Forbes Ltd.
8. ANIRBAN CHAKRABORTY M.Phil ONGOING Study of perception of customers regarding service quality in the insurance sector.
9. RUPAM MUKHERJEE M.Phil ONGOING Crop insurance –a study in West Bengal
10. PARTHA BANERJEE MRP SUBMITTED Assessment of productivity and human resource factor
11. BISWAJIT DEY MRP SUBMITTED short term farm credit realization in cooperative banking – a case study in the district of Nadia, West Bengal
12. ANIRBAN CHAKRABORTY MRP ONGOING A study of consumer perception regarding service quality in India.
Publications by faculty (last 5 years):
313
Name of the teacher
Title Year International/National/ College
In Journals Sri Manabendra Shekhar Bhadra
Interim Financial Reporting- a survey of Indian practice.
2004 The Chartered Accountant ( National)
Reporting of quarterly financial performance in India
2005 The Accounting World. ( National)
Auditor’s Independence-a goal difficult to achieve.
2007 The Accounting World ( National)
Protecting intellectual property rights through patent/copy rights- some legal issues.
2004 National seminar in Kalyani University.
Smt. Indrani Majumdar
“Demographic Transition in rural vis a vis urban India: with special emphasis on West Bengal”
2008 Arthabeekshan, Sept 2008 issue. (National)
“ Chinese Sweatshops: the result of out sourcing by global Business Giants”
2008 Indian Journal of Management Sept-oct issue (National)
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: A large number of students are
well placed in reputed IT companies and Ites organizations. During the session
2006-07 63 students and 2007-08 65 students of commerce were given offer letters
in reputed company such as Wipro BPO, Infosys BPO, Genpact, IBM DAKSH,
India Foils, ITC, 3G Global Services in the areas of Accounts, markeing and
Customer services. Details will be shown at the time of NAAC peer team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
motivate the students to enroll for communicative English learning .They counsel
appropriate student for MBA, CA and CWA studies. Sri Partha Banerjee HOD and
two other teacher Sri Kllol Saha and Sri Avijit Kundu aactively participate in the
process of Career Planning, Career Counselling and Placements as members of the
Career Development Cell
13. Future Plans:
i) Enrichment of the departmental library
ii) Organization of field visits to consolidate the knowledge of the students and make
them conversant with the Research methodology, which may help them in future jobs.
314
iii) To organize seminars and to motivate the students to participate.
iv) To publish at least one paper in a year by the departmental teachers.
v) Introduction of M.Phil
vi) Arrangement of different professional training such as e-commerce, e-business
vii) Publication of the peer-member journal
viii) To undertake a survey on ‘Dropout Rate of Primary School children and
Children not going to Primary School’ in ward no. 17 in Barrackpore Municipality.
14. Any other information:
Students Feedback- The department takes feedback from the thied year out going
students at the UG level on different aspects of the college and the deparrment. The
evaluative report of the students feedback will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer
team visit.
Parent Teacher Meeting- the Department organises meetings with the parent and
gurdians of the students and makes a helthy interaction between the Parent and the
teachers. The feedback report of the Parent teachers meeting will be documented at
the time of NAAC Peer team visit.
Tutor-ward Syatem- Inspite of largevolume of students the department maintain the
tutor-ward mechamisn for the academic growth of the students. The details will be
presented at the time of visit.
Distinguishing features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 88.09%
The department runs Hons. courses at the UG level and PG level. The department is
rich in a substantial number of bright and meritorious students with good
communication skill in English. The students of commerce every year bring glory for
the institution securing 1st class and university rank in laegest number.
Sri Sandip Kr. Chakraborty, senior most teacher of the department has been
acting as Burser of the college and also he is the Asst. Manager of the PF Committee.
Apart from this he is the chairman of the PG Board of Studies in Commerce.
Partha Banerjee presently HOD acts as the Programme Officer of NSS.
Galive Iqubal is in the charge of NCC
315
The department helps in conducting workshop on career guidance. For this the
department is trying not only to improve academic results of the students by also
to develop the personality of the studnets through asstenes Computer learning and
other events of Business and Commerce. The department is going to publishe a
reserah journal titled –‘Journal of Business and Economic Issues’.
The department organized out reach activities and extension activities for the teachers
of commerce in the neighbouring colleges of 24 parganas and kolkata through
organizing workshop on in Role of e-commerce in Business where resource persons
from different universities of W.B. and management Institute and Chairman of
School Service Commission participated.
Concluding Remarks: -
The department is major wing of the college with a large number of students in Hons
in Accounts, Finace & Control and Marketing Management. As there is no PG course
in marketing management at the university of Calcutta the depatment has introduced
PG course in Marketing Management considering the vertical progression these
groups of students. The department receives the assistances from the faculty members
of the inter disciplinary subjects like Economics, Mathematics, Computer Science,
Law, English, Bengali and Hindi.
316
History of the Department: The Department of Business Administration (B.B.A.) was
formed under Calcutta University under reference letter no. C/533/112, affiliated dated 13-
02-2002 w.e.f. 2002-03. The first batch was admitted in the academic session 2003-04. This
is a three year course comprising of 2000 marks and at the end of each year one examination
is taken by the University(Part-I, Part-II and Part-III). There is neither any general papers in
this course nor the course is taught at the general level. At present, the course is affiliated to
the West Bengal State University.
Aims and Objectives of the Department: The objective of the Department is to impart Management education among aspiring students
and thereby generating employment.
1. Faculty Profile:
a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive - - - - 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee - - 01
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
- - 06
4. From the Allied Dept. - - 19 b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details
FACULTY QUALIFICATION DESIGNATION YEARS OF
SERVICE
FIELD OF
SPECIALIZATION
Teachers’ Achievement reflected in Students’ Feedback (%)
Sri Anirban Chakraborty
M.Sc.(Physics), MBM
Lecturer (on full-time contract basis)
5 Yrs. Marketing
Dr. Chandra Sekhar Mukherjee, Dept. of Economics
M.Sc. (Econ), M. Phil., Ph.D.
Selection Grade Lecturer
27 Yrs Statistics & Econometrics
Dr. Anjan Majumdar, Dept. of Economics
M.A.(Econ), M.Phil., Ph.D.
Selection Grade Lecturer
26½ Yrs Agricultural Economics & Econometrics
Dr. Srimanta Sinha Roy
M.Sc, Ph.D. Reader, Dept. of Mathematics
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
317
Dr. Bimal Kumar Ghosh
M.Sc, Ph.D. Reader, Dept. of Mathematics
Dr. Arunava Banerjee
M.A, Ph.D. Reader, Dept. of English
Dr. Meenakshi Krishnan
M.A, Ph.D., PGCPE, PGDTE
Reader, Dept. of English
Sri Sandip Kumar Chakraborty
M.Com, LLB, FCA.
Selection Grade Lecturer
22 Yrs. Accounts
Sri Partha Banerjee
M.Com (Marketing)
Sr. Lecturer 11 Yrs. Marketing
Sri Abhijit Kundu
M.Com. (Finance), ACA
Lecturer 2 ½ Yrs. Accounts
Sri Kallol Saha
M.Com (Accounts)
Lecturer (on full-time contract basis)
7 Yrs. Accounts
Sri Manabendra Sekhar Bhadra
M.Com(Finance) Lecturer (on full-time contract basis)
1 ½ Yrs. Accounts
Smt. Indrani Majumder
M.A. (Econ.), B.Ed., MBA
Lecturer (on full-time contract basis)
1 ½ Yrs. Econometrics & Marketing Mgt
SriRupam Mukherjee
M.Sc.(Econ) Lecturer (on full-time contract basis)
1 ½ Yrs. International Trade
Sri Subrata Ray
M.Com. (Accounts)
Lecturer (on full-time contract basis)
10 Yrs. Accounts
Sri Galive Iquebal
M.Com, B. Ed. Lecturer (on full-time contract basis)
13 Yrs. Accounts
Sri Avik Chattopadhyay
MBA Lecturer (class basis contractual)
1 ½ Yrs Marketing Mgt
Sri Biswajit Dey
M. Com (Finance) Sr. Lecturer 11 Yrs. Accounts
Sri Suvendu Roy Chowdhury
M.Com Lecturer (class basis contractual)
1 ½ Yrs Accounts
Tumpa Chakraborty
M.sc Lecturer, Dept. of Computer Science
Sri Dipak Das Choudhuri
B.Com,M.A, LLB Lecturer (class basis contractual)
4 Yr. History & Law
Sri Arindam Mukherjee
MBA Lecturer (class basis contractual)
2 Yrs. Human Resource Mgt
Sri Arindom Chakraborty
M.A.(Econ) , MBA
Lecturer (class basis contractual)
2 Yrs. Marketing Mgt
Sri Arnab Majumder
MBA Lecturer (class basis contractual)
1 Yr. Marketing Mgt.
318
Sri Ajit Chakrabarty
B.E, PGDHD Guest Lecturer
Sri Snehasish Saha
M.sc, PGDCA Guest Lecturer
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s
achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
2. Student Profile:
Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 34 09 04 21 17 SC 04 01 02 01 01 ST - - - - - OBC - - - - - Total 38 10 06 22 18 Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 - 01 1501-5000 10 03 5001-10000 07 01 10001-15000 09 03 15001-20000 02 - Above 20000 02 02 Total* 30 10
*The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non-
availability of data on economic status.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2008.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: SUCCESS RATE OF STUDENTS (BBA)
Year Total appeared Total Passed % of Pass 1st Class/Div 2nd Class/Div 2005 02 02 100 - 02 2006 05 05 100 03 02
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a) Departmental Infrastructure:
319
Class Room No. 133:3mX6m (1st Yr-85 Middle Road)
Class Room No. 105A:3mX7.5m (2nd Yr-6 Riverside Road)
Class Room No. 105B:3mX7.5m (3rd Yr-6 Riverside Road)
b) Library:
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
Nil 377 Nil c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection.
d) Laboratory: N/A
i. Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: N.A.
ii. List of Equipments:
e) Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]:
4 hours and 1.5 hours per week respectively. Counseling classes are
allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post
Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at
least six counseling classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/
Orientation): N.A.
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &
Research: Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher /
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
320
week 01
(fulltime) 18 hrs. - 5 hrs. 5 hrs. 5 hrs. -
06 (Class basis)
8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -
10.Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium
attended): Name of the Teachers
Seminars/ Conference /Workshops/Orientation Programme/ Refresher Courses
Held on /during
Organized By
Sri Anirban Chakraborty
1. UGC Sponsored State Level Seminar on “Changing Scenario of insurance business in India”
2006 New Alipore College
2. National Seminar under UGC-ASIHSS Programme on “e-Business: The new business paradigm in a knowledge economy”
2006 Dept. of Commerce, C.U.
3. Seminar on “Industrialization and Development”
2007 RBC College (evening), Naihati
4. 3-day Workshop on “Information Technology for Accounting and Businss”
Sept 27 – 29, 2007
BRSNC
5. 120th Orientation course at Ramkrishna Mission, Narendrapur
Ramkrishna Miossion Lokasiksha Parishad and Training Orientation & Research Centre
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects &
Publications)
Ongoing projects: 2
Sl. No
NAME PURPO STATUS TOPIC
1. ANIRBAN CHAKRABORTY
M.Phil. ONGOIN Study of perception of customers regarding service quality in the insurance sector.
2. MRP ONGOIN A study of consumer perception regarding service quality in India.
Publications by faculty (last 5 years): Nil
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Details will be shown at the time of
NAAC Peer Team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning,
321
preparation of competitive examination like CAT, MAT etc. and vertical progression
of study and providing information for different types of jobs.
13. Future Plans: The Department plans to do the following in future-
a) Establishment of departmental library.
b) Establishment of separate placement cell for the department.
c) Enhancement of frequency of industrial visits.
d) Inviting more industry personnel to act as Guest Lecturers in the
department.
e) Opening of more specialization subjects in the course.
14. Any other information:
Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-
back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations
about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and
suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the
time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Teachers are
cooperative, regular and sincere.
2. Examination system is good.
1. No departmental library.
2. Provision for separate computer lab.
1. Easy access to Internet facility.
2. Departmental library should be introduced.
Distinguishing Features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: %
Regular arrangement of industrial visit.
• Summer training of the students in different industrial fields.
• Teacher student ratio is high.
Concluding Remarks:
The department is performing well and the departmental teachers to the best
of their capacity discharge their duty in the interest of the students in the teaching-
learning process, academic growth, preparation for different examinations, industrial
visit, summer training etc. for the development of the students.
322
History of the Department:
The Department of Bengali was established in the College in the year 1964 (vide
letter no. C/442/112 dt 14.08.1964) with Honours in Bengali. Thereafter the
Department has been doing all the things regarding to the prospect of the college and
of the department. Departmental activities are always with the achievement and
prospect of the Departmental students. Many of them are shining with their careers,
The Departmental represented by many reputed teachers with versatile personalities.
Prof. Shanti Singha Roy represented himself as the Principal of the College.
One time the Department was Jubilant with nine Departmental Teachers. Now the
Department has four fulltime teachers (on substantive basis) and two Management
appointed class basis teachers.Employability and Carrier advancement with many
Cultural and Social activities are the features of the department.
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
The Department always looks forward with the academic syllabus and Curriculum
and Corrigendum to the employability and Career advancement of the Departmental
Students. Many innovation like Tutor Ward, Library Class, inter departmental
activities in the college and outside the college are the main aims and objectives. The
Department likes to introduce co-related Computer Courses, communicative English
Courses, and courses like employability test with aptitude and reasoning test etc.
Main objective of the Department is with the result orientation, especially in
Honours course where efforts are being given by the teachers to obtain higher marks
for the students.
1. Faculty Profile:
a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 04 04 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee - -
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
05 05
DEPARTMENT OF BENGALI
323
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details
Sl. Name of the Teacher
Designation Qualification Experience in years
Field of Specialization
Teachers Competency reflected in students’ feedback
1. Dr. Dipak Chaudhuri
Reader M.A. Ph. D 20 Comparative Literature
77.63%
2. Sri. Dipak Kr. Bhattacharya
Selection Grade lecturer
M.A 24 Drama 85.07%
3. Arun Kr.Dutta
Lecturer M.A 03 Novel and Short Stories
78.47%
4. Dr. Puspa Bairagya
Lecturer M.A, Ph.D. 03 Linguistics 61.56%
5. Sri. Mridul Dutta Roy
Lecturer M.A 0.5 Modern Bengali Poetry
Joined recently
6. Smt. Sonali Banerjee
Lecturer M.A 0.5 Linguistics Joined recently
7. Dr. Diti Roy Guest Lecturer
M.A, Ph.D. 06 Comparative Literature
58.94%
8. Dr. Hiren Chatterjee
Guest Lecturer
M.A, Ph.D. 33 Novel and Short Stories
9. Sri Santanu Sarkar
Guest Lecturer
M.A. 04
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s
achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
2. Student Profile:
Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 209 206 211 218 239 SC 25 31 33 45 38 ST 3 3 1 2 3 OBC 4 7 10 10 8 Total 241 247 255 275 288 Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 30 32 1501-5000 92 66 5001-10000 61 45 10001-15000 26 17
324
15001-20000 13 9 Above 20000 6 4 Total* 228 173
*The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non-
availability of data on economic status.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 82 82 65 15 01 - - 0.10 100 99.64 2004 78 78 54 16 04 - - 0.02 100 99.79 2005 86 86 28 51 05 01 1.16 0.30 100 99.88 2006 86 86 40 39 07 - - 0.34 100 99.80 2007 69 69 43 23 02 - - 0.24 100 99.76 2008 82 82 67 13 02 Nil - 0.12 100 99.92
* Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a) Departmental Infrastructure:
Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are
Class Room No. 219 : 9.35mX11m
Class Room No. 220 : 6.5mX8.9m
b) Library
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
169 4376 Seven c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection.
d) Laboratory: N.A.
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
ii) List of Equipments:
e) Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning
325
Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]:
On an average 2 hrs (academic counseling). Counseling classes are allotted
and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A
teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling
classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/
Orientation)
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation Date
Dr. Puspa Bairagya Refresher Course (CU) 2 Dec 08 to 21 Dec 08
Sri Arun Kr. Dutta Orientation Programme 17 Sep 08 to 07 Oct 08
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &
Research:
Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
04 (fulltime)
29 hrs. - - 5 hrs. 2 hrs. -
05 (Class basis)
8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium
attended):
Will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. 11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects &
Publications)
326
Ongoing projects–Three
Name of the faculty Title of the ongoing project Arun Kr.Dutta Upendranath Gangopadhyay: Life & Literature along with his
edited journal “Vichitra” Dr. Puspa Bairagya Folk element in modern Bengali poetry Dr.Diti Roy Bangla Bhasha Sahitya O samaj preksha pate “tatwabodhini”
patrika bhoomika Publication: Will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 15 to 20
students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job market
and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning,
preparation of competitive examination like SSC, research programme and vertical
progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs.
13. Future Plans:
Improvement of academic improvement of the students through Tutor-
Ward system and counseling.
To introduce technology enabled teaching-learning process.
To enrich and more involvement of teachers and students to promote
departmental library activity.
To introduce Digital Class Room.
Introduction of PG course in Bengali.
14. Any other information:
Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-
back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations
about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and
suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the
time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Good relationship
between teachers and the students.
2. Teachers are cooperative with the students.
1. Lack of more text books in the departmental library. 2. Unsatisfactory Sanitary System and College
1. Purchase of more books in the departmental library.
2. More tutorial classes are needed.
327
3. Teaching-learning process is satisfactory.
Canteen. 3. Active involvement of teachers in the library class.
Parent’s Feedback:
Parents are happy with the performance of the teachers.
College library should be upgraded with more lending facilities.
Career Advancement Course be introduced.
Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Tutor ward System: Tutor ward System is an excellent innovation regarding the
advancement of the total academics. Group wise distribution of Tutorial ward may be
nourished effectively. Therefore elements and accessories like Computer, LCD
Projector, Laptop, Projector for viewing cinema may be used effectively. Educational
excursion is also necessary for much more good relationship which should be
developed through Tutor ward System.
Distinguishing Features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 86.10%
The Department of Bengali celebrates ‘Ekushe’, Bangla Bhasa Diwas on 21st
February of each year where eminent personalities of Bengali literature and drama
participate every year.
Celebration of Teachers’ day.
Publication of wall magazine.
Organisation of seminars where speakers are the students and eminent
personalities such as Manoj Mitra, Bratya Basu, Soumitra Basu, Jay
Goswami, Hiren Chatterjee, Barun Kumar Chakraborty etc.
Concluding Remarks:
The departmental teachers take care of all round development of the students.
The motivation of the teachers are satisfactory and they devote a substantial amount
of time for the advancement of the department and institution.
328
History of the Department: The college initiated the department in the year 1970 as
a subject in the General level with affiliation to University of Calcutta vide letter no.
C/11526/112 dt. 06.02.1970. As per demand of the society and with necessary
capacity building, college open the honours course with affiliation to University of
Calcutta vide letter no. C/773/112 dt 28.08.1996 and G.O. No. 249/Edn(CS) dt
03.04.1998.
Aims and Objectives of the Department: Our first objective is to create interest
among the pupil and to make them understand the accountability of the subject in the
present scenario. We should try to make them not only academically sound but also
well being persons so that they can serve the society. We would like to prepare our
students technologically enable.
1. Faculty Profile:
a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 03 02 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee 01 01
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
03 03
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details
Sl. Name of the Teacher
Designation Qualification Experience in years
Field of Specialization
Teachers Competency reflected in students’ feedback
1. Dr. Md. Abdul Odud Mondol
Reader M.A., Ph.D. 24 Educational Technology
85.59%
2. Sri Manishankar Roy
Selection Grade Lecturer
M.A, M.Phil. 09 History of Education
85.23%
3. Smt. Chandrani Sanyal
Lecturer M.A 05 Special Education
88.4%
4. Smt. Nupur Sur
Lecturer M.A 02 Curriculum 70.44%
5. Smt. Doyel Majumdar
Lecturer M.A 02 Mental Hygine
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
329
6. Dr. Jayasree Dev
Guest Lecturer
M.A, Ph.D. 30 Curriculum
7. Smt. Shilpi Roy Chowdhuri
Lecturer M.A 1 Technology Joined recently
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s
achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
2. Student Profile:
Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 149 144 137 142 133 SC 18 16 17 27 27 ST 2 2 2 0 0 OBC 3 3 4 3 4 Total 172 165 160 172 164 Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 24 16 1501-5000 63 36 5001-10000 40 27 10001-15000 17 11 15001-20000 9 4 Above 20000 3 2 Total* 156 96
*The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non-
availability of data on economic status.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2006-07.
Dr. A. Odud, a senior faculty member of the department participated in syllabus
reform committee in C.U. (2002).
Faculty members of the department Dr. A.Odud & Sri M.S. Roy participated in
syllabus reform committee of University of Kalyani as members of Board of Studies
2006-07.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:
330
Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 61 61 33 19 04 02 3.28 3.26 100 99.78 2004 41 41 17 16 07 - - 1.79 100 99.84 2005 51 51 05 28 13 05 9.80 4.30 100 100 2006 52 52 07 13 20 12 23.08 6.12 100 99.85 2007 43 43 - 15 02 07 16.28 10.73 100 99.74 2008 44 44 09 14 16 05 11.36 6.95 100 100
* Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a. Departmental Infrastructure:
Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are
Class Room No. 221 : 6.25mX8.9m
Class Room No. 222 : 6.25mX8.9m
b. Library
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
113 1266 Two
c. Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection.
d. Laboratory: N.A.
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
ii) List of Equipments:
e. Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]:
331
On an average 2 hrs (academic counseling). Counseling classes are
allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post
Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at
least six counseling classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/
Orientation)
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation Date
Sri Mani Shankar Roy
Refresher Course 29 Feb to 20 March 2008
Refresher Course 18 Nov to 08 Dec 2008
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &
Research: Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
03 (fulltime)
21 hrs. - 6 hr. / week (for only one teacher)
4 hrs. 2 hrs. -
02 (Class basis)
8 hrs. - - 3 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium
attended): Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Sri Mani Shankar Roy National Seminar at University of Kalyani 2006 National Seminar at University of Kalyani 2007
Dr. Abdul Odud Mondol
National Seminar at Rabindra Bharati University 2007
Smt. Chandrani Sanyal Attended Institutional seminar as a speaker on “Mal adjustment due to personality disorder and anxiety disorder”.
15.02.2008
Attended State level seminar on “The new syllabus in the education honours course”.
28.06.08
332
Attended National seminar on “Making an knowledge society”. 16.12.2008
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects &
Publications)
Ongoing projects– One
Name of the faculty Title of the ongoing project Sri Mani Shankar Roy The Effects of some factors on different
types of concept development of children at pre operational stage. Ref No. PHW-086/0506 dated 27.03.2008.
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 20 to
25 students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job
market and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer
Team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning,
preparation of competitive examination like SSC, research programme and
vertical progression of study and providing information for different types of jobs.
13. Future Plans:
i. Introducing technology aided teaching method.
ii. To introduce B.Ed. & PG Course.
iii. For benefit of the students faculty-exchange scheme may be arranged.
iv. More seminars should be arranged by resource persons.
v. We should like to deliver power point presentation of the selective syllabus.
14. Any other information:
Departmental Activities:
i. Seminars & workshops are arranged by the faculties of department and by the
resource persons.
ii. The counseling for academically backward students.
iii. Group discussion in class room situations.
iv. For better interaction between the teachers & students departmental picnic and
educational tour are arranged annually.
333
v. Many students participate in different cultural, sports activities of the college.
vi. Wall magazine is published in regular basis.
vii. We send letter to the parents whose wards are not regular in classes.
viii. Celebration of Teachers’ day.
Students’ Feedback:
The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-back from its stake
holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the department
and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A sample of the
last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team
visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken 1. Teacher’s
guidance is satisfactory.
2. Healthy relationship between teacher & students.
3. Teachers are co-operative.
1. Lack of books in Departmental & Central Library.
2. Poor Canteen Facility.
4. No office facility at 6, Riverside Road Campus.
1. More books required in departmental library and central library.
2. Need better students’ canteen.
3. More departmental workshop is needed.
4. Official Transaction should be introduced at 6, Riverside Road Campus as early as possible.
1. Departmental books are purchased.
2. The problem of Canteen facility is minimized centrally by the college.
3. Part office facilities are given to the students.
Parents’ Feedback:
Merits:
i. Healthy relationship between teacher & students.
ii. Teaching method is satisfactory.
iii. More departmental workshop is needed.
Computer training should be regularize in college.
Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Tutor Ward System:
Tutor ward is very fruitful process for paying attention to every
individual of the department, class-wise. In first year we divide all the
students in equal number under each faculty or teacher. The teacher pays
334
attention to his/her group of students. Thus the problems of the students may
solve by the teachers sympathetically. Those topics are further discussed by
the teachers which are not clear to the students in the class. The teacher not
only tries to solve college oriented problem but also some personal problems
are also solved.
Distinguishing features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 92.66%
i. We have acquired 29 ranks at university level in last five years.
ii. Most of the students get chance at PG level in regular course in
different universities.
i. The number of students who achieved jobs is also satisfactory.
ii. The department has acted as a zonal centre of EDCG of university of
Calcutta in the year 2004.
iii. Dr. A.Odud is the Co-ordinator of IGNOU PI Centre.
iv. Departmental teacher, Sri M.S. Roy, is actively attached with the
Building Sub Committee, Students’ Aid Fund etc. of the college.
v. Departmental teacher, Smt. Chandrani Sanyal, is actively attached with
the cultural committee of the college.
Concluding Remarks: The motivation and dedication of the teachers of the
department are praiseworthy and highly appreciable. Our department has achieved a
good academic record in last five years at UG level. In future we like to maintain
this attractive academic record at the UG level in the University. We will try to
minimize the shortcomings of our department and to fulfill the requirements of the
students and to maintain a warm relationship between the teacher and the students.
335
History of the Department:
The English department was established in the year 1953-54 with the affiliation to
I.A. Standard Ref: C/309/Appl. Dated 20.8.53, when there was felt a need to cater to
the study of the English Language and Literature. It was an important subject in Arts
and there were many takers for the subject in many forms. It was a compulsory
component cutting across streams and disciplines. Practically every student passing
out of the college with a Higher Secondary or a Graduation degree needed to have
studied a core subject like English. Initially the subject was taught as Group A and
Group B English language for the Higher Secondary course. Gradually English came
to be taught as an Elective subject in the session 1957-58, with a thrust on Literature
as well with the affiliation to the B.A. Pass Course Ref: C/2836/42/Appl.dated
24.6.1957. It was in the session 1995 – 96 that the department finally got affiliation
for introducing the Honours course in English (Ref: C / 1195 / 112, Application
dated: 26.10.1995).
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
The main focus of the department of English is not just to teach the subject but to
develop in the student qualities like sense of aesthetics, sensitivity, empathy and build
in them a general awareness of the relevance of literature to life. The department
strives to help the students to enjoy and appreciate literary works. The stress is more
on helping them learn rather than teach. We encourage the self-learning process by
acting as facilitators rather than teachers. The teachers make themselves available
whenever the students need them and the learning process is continued even beyond
the classroom. The teachers take upon themselves the mammoth task of making clear
the role and relevance of English Literature in modern times and how it now can be
studied as a crossover subject and at an interdisciplinary level.
1. Faculty Profile:
a) Adequacy
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
336
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 04 04 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee - -
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
03 03
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details
Sl No
Name Designation Highest Qualification
Specialization Experience Teachers Competency reflected in students’ feedback / Remarks
1. Meenakshi Krishnan
Reader & H.O.D.
M.A., Ph.D. Linguistics, American Literature, ELT
12+ 91.08%
2. Arunav Banerjee
Reader M.A., Ph.D. Greek Tragedy 25 86.21%
3 Partha Bandyopadhyay
Lecturer (Sel. Gr.)
M.A Contemporary English
24 87.71%
4 Krishnakali Basu
Lecturer (Sel. Gr.)
M.A. History of English Language
17 86.15%
5 Arunabha Ghosh
Lecturer M.A. American Literature
1+ 67.3%
6 Pritesh Chakraborty
Lecturer M.A Colonialism & Post colonialism
1+ 85%
7 Sharmishta Roy Lecturer M.A. American Literature
4+
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s
achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
2. Student Profile: Entry-level competency: Eligibility Criteria
Honours in
Best Four aggregate
Min. in subject Highest Marks admitted
Lowest Marks admitted
English 50% ISC/CBSE – 55% HS (Gr. B) – 50% HS (Gr. A) – 45%
86.8 68.8
Table shows that student admitted with minimum marks is well above the
eligibility criteria. This proves the reputation of the department and the college.
Social Status: 2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 143 150 156 167 171
337
SC 18 20 20 20 22 ST 0 0 1 3 3 OBC 3 4 4 4 4 Total 164 174 181 194 203
Economic Status: 2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 5 3 1501-5000 35 36 5001-10000 44 40 10001-15000 20 13 15001-20000 23 15 Above 20000 15 12 Total 142* 119*
*The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non-
availability of data on economic status.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: The University of Calcutta revised the
syllabus for the 3 yr. B.A. (Honsour) in English with minor changes and it came into
effect from the academic session 2004-05. A workshop was held on Syllabus
Revision and the teachers input went into the amendments.
From 2006-07 the syllabus was re-organized to fit it into the current 1+1+1 system.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:
Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 51 51 26 10 01 - - 0.33 100 95.23 2004 35 35 20 03 - - - 0.04 100 95.89 2005 58 58 37 15 - - - 0.36 100 96.53 2006 51 51 35 09 - - - 0.89 100 97.29 2007 48 48 18 22 03 02 4.17 0.84 100 99.02 2008 45 45 29 13 02 01 2.22 0.50 100 99.92
* Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a. Departmental infrastructure:
Department room: 8 ft by 9 ft Cubicle
Class room: 223 & 224 (6, Riverside Road Campus)
Seminar room: Jointly shared.
b. Library
338
Departmental Central Journal/
Periodicals Purchased/Gifted 42 10 1367 04
c. Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet Connection.
d. Laboratory: N/A
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
ii) List of Equipments:
e. Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
The traditional lecture method with the blackboard as the main aid is
now slowly being replaced by newer methods like using some other visual aids
like pictures, paintings, photographs and some forms of technology like films,
slides etc. The lecture method has now given way to more interactive ways of
teaching the subject. In a class of Creative Writing, for example, there is much
more scope for a workshop method of teaching. Group work and brainstorming
sessions are encouraged which leads to almost everyone participating in the
teaching-learning process. Tutorials and assignments are constantly monitored to
facilitate feedback and help keep track of student progression. The Tutor-Ward
system has helped a great deal in keeping a close eye on students and giving them
personalized attention. One-to-one and One-to-many counselling is another way
of handling student difficulties. Remedial classes are organized for slow learners
to help them keep up with the rest of the class. Project work is another method to
help students learn how to research a topic or theme.
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counselling [per week]: 5 hours and 4 hours per week per teacher respectively. Counseling classes are
allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post- Test
339
period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and six
counseling classes per week
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years ( Refresher/
Orientation)
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation Date
Dr. Meenakshi Krishnan
Refresher Course on “Poetry:Text & Context” – Calcutta University
Refresher Course on “Romanticism” – Jadavpur University
December 2003 March 2006
Smt. Krishnakali Basu
Refresher Course on “Human Rights” Jadavpur University
January 2004
Refresher Course on “Romanticism” – Jadavpur University
March 2006
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research: Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
04 (fulltime)
24 hrs. - - 4-6 hrs. 2 hrs. -
03 (Class basis)
8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended):
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Dr. Meenakshi Krishnan
Speaker at Annual International Seminar of the Center for Studies in Romantic Literature, Jadavpur University, Kolkata
14th -15th Feb, 2007
Attended XXI IACS International Conference on “Society, Environment,& Technology: Canada & India” organized by the Indian Association for Canadian Studies, Hyderabad
24th -26th Feb, 2005
Attended National Conference on “ New Directions for Language & Literature Studies”, Rabindra Bharati University Kolkata
28th-29th Nov, 2003
Attended State level seminar on “ Teaching Business Communication in English”, Institute of English, Kolkata
6th July,2006
Attended Institutional seminar on “ Developing Communication Skills in English at the Tertiary Level”, Institute of English, Kolkata
2nd -5th April 2004
Speaker at Institutional seminar on “ Communicative English” at Sri Ramkrishna Sarada Vidya Mahapith, Hooghly
15th Sept,2004
340
Attended workshop on teaching “Business Communication in English” at the Institute of English, Kolkata
6th July,2006
Sri Partha Bandopadhyay
Attended Institutional seminar on “Rishi Aurobindo poetry and poetics” 11th Sep,2007
Attended State level seminar on “Indo-Anglian Literature” 16th Sep,2008
Dr. Arunava Banerjee
Attended XXI IACS International Conference on “Society, Environment,& Technology: Canada & India” organized by the Indian Association for Canadian Studies, Hyderabad
24th -26th Feb, 2005
Smt. Krishnakali Basu
Attended Institutional seminar on “Rishi Aurobindo poetry and poetics” 11th Sep,2007
Attended State level seminar on “Indo-Anglian Literature” 16th Sep,2008
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects &
Publications)
Ongoing projects: N/A
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 5-7
students on average have been employed at the graduation level. Details will
be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental
teachers provide assistance to the graduate students in the form of computer
learning, preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research
programme and vertical progression of study and providing information for
different types of jobs.
13. Future Plans: The English Dept. has tried to ensure that there is no discontinuity
between the past and the future, that the future is built on the consolidation of past
gains to begin with after achieving this, the department must move in new directions.
The most crucial teacher-student interaction takes place in the class room.
The English Dept. has already initiated steps to change classes from being
teacher-centric to learner-centric. Students are split up into groups. Each
group has one coordinator. Through collective effort each group makes
presentations on topics which have been decided before hand. Each
presentation is followed by an interaction in which the whole class
participates. The teacher acts as a facilitator. In future the department plans
341
to expand the scope of this method and ensure that a larger proportion of
classes are held in this manner.
Students of the department participate in seminars as resource persons along
with experts and distinguished scholars who come from outside the college.
This prestigious opportunity acts as an incentive to self improvement. The
departments is planning a news letter, along with other developments, the
abstract of these presentations will be mentioned.
The department plans to bring out a journal where articles by students and
teachers will be published along side contributions from external experts.
We insist of inclusions of students as this can be an important stepping stone
to a future in academia.
Plans are afoot to subscribe to a few more journals
The department hopes to introduce a teacher-exchange programme in
collaboration with the Dept. of English of other colleges.
Enrichment of the departmental library.
Conducting of educational tours.
Introduction of Book Reading Sessions, where students read out portions
from books (not included in the syllabus) and review articles
Collaborate with the Dept. of Communicative English and Education to
review the effectiveness of English Language Teaching in select school and
colleges and prepare a report that can be used to improve the standard of
English teaching and learning.
14. Any other information:
Departmental Activities: Besides the regular lectures and examinations, which are a necessary part of
academics, the department encourages other activities where students take centre
stage. These are departmental Seminars where students are encouraged to make paper
presentations with guidance from the teachers. Groups are formed and a topic is given
to the group which researches material on the topic and the paper is presented by one
of the members of the group. Another departmental activity is the Wall magazine
which is now very popular. Students regularly contribute articles and a selection
342
committee headed by a faculty member whets the articles and selects the smaller ones
to be displayed on the wall magazine. The longer articles find place in the College
magazine. The departmental Picnic is an event looked forward to by every student
and which takes place every winter. There have been a couple of occasions where
Dramatics have been very much a part of the departmental activity. Teachers’ Day is
celebrated in a grand manner by the students.
Students’ Feed back: The department as an integral part of the college receives
feedback from its stakeholders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations
about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and
suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the
time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 2. Teachers are cooperative,
regular and sincere. 3. Counselling classes, mode
of teaching, examination system are praiseworthy
5. Lack of more text books in the departmental library.
6. Delay in showing answer scripts.
4. Easy access to Internet facility.
5. Introduction of PG Course in English.
Feedback from Parent-Teacher meeting:
• By enlargement guardians/parents are happy with the performance and
commitment of the teachers.
• The routine should be more compact.
• A departmental library should be set up.
• A more personalized monitoring of students’ progress would be welcome.
Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Distinguishing Features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 82%
The Department of English has set up two memorial awards which are
presented to the Topper in English (Honours) at the University Examination:
• Sayantani Debnath Memorial Award [in honour and remembrance of a young
student of English (Honours) who passed away rather untimely]
• Ranjit Bhattacharya Memorial Award (in remembrance of a former teacher of
the department).
343
Concluding Remarks:
The departmental teachers to the best of their capacity discharge their duty in
the interest of the students in the teaching-learning process, academic growth,
preparation for different examinations, faculty development programme and research
activities. The teachers and the students take part in different departmental activities
of the college and the department.
344
History of the Department:
The Department of Film Studies was established in the academic year 2001-02 (vide
letter no. C/2065A/112 dt 10.09.2001) at Barrackpore Rastraguru Surendranath
College affiliated to the University of Calcutta. Film studies is taught from then as a
general subject like any other college under Calcutta University.
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
The aim behind teaching Film Studies in the undergraduate level is to create a general
interest to the art of cinema. Students here learn to read a film and interpret it in their
own way. From here we can expect the sprouting of future film critics and above all
connoisseurs of cinema with good taste.
Primarily, here students study different film theories and the languages of
cinema. They watch films made by some eminent film makers and at the 2nd year as
well as at the 3rd year level, they make a short film in video format. So in a way it can
be a stepping-stone for future film makers & audio-visual personalities too.
1. Faculty Profile:
a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 01 Vacant 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee - -
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
02 02
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details
Sl Name of the Teacher
Designation Qualification Experience in years
Field of Specialization
Teachers achievement reflected in students’ feedback
1. Sri Debasish Chakraborty
Lecturer M.A. 8 Guru Dutta & Hindi Melodrama
2. Smt. Rajrupa Mukherjee
Lecturer M.A. 2 Sholay & its Socio-Historical background
DEPARTMENT OF FILM STUDIES
345
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s
achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
2. Student Profile: The input for B.Sc. (General) will be shown at the time NAAC
Peer Team visit.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a) Departmental Infrastructure:
Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are
Lab cum Class Room No. 104 : 6mx7m
b) Library
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
- 70 -
c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection.
d) Laboratory: One
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: 6mx7m
ii) List of Equipments: will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer
Team visit.
e) Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ Audio visual learning √ Experimental learning √ Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week:
On an average 2 hrs (academic counseling). Counseling classes are
allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test
346
period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six
counseling classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/
Orientation)
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation Date
Samir Mukherjee Refresher Course 2004-05 Partha Banerjee Refresher Course
Orientation 2006-07 2005-06
Biswajit Dey Refresher Course Orientation
2006-07 2005-06
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &
Research: Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
02 (Class basis)
7 hrs. 1.5 hrs. - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium
attended):
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Sri Debasish Chakraborty
1. Participated in UGC sponsored National Seminar on “Changing Values in Bengali Cinema” at Nabadwip College.
6th&7th March 2008
2. Attended seminar in “Cinema and Question of Modernity’ organized by Jadavpur University, Film Studies Department.
2004
Smt. Rajrupa Mukherjee
1. Attended seminar at Jadavpur University on “Chokher Bali” of Rituparna Ghosh.
2008
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects &
Publications)
347
Nil
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Details will be shown at the time
of NAAC Peer Team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: General department
13. Future Plans:
i) Enrichment of the departmental library
ii) Making the department equipped with more technical equipments.
iii) To make students friendly with the use of different technical equipments used
in film making.
iv) To publish at least one magazine on ‘Cinema’ from the department.
v) Organizing a ‘Film Festival’ every year in the college auditorium.
14. Any other information:
Distinguishing Features:
Special project of Film making for the students of 2nd & 3rd year students.
Concluding Remarks:
The department of Film Studies as a general subject is doing well at the
university level. Students from various honours subjects show very much interest in
such an audio visual subject. Teachers also give their best to create interest in films
from different nations. This way Film Studies as a subject opens the minds of
students to the socio historical periphery of the world.
348
History of the Department:
The department of Hindi was established in the year 1967 as a General subject
vide letter no. C7064/112 dated 08.08.1968. and the honours course was introduced in
the year 2001 vide letter no. C/2065A/112 dated 10.09.2001. and G.O. No. 1223-
Edn(CS) dated 30.09.2002.
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
Through our methods of education we would like to empower our students so
that they can break out of the vicious cycle of gender inequality and poverty. We
would also ensure that the benefits of education is enjoyed by all and is no relegated
to the interest of few who are economically and socially rich.
We want to give the students a perspective in life by developing his/her innate
talents and the powers of creative enterprise. Through our efforts we would try and
ensure that the students moulds into a responsible citizen who can enjoy a rewarding
personal life and would have the capacity to appreciate the splendor of life revealed
from social interaction and communion with nature. We understand that it takes a
world of differences to make a different world.
1. Faculty Profile:
i) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 02 01 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee 01 01
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
03 03
DEPARTMENT OF HINDI
349
ii) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the
Teacher Designation Qualification Experience
in years Field of Specialization
Teachers Competency reflected in students’ feedback
1. Dr.Neeraj Sharma
Lecturer M.A, Ph.D 01 Joined recently
2. Sri. Vivek Shaw Lecturer M.A 02 87% 3. Dr. Rama Mishra Lecturer M.A, Ph.D 03 82% 4. Smt. Vijeta Shaw Lecturer M.A 02 85% 5. Smt. Sreeparna
Tarafdar Lecturer M.A 01 Joined
recently *Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s
achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
2. Student Profile:
Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 99 95 95 88 88 SC 17 16 17 18 10 ST 3 4 7 5 3 OBC 1 4 4 4 0 Total 120 119 123 115 101 Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 14 13 1501-5000 63 42 5001-10000 26 24 10001-15000 4 3 15001-20000 1 0 Above 20000 6 4 Total* 114 86
*The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non-
availability of data on economic status.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06 by C.U.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:
350
Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 2004 16 16 05 05 04 01 6.25 5.81 100 100 2005 19 19 04 08 06 01 9.80 8.45 100 100 2006 43 43 18 19 04 02 4.65 3.35 100 100 2007 36 36 28 04 03 - - 0.63 100 100 2008 34 34 08 14 09 03 8.82 4.12 100 100
* Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments: a. Departmental Infrastructure:
Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are
Class Room No. 203: 6mX7m
Class Room No. 205: 6mX7m
b. Library
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
115 2364 Three c. Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet Connection.
d. Laboratory: N.A.
i. Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
iii) List of Equipments:
e. Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning (Including internet) Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]:
On an average 1.2 hrs & 40 mins per week respectively. Counseling classes
are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test
351
period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and six counseling
classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/
Orientation): N.A.
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &
Research: Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
02 (fulltime)
18 hrs. - - 4 hrs. 1 hrs. -
03 (Class basis)
8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium
attended):
Name of the teacher
National seminar Date International Seminar
Date
1. Dr. Neeraj
Sharma
1. Attended seminar as a speaker on “Pandit Hajari Prasad Diwedi ki samiksha drishti” Sanskritik Samalochna aur Hajari Prasad Diwedi, Hindi department, Allahabad University, U.P.
2. Attended seminar as a speaker on “Manviyta ke nav nirmata santh Raidas” at Rashtriya Hindi Sodh Sangoshti. Govt. College of Raghogarh, Guna, M.P.
3. Attended Seminar as a speaker on “ Bacchan ke kavya ki gitatmakta”, Uttar Chayavad aur Harivansha Rai Bacchan”, Govt.
9th – 10th March 2008
15th -16th April 2003
12th -13th Dec 2004
None
352
Adarsh Vigyan College, Jabalpur, M.P.
2. Sri Vivek
Shaw
1. Renaissance and Indian languages’ – Calcutta University(21st – 23rd Nov. 2006)
2. 1857 ka mahavidroh aur Hindi Sahitya ka punarmulyankan’ – Savitri Girls College, U.G.C. sponsors (28th March 2008)
3. ‘Impact of non co-operation movement of North eastern, Hindi and Urdu literature- Gandhi Smriti and Darshan Samiti, New Delhi (8th Feb. 2008)
21st -23rd Nov.2006
28th march 2008
8th Feb.2008
None
3. Dr. Rama
Mishra
1. Ecological modernization in the contest of crisis in our national environment, Khidirpur College, Calcutta (W.B.)
2. Acharya Hajari Prasad
Diwedi Janmsatabdi Bhartiya Bhasha Parishad.
3. 1857 ka mahavidroh aur
hindi, Savitri Girls College, Calcutta (W.B.).
4. Vaishwaikaran, Hindi aur
Ramvilash Sharma- 2006-07, Punarnirman Mission Calcutta.
5. Acharya Hajari Prasad Diwedi Chintan aur Srijan. Hindi Department, Burdwan University, (W.B.)
31 March, 2006,
28th -30th Sept. 2007,
28th March 2008.
3rd -4th Apr. 2008.
A challenge for religious tradition,
30th Nov.-2nd Dec. 2007
353
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects &
Publications)
One Ph.D. research project by Sri Vivek Shaw on “Dr. Ranghay Raghav ke
katha sathya mein samjik chetna”.from C.U registered in the year 2007 under Dr.
Chandrakala Pandey. (Self financed) Name of the
teacher Title Year International/National/College
In Journals/Magazine Dr.Neeraj Sharma
Apbhransh ke Jain kavi Dhanpal aur unka Bhavishyat kaha.
2003 Apbhransh Bharti
Hindi kahani: Stri vimarsh ke ird gird 2003 Pratishruti Dalit vimarsh aur hindi ke dalit kahanikar
2005 Pratishruti
Acharya Hazariprasad Diwedi ki samiksha drishti.
2008 Hindi Anusheelan
Dr. Rama Mishra
Chhaya wadi kavita mein kavi panth ka sthan
2007 B.R.S.C annual college magazine.
Sri. Vivek Shaw
Ranghyae raghav 2007 B.R.S.C annual college magazine.
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 25 to 30
students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job
market and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC
Peer Team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental
teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer
learning, preparation of competitive examination like SSC, WBCS, research
programme and vertical progression of study and providing information for
different types of jobs.
13. Future Plans:
Participation in Faculty Development Programme to enrich knowledge and
skill of the faculty member.
Updating the faculty members with various events of local, national and
international importance.
To make the students socially responsible by involving them in different
kinds of activities such as NSS, NCC etc.
To enrich the departmental library.
354
14. Any other information:
Students feedback – The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-
back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations
about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and
suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the
time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken
1. Teachers attend their classes regularly and punctually.
2. Teacher-student interaction is very close.
3. Teachers are very co-operative.
4. Discipline is maintained.
1. Number of seminars arranged by the Department.
2. Number of Books in both the library.
3. Number of teachers in the department.
6. Purchase of more text and reference books in the library.
7. Organization of more seminars.
8. More teachers should be appointed.
5. Department has purchased more text and reference books for both the departmental and central library.
6. Department has organized departmental seminars where students are the speaker in the presence of external expert
7. Canteen facilities and sanitary system has been thoroughly changed and improved.
Parents-Teacher Interaction
During the month of February/March every year, a parents teacher interaction is held
in the department. Parents along with their wards interact with the department
teachers. They discuss the performance and limitations of their wards and they also
give suggestion for the improvement of the department. Department plays an active
role in fulfilling the demands of the students as rejected in the interaction programme.
Suggestions:
1. Demand for a tiffin period of at least for 15 minutes.
2. More number of books required for library.
3. More teachers should be appointed.
355
Tutor-ward system
Department maintains a tutor-ward system where students are divided into
small groups and each group is assigned to a teacher, so that each student can be
taken personal care. Through this repterm, the concerntration level of the students in
the classroom, their attendance, academic performance, library activities, general
awareness level etc. are maintained by the teachers.
Distinguishing Features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 88.78%
i. Students of our department have participated in NSS activities such as Blood
Donation Camp, Members of Voluntary Blood Donors’ Club, Collection of
money through micro-savings box, participation in Thalassaemina Eradication
programme, Donation of Books for the departmental library etc.
Concluding Remarks: On final evaluation of all factors and the feedback received
from students and their parents we can conclude that the Hindi Department has
played a positive role in making difference to their lives. We have not only limited
ourselves to the curriculum but have instead tried to expose them to the world of
Hindi literature in a way which equips them with an in depth industry of the socio-
economic factors.
We would continue to strive to enhance our own skill set so that the
employment potential of the students and make them robust with good
communication and people skill.
356
History of the Department: Pass course in History was introduced in the college in
the year 1957 (Ref. No. C2836/42 dt 24.06.1957) and Honours in History was
introduced in the year 1996 (Ref: C/773/112 dt 28.08.1996).
Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department aims to acquire all round
progress in academic field. It strives to achieve a state of success in which majority of
its students would pursue Post Graduate courses and achieve success in life and
career. The primary objective of the department is to create genuine interest in the
subject so that the students would be able to appreciate our rich cultural heritage and
interprete present circumstances in the light of their historical background.
1. Faculty Profile:
i) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 03 03 2. Full time –Management
appointee 01 01
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management appointees / Guest
02 02
ii) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the
Teacher Designation Qualification Experience
in years Field of Specialization
Teachers Competency reflected in students’ feedback
1. Smt. Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar
Senior lecturer
M.A 09 Modern History
88.25%
2. Smt. Lipika Biswas
Selection Grade lecturer
M.A 15 Modern Europe
88.62%
3. Sri Pankaj Kr. Mandal
Lecturer M.A 01 Modern Europe
Joined Sep’08
4. Smt.Keya Dutta
Lecturer M.A., M.Phil 03 USA 76.37%
5. Smt. Gopa Mitra
Lecturer M.A. 06 Ancient History
89.02%
6. Sri Amalesh Kundu
Lecturer M.A. 02 Modern Europe
7. Smt. Debamita Bhattacharyya
Lecturer M.A 0.5 Joined recently
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY
357
8. Smt. Shipra Sinha Roy
Lecturer M.A., M.Phil 0.5 Joined recently
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s
achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
2. Student Profile:
Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 171 148 139 159 166 SC 23 20 19 23 24 ST 3 3 3 0 1 OBC 3 4 5 3 2 Total 200 175 166 185 193
Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 27 22 1501-5000 91 55 5001-10000 57 45 10001-15000 13 10 15001-20000 2 2 Above 20000 2 0 Total* 192 134
*The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non-
availability of data on economic status.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2003-04 and part amendment on
2006-07.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 67 67 36 26 04 - - 0.18 100 99.51 2004 45 45 20 21 03 - - 0.20 100 99.67 2005 52 52 39 13 - - - 0.15 100 99.82 2006 49 49 40 08 - - - 0.58 100 99.42 2007 34 34 20 11 01 - - 1.73 100 98.76 2008 66 66 35 28 03 Nil - 4.75 100 99.73
* Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a. Departmental Infrastructure:
358
Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are
Class Room No. 206 : 6mX9m
Class Room No. 207 : 7mX12m
b. Library
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
56 1381 29
c. Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet Connection.
d. Laboratory: N.A.
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
ii) List of Equipments:
e. Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including internet)
Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]: On an average 1.5 hrs & 1 hr. per week per teacher respectively.
Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period
February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one
counseling class per day and six counseling classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years (Refresher/
Orientation)
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation Date
Smt. Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar
Orientation Course in History (CU)
26 Jul to 21 Apr 2004
Smt. Lipika Biswas Refresher Course in History (CU)
15 Feb to 7 March 2005
359
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy & Research:
Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
04 (fulltime)
17 hrs. - - 7 hrs. 2 hrs. -
03 (Class basis)
9 hrs. - - 8 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium attended):
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Smt. Keya Dutta Attended Institutional Seminar on “Women in History”. 7th April, 2004
Attended Institutional Seminar on “Pre & post independence politics & working class movement”.
13th April 2005
Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Religion in History” at BRSN College
23rd April, 2005
Attended Institutional Seminar on “Partition of Bengal”. 28th March, 2006
Attended Institutional Seminar on “Varied aspects of ancient Indian economy”.
12th may, 2006
Attended Institutional Seminar on “Bengal Renaissance”. 12th March, 2007
Attended Institutional Seminar on “Women in India perspective:. 31st Jan, 2008
Attended Institutional Seminar on “Society & Economy of Medieval India”.
19th March, 2008
Attended Institutional Seminar on “18th Century politics & Siraj –ud-Daulah”.
6th Nov, 2008
National Seminar on 20th Century-some reflections at Rishi Bankim Chandra College, Naihati
19th Feb, 2008
Smt. Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar
Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Transition of Europe”, Dept of History, J.U
12th March,2003
Attended Institutional Seminar on “Transition of Europe”, Dept of History, Jaipuria College, Kolkata
24th Nov,2003
Attended State level Seminar on “ India’s encounter with modernity, Dept of History, C.U
8th March,2003
Attended National level Seminar on “ Contemporary India; aspects of politics, society & culture”.
28th -29th March,2003
Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Women in History”, BRSN College, Barrackpore
7th April,2004
Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Rethinking Environment, ecology, ediology & development, Netaji Institute for Asian studies.
5th June,2004
360
Attended State level Seminar on “ Annual conference on Paschim Banga itihas Samsad”.
24th-25th Jan,2004
Attended State level Seminar on “ Annual conference on Paschim Banga itihas Samsad”.
24th-25th Jan,2005
Attended International level Seminar on “ Situating the History of Environment”.Dept of History, J.U
5th March,2005
Smt. Lipika Biswas
Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Aspects of recently introduced syllabus of History”, at Jaipuria College, C.U
24th Nov,2003
Attended Institutional Seminar on “ 50 Years of Parliamentary democracy in India at BRSN College, Barrackpore
18th Sept.2003
Attended State level Seminar on “ India’s encounter with modernity, Dept of History, C.U
8th March,2003
Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Aspects of Society & Economy in modern India”.Dept. of History, C.U
15th March,2004
Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Science & Society”, Dept. of History, C.U
7th -8th March,2005
Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Pre & post independence politics & working class movement”.
13th April 2005
Attended Institutional Seminar on “ Religion in History”at BRSN College
23rd April, 2005
Attended Institutional Seminar on “Origin of labour movement of Howrah” at BRSN College.
13th April, 2005
Attended National level Seminar on “ Mahatma Gandhi & the making of modern India”.
31st march,2005
Attended Institutional Seminar on “ 19th Century Bengal Renaissance”.
12th March, 2007
Sri Pankaj Kr. Mandal
Attended State level Seminar on “ History, historiography & society”.
2007
Attended Institutional Seminar on “ 18th Century politics & Siraj –ud-Daulah”.
6th Nov, 2008
Smt. Debamita Bhattacharyya
Attended State level seminar on “Paschim banga itihaas samsad” 24th -26th Jan 2008
Attended State level seminar on “ Sipoy Mutiny: a positive landmark in Indian History”.
19th March 2008
Attended State level seminar on “Child Labour”. 6th Sept.2008
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects &
Publications) One research project completed by Smt. Lipika Biswas on
“Labour movements of Howrah: its ups & downs & socio economic effects
(1945-2000)” for the period of the project (2004-2006).
One research project completed by Smt. Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar on
“Social ecologies of the Lodhas of West Bengal (1860-1950)” for the period
of the project (2004-2006). Name of the
teacher Title Year International/National/College
In Journals/magazine Smt .Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar
Arter Artanad-Chilkar Gabhire o agabhire
2005 Itihaas Anusandhan 19( National)
361
Criminal tribes act o Paschim Banger Lodha samaj
2006 Itihaas Anusandhan 20 (National)
Smt. Debamita Bhattacharjee
“Babu” culture in 19th century.
2007 Hooghly Mohsin College Journal
Itihaas darshan. 2007 Hooghly Mohsin College Journal Bengali festival oriented “Babu” culture
2008 Khalisani Mahavidyalaya (College Journal)
Bengali women in higher education.
2009 ( to be
published)
Paschim Banga Itihaas Samsad .( National)
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Five to seven students are placed
at the graduation level.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental
teachers provide assistances to the graduate students in the form of
preparation of competitive examination like SSC and vertical progression of
study and providing information for different types of jobs.
13. Future Plans:
i. Introducing technology aided teaching method.
ii. To introduce PG Course in the department.
iii. For benefit of the students faculty-exchange scheme may be arranged to
enhance the knowledge base of the students.
iv. More seminars should be arranged to extend mental horizon of the students
and engender research orientation in them.
14. Any other information:
Departmental Activities:
1. The department organizes at least two seminars in every academic session. The
honorary resource persons, the teachers and the students of the departments
offer seminal presentation on the topic of the seminar.
2. The department has a tutor ward system to extend academic and personal
support to the students. Here special care is extended towards economically
backward students.
3. The department organizes a departmental picnic every year to enhance
proximity between the teachers and the students of the department.
4. The present and passed out students of the department celebrate Teachers’ day
every year with utmost sincerity and reverence.
362
Students’ Feedback: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-
back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations
about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and
suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the
time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions 1. Teachers are cooperative,
regular and sincere. 2. Physical & cultural
environment of the college.
1. Lack of fulltime faculty. 2. Poor Students’ Canteen.
1. Easy access to Internet facility. 2. Introduction of PG Course in History.
Parents’ Feedback: – Merits:
i. The parents are satisfied with the performance of the department. They have
appreciated the concept of guardians meet and the process of providing them
with the knowledge of their wards attendance record.
Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Distinguishing features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 79.35%
i. The department has acted as a zonal centre being a pioneer in the district in the
zonal centre system of examination introduced by university of Calcutta in the
year 2003. The department has been the zonal centre of distribution and
examination of answer scripts of HISG examination of CU from 2003 to 2006.
Smt. Sutapa Ghosh Dastidar, Head, Department of History has served as zonal
Head Examiner for all these years.
Concluding Remarks: The department of History has been striving for years to
effect all round development of the students. The number of fulltime faculty members
has increased. The strength of the departmental library has enhanced over the years.
The departmental teachers are encouraging the students to study History in depth and
to aware the students of the glorious past of the historical events of India and World.
This awareness can help the youth to bring a better future.
363
History of the Department:
Our department started in the year 2000 with the sanctioning of General course only.
In the year 2001 we got affiliation for the Honours course also. Initially the number of
teachers was less but as the time is rolling on we are getting strengthened by our
departmental teachers and students.
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
Firstly, the aim of our department is to create interest in the subject among the
students as a whole. Being a professional subject it demands practical and theoretical
knowledge simultaneously. So, our objective is to give emphasis on both practical
and theoretical sites. Our special objectives is to give importance in developing the
journalistic-writing skill and aptitudes among the students. Our objective is to give
special emphasis on computer application, video photography (specially documentary
shooting), video editing and ad-copywriting. We try to develop special skills for the
public relations sector. Our students would be eligible and competent for the print
media, electronic media, public relation sector and advertising sector in future. So,
our intension is to make them worthy for these fast-changing fields. Our special aim
is to arouse the spirit of moral values among the would-be journalists and media
professionals. With the development of the professional ability and aptitude our
desire is to build social awareness amongst the students and make them socially
committed.
1. Faculty Profile:
i) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 02 01 2. Fulltime –Management
Appointee 02 02
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
03 03
ii) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details
DEPARTMENT OF JOURNALISM & MASS COMMUNICATION
364
Sl Name of the Teacher
Designation Qualification Experience in years
Field of Specialization
Teachers Competency reflected in students’ feedback
1. Smt. Moumita Chaudhuri
Lecturer M.A. 02 Radio & TV Journalism, Sports Journalism
80.7%
2. Smt. Suparna Roy Bhattacharya
Lecturer M.A. 06 Development Journalism, International Relation
89.92%
3. Smt. Sahana Chatterjee
Lecturer M.A. 03 Media & Human Rights, Media, Environment & Human Rights
78.2%
4. Sri. Sandipan Dasgupta
Guest Lecturer
M.A. 03 78.85%
5. Sri. Amitava Bandopadhyay
Guest Lecturer
M.A. 03 77.9%
6. Sri P. Sinha Guest Lecturer
M.A. 03
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s
achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
2. Student Profile:
Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 108 87 81 79 81 SC 12 12 11 11 5 ST 0 0 0 0 1 OBC 1 3 2 2 0 Total 121 102 94 92 87
Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 7 6 1501-5000 38 36 5001-10000 31 16 10001-15000 20 12 15001-20000 11 5 Above 20000 8 4 Total* 115 79
*The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non-
availability of data on economic status.
365
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06. Part revision in the
session 2006-07.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year No of
students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 2004 23 23 19 04 - - - - 100 100 2005 24 24 19 04 01 - - - 100 100 2006 25 25 19 05 01 - - - 100 100 2007 28 28 13 14 - - - - 100 100 2008 33 33 27 06 Nil Nil - 0.44 100 100
* Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a. Departmental Infrastructure:
Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are
Class Room No. 102 : 6mX7m
Class Room No. 103 : 6mX7m
b. Library
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
82 333 -
c. Computer: 13 (thirteen) with uninterrupted Internet connection.
d. Laboratory:
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: 6mX7m (Room No. 104)
ii) List of Equipments: Will be shown at the time NAAC Peer Team
visit.
e. Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
366
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet)
√
Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]:
On an average 2 hrs (academic counseling). Counseling classes are
allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test
period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and six
counseling classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/
Orientation)
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation Date
Smt. Maumita Chaudhuri
Orientation Course, JU 17 Nov to 15 Dec 2008
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &
Research:
Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
03 (fulltime)
20 hrs. 5 hrs. - 3 hrs. 2 hrs. -
03 (Class basis)
8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium
attended):
367
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Smt. Sahana Chatterjee
Attended Institutional seminar on “ Indo- Pak cricket series and Indian politics”.
12.04.2004
Attended Institutional seminar on “ Evolution of print journalism”
06.10.2004
Attended Institutional seminar on “ Principle of PR” 24.08.2006 Attended Institutional seminar on “ Script writing”. 24.03.2007 Attended Institutional seminar on “ Making of documentary film”.
22.12.2007
Attended Institutional seminar on “ Higher education in Journalism”.
17.03.2008
Attended National seminar on “ Transition from information society to knowledge society: an Indian prospective at B.U
6.07.2006-07.07.2006
Attended National seminar on “ Media democracy & human rights” at Manindra Chandra College, C.U
13.04.2006
Smt. Suparna Ray Bhattacharya
Attended Institutional seminar on “Indo- Pak cricket series and Indian politics”.
12.04.2004
Attended Institutional seminar on “ Evolution of print journalism”
06.10.2004
Attended Institutional seminar on “ Recent trends of news room operation
12.04.2005
Attended Institutional seminar on “Script writing”. 24.03.2007 Attended Institutional seminar on “Making of documentary film”.
22.12.2007
Attended Institutional seminar as an anchor on “Indo-US Nuclear Treaty” at Ramkrishna Mission Shilpa Mandir.
Sept,2007
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects &
Publications)
Ongoing projects- One
Name of the faculty Title of the ongoing project Smt. Maumita Chaudhuri The Changing patterns of Social Issues
and its effect on Media 2001-06. 12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 20 to 25
students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job market
and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: The departmental teachers
try to develop the journalistic writing skill and aptitude among the students. They
provide support services like computer application, video photography, video editing
368
and ad copy writing. The department tries to develop special skill for the public
relation and advertising sector.
13. Future Plans:
i. Implementation of more technology aided teaching methods for practical part –
introduction of video software for editing.
ii. To introduce PG Course.
iii. For benefit of the students faculty-exchange scheme may be arranged.
Professionals from the different relevant field such as- PR, Advertising, Print and
Electronics Media may be invited to groom the students.
iv. More seminars should be arranged by resource persons for the development of
the knowledge of the contemporary socio-political-economic and cultural world.
v. We should like to deliver power point presentation of the selective syllabus.
vi. More books for the departmental library to enrich the students.
14. Any other information:
Departmental Activities:
i. Seminars & workshops are arranged by the faculties of department and
by the resource persons and departmental students.
ii. Counseling for academically backward students.
iii. Group discussion in class room situations.
iv. To give assistance in the preparation of dissertation paper by the
students of 2nd year honours.
v. To give assistance to the 3rd year Honours students in the documentary
film making.
vi. For better interaction between the teachers & students departmental
picnic and educational tour are arranged annually.
vii. Many students participate in different cultural, sports activities of the
college.
viii. Lab. Journal (Batayan) is published in regular basis.
ix. Celebration of Teachers’ day.
Students’ Feedback: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-
back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations
369
about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and
suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the
time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken 1. Teacher’s guidance is satisfactory. 2. Healthy relationship between teacher & students. 3. Teachers are co-operative.
1. Lack of books in departmental library and central library. 2. Need better students’ canteen. 3. More departmental workshop is needed. 4. Practical classes require more emphasis.
1. Purchase of more text and reference books in the library.
2. Organization of more seminars.
3. Improvement of canteen and sanitary system.
1. Department has purchased more text and reference books for the both departmental and central library.
2. Canteen facility has been improved centrally.
3. Department has organized departmental seminars where students are the speaker in the presence of external expert.
Parents’ Feedback:
i. Healthy relationship between teacher & students.
ii. Teaching method is satisfactory.
iii. More departmental workshop is needed.
Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Tutor Ward System:
Tutor ward is very fruitful process for paying attention to every
individual of the department, class-wise. In first year we divide all the
students in equal number under each faculty or teacher. The teacher pays
attention to his/her group of students. Thus the problems of the students may
be solved by the teachers sympathetically. Those topics are further discussed
by the teachers which are not clear to the students in the class. The teacher not
only tries to solve college oriented problem but also some personal problems
are also solved.
Distinguishing features:
370
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 83.84%
i. Our department’s indigenous feature is publication of Lab. Journal,
Batayan, a bi-lingual journal, twice in the year. Students are the soul of
this journal. They gather information and photographs, write the copy,
edit and make-up the page. The glimpse of present social, cultural,
political and economic world are presented by them through write ups.
ii. Documentary filmmaking is the part of 3rd year students’ syllabus.
Every student selects individual topic and makes individual
documentary.
iii. Departmental teachers and students are deeply attached with the
cultural activities of the college.
iv. Departmental faculty, Smt. Suparna Roy Bhattacharyya (one of the
convenors of the cultural sub committee) and Smt. Sahana Chatterjee,
are the active members of cultural subcommittee, college health sub
committee and Career Development Cell.
Concluding Remarks: We, the department of Journalism and Mass Communication
always try to fulfill the academic demands of the students. We take care in academic
growth and teaching learning process. we also help the students by providing study
materials and personal copies of books. We are trying to enrich ourselves by joining
research and career development programmes. The dedication of the departmental
teachers is praise-worthy. Particularly, the teachers of our department devote much
effort in different programmes arranged by the institution and for the development of
the college.
371
History of the Department: The department of Philosophy has a rich heritage. This
subject was included in the year 1957 vide letter no. C2836/42 dt 24.06.1957.
Initially, there was only pass subject. In the year 1999 Honours (vide letter no.
C/1187/112 dt 02.12.1999) has been introduced. From the very beginning a great
interest was generated among the students for studying the subject.
Aims and Objectives of the Department: The department of Philosophy has been
creating an interest among the students about the subject. The department tries to
encourage them the philosophical way of thinking.
1. Faculty Profile:
a) Adequacy
Sl.
Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status
1. Substantive 02 02 2. Full time –Management
appointee 01 01
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management appointees / Guest
03 03
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details Sl. Name of the
Teacher Designation Qualification Experience
in years Field of Specialization
Teachers Competencey reflected in students’ feedback
1. Smt. Dipali Hazra
Selection Grade Lecturer
M.A 30 Psychology and religion
69.76%
2. Smt. Purabi Das Senior Lecturer
M.A., M.Phil. 07 Logic 69.06%
3. Smt. Swati Paul Lecturer M.A 01 Nyaya 76.08% 4. Smt.
Sulaskhshana Saha
Lecturer M.A 03 Ethics 52.56%
5. Dr. Swarupa Pal Lecturer M.A., Ph.D. 05 Nyaya 76.08% 6. Smt. Maitrayee
Banerjee Lecturer M.A. 04 Logic 69.52%
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s
achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
2. Student Profile:
Social Status:
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
372
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 133 111 111 113 130 SC 10 7 8 11 14 ST 0 0 0 0 0 OBC 1 2 2 1 2 Total 144 120 121 125 146 Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 Below 1500 21 16 - - - 1501-5000 60 40 - - - 5001-10000 39 27 - - - 10001-15000
17 10 - - -
15001-20000
2 3 - - -
Above 20000
0 0 - - -
Total* 139 96 *The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non-
availability of data on economic status.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06. The objective of the
syllabus revision is to accommodate the changes taking place in and outside India
and to introduce new topics relevant for the students.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 33 33 15 06 05 05 15.15 6.44 100 99.32 2004 37 37 15 12 09 - - 2.93 100 99.13 2005 48 48 29 10 02 01 2.08 4.03 100 98.69 2006 40 40 17 15 05 01 2.50 4.81 100 99.47 2007 29 29 16 09 04 - - 3.23 100 99.34 2008 41 41 29 06 05 01 2.43 4.73 100 99.49 * Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a) Departmental infrastructure:
Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are
373
Class Room No. 201 : 7mX12m
Class Room No. 202 : 6mX7m
b) Library
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
187 1341 - c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet Connection.
d) Laboratory: N.A.
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
ii) List of Equipments:
e) Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including internet)
Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]:
On an average 1hr & 1hr per teacher per week respectively.
Counseling classes are allotted and taken by the teachers during the period
February to May i.e. post Test period. A teacher has to take at least one
counseling class per day and six counseling classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/
Orientation)
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation
Date
Smt. Purabi Das Orientation Programme 30 May to 25 June 2005 Refresher Course 29 Feb to 20 March
2008.
374
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &
Research: Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
03 (fulltime)
25.5 hrs. - - 8.3 hrs 1 hr. -
03 (Class basis)
8 hrs. - - 4 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions ( Seminar/ Symposium
attended): Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Smt. Purabi Das
Attended UGC sponsored State level seminar on “ Energy generation strategies & policies in India”
7th March,2001
Attended Seminar on “Existence of God”. 17th Dec,2001 Attended UGC sponsored National seminar on “ Applied ethics” organized by the department of Philosophy of Sri Chaitanya College
31st March, 2003
Attended Seminar on “Existence of Soul”. 30th March.2004
Attended a seminar organized by Department of Philosophy, South Calcutta Girl’s College, Kolkata
.8th April 2005
Attended Seminar on “Nature & values of philosophy”. 24th march,2005
Attended Seminar on “The role of inference in Indian & Western logic”.
7th April,2006
Attended Seminar on “the role of learning in the field of memory’. 12th May,2006
Attended seminar on “The application of mill’s method in practical life’.
22nd Dec, 2006
Attended seminar on law of causation from Indian & Western standpoint.
4th March,2008
Attended workshop on Vaisesika formal Ontology organized by the department of Philosophy, J.U in collaboration with the Indian council of Philosophical research, New Delhi
18th -29th Aug,2008
Attended an Institutional seminar on “Kant’s two fold classification of Judgement”.
14th Nov,2008
Smt. Dipali Hazra
Attended Seminar on “Existence of Soul”. 30th March.2004
375
Attended Seminar on “Nature & values of philosophy”. 24th march,2005
Attended Seminar on “The role of inference in Indian & Western logic”.
7th April,2006
Attended Seminar on “the role of learning in the field of memory”. 12th May,2006
Attended seminar on “The application of mill’s method in practical life’.
22nd Dec, 2006
Attended seminar on law of causation from Indian & Western standpoint.
4th March,2008
Attended an Institutional seminar on Kant’s two fold classification of judgement.
14th Nov,2008
Smt. Swati Paul Attended an Institutional seminar on Kant’s two fold classification of judgement.
14th Nov,2008
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects ( Projects &
Publications)
One research project completed by Smt. Purabi Das (Principal Investigator on
“Euthanasia-moral prospective”).
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: Most of the students progress to post
graduate studies or prepare for competitive examinations. Details will be shown at
the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
motivate the students to develop their language proficiency which will help them
in case of employment as well as post graduate studies.
Future Plans:
i. Introducing technology aided teaching method.
ii. To introduce PG Course.
iii. For benefit of the students faculty-exchange scheme may be arranged.
iv. More seminars should be arranged by resource persons.
14. Any other information:
Departmental activities:
i. Seminars are arranged by the faculties of department and by the resource
persons.
ii. Counseling for academically backward students.
iii. For better interaction between the teachers & students departmental picnic
and educational tour are arranged annually.
376
iv. Many students participate in different cultural, sports activities of the
college.
v. Wall magazine is published in regular basis.
vi. Maintenance of regular attendance of the students.
vii. Celebration of Teachers’ Day.
Students’ Feedback: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-
back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations
about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and
suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the
time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken 1.Teachers are
cooperative, regular and sincere.
Examination pattern is satisfactory.
1. Lack of more text books in the departmental library.
2. Poor Students’ Canteen.
1. Easy access to Internet facility.
2. Introduction of PG Course in English.
1. Books in Central & Departmental library have been increased.
2. A fulltime teacher has been appointed by the management.
3. Other suggestions taken centrally.
Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit. Tutor Ward System: Tutor ward is very fruitful process for paying attention to every
individual student of the department. In first year we divide all the students in
equal number under each teacher. The teacher pays attention to his/her group
of students. Thus the problems of the students may be solved by the teachers
sympathetically. Those topics are further discussed by the teachers which are
not clear to the students in the class. The teacher not only tries to solve college
oriented problem but personal problems as well.
Distinguishing features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 84.41%
377
The college has been selected as Zonal centre of distribution and evaluation of
answer scripts of Philosophy General Paper, Exam of C.U. from 2007 & 2008.
Smt. Dipali Hazra has functioned as the head examiner.
Concluding Remarks:
The department is striving with utmost sincerity for the overall development
of the department. More classes have been introduced for the 3rd year students.
Departmental library is gradually enriching. Attempt is made to generate
interest among the students. All in all progress of the department in the last
few years is satisfactory.
378
History of the Department:
2008 is the year marking 40th Anniversary of affiliation to B.A. (Hons.)
programme in Political Science in our college. A large number of students have
passed out the college with Hons. in Political Science. Presently many of them are
teachers (both school & college), lawyers, municipal employees, state service cadres,
journalist, company secretaries, labour welfare officer, social activists etc.
In the initial years only a few students could be admitted in the Post-Graduate
programme at Calcutta University, because of their failure to secure the cut-off marks
set by the university. Since mid 80s enrolment of students at C.U. had substantially
increased. During last 5 years almost 40% of passed out students are admitted in
regular course of study in Calcutta and other universities.
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
Firstly, exposure of the students to more honours courses so that they can
select their preferred subject of study. Previously, the college had affiliation to only
B.A. (Hons.) in Bengali. A large no. of non-bengali students were admitted in B.A.
programme but did not have any scope to enroll in Hons. programme.
Secondly, only a couple of years back Economics (Hons.) syllabus was
modified and Political Sc. (Hons.) syllabus was designed as a new separate discipline.
Thus, growing eagerness and interest were developed among the students to study
Political Sc. (H) in B.A.
Thirdly, students were under the impression that studying Political Sc. (Hons.)
would give them some mileage in appearing at the Civil Service Examinations such
as I.A.S., I.P.S., W.B.C.S. and other public service examinations.
Therefore, Political Sc. (Hons.) in B.A. programme was introduced with
multiple objectives stated above.
1. Faculty Profile:
a) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status 1. Substantive 04 03
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE
379
2. Fulltime –Management Appointee
Nil Nil
3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee / Guest
04 04
b) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details
Sl Name of the Teacher
Designation Qualification Experience in years
Field of Specialization Teachers Competency reflected in students’ feedback
1. Sr. Aloke Sengupta
Selection Grade Lecturer
M.A Retired Sociology 77.01%
2. Sri. Chanchal Chakraborty
Selection Grade Lecturer
M.A, M.Phil 26 Sociology/International Relations
84.57%
3. Smt. Sumita Chakraborty
Selection Grade Lecturer
M.A 11 Comparative Politics 76.38%
4. Smt. Madhumita Ghosal
Selection Grade Lecturer
M.A, M.Phil 20 Local govt. and politics 82.02%
5. Smt.Chaitali Sarkar
Lecturer M.A 1 Public Administration and Local Self Govt.
75.62%
6. Pradipta Mukherjee
Lecturer M.A 2 Public Administration 80.59%
7. Smt. Amrita Bandopadhyay
Lecturer M.A 2 Cultural Politics 54.47%
8. Smt. Sayani Chaudhuri( Left college in Nov.,2008)
Lecturer M.A 2 Contemporary India 75.18%
9. Smt. Sriparna Chatterjee
Lecturer M.A. 0.5 Local Government Joined recently
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s
achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
2. Student Profile:
Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 General 209 198 190 202 197 SC 22 26 23 20 26 ST 01 01 03 03 5 OBC - - - 02 3 Total 232 225 216 227 231 Economic Status:
380
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 36 25 1501-5000 101 91 5001-10000 48 37 10001-15000 16 9 15001-20000 3 3 Above 20000 3 2 Total* 207 167
*The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non-
availability of data on economic status.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2005-06.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years: Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 71 71 42 20 04 - - 0.77 100 99.70 2004 65 65 31 21 07 - - 1.12 100 99.76 2005 65 65 25 28 02 01 1.54 1.64 100 99.67 2006 66 66 30 20 15 - - 1.57 100 99.83 2007 57 57 32 19 01 - - 0.83 100 100 2008 70 70 51 18 01 - - 0.4 100 99.65
* Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a) Departmental Infrastructure:
Availability of space (in Sq. Mtr.) are
Class Room No. 208 : 7mX12m
Class Room No. 209 : 6mX9m
b) Library
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
295 1916 04
c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection.
d) Laboratory: N.A.
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms:
ii) List of Equipments:
e) Other Resources:
381
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning Computer assisted learning ( Including internet)
Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week:
On an average 2 hrs (academic counseling). Counseling classes are
allotted and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post
Test period. A teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at
least six counseling classes per week.
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/
Orientation)
Participant Teacher
Refresher & Orientation Date
Smt. Sumita Chakraborty
Refresher Course 1 Feb – 23 Feb 2006. Refresher Course 27 Feb – 18 March
2008.
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &
Research: Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
03 (fulltime)
26 hrs. - - 8 hrs. 7 hrs. -
04 (Class basis)
8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -
4. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium
attended):
382
Name of the teacher
Organised by Topic Date Status
Sumita Chakraborty
1. WBPSA
2. WBPSA 3. Dept. of Pol. Sc. (C.U.)
1. C.U. syllabus in Pol. Sc. (H) P-V & VI
2. Problem areas in C.U. Pol. Sc. (H) 2007 syllabus
3. Identities & the Pluralism Project
4. Multiculturalism in W.B.: Policy Implications
12.10.07 3-4.8.07 17.02.06 17.02.06
State level State level National level National level
Chaitali Sarkar
1. Sudhir Ranjan Mahavidyalaya
2. do 3. do
1. Sustainable Development & Role of Govt.
2. 150 yrs. Of the great Revolt
3. Problems of Internal Security in Eastern India & the role of her people
3-4/8/06 25.08.07
National State
Pradipta Mukherjee
1.Rabindra Bharati University
1. State in political theory: contemporary debates
2. Agriculture to industry: in the socio-economic & cultural background
20.03.07 12.05.07
UGC sponsored National
Sri. Chanchal Chakraborty
UGC at IIITB,Bangalore Technology enabled teaching and learning
3.11.03-5.11.03
National
Department of Sociology, CU
Globalisation: potentials and predicaments
16.01.07 International
College at Nanded, Maharashtra,Yeshwant Maha vidyalaya, Nanded
The role of internal quality assurance cell in quality enhancement
28.12.05-30.12.05
National
Gudiwada college , AP Bench marking in higher education
23.01.07-24.01.07
National
West Bengal Political Science Association at Scottish Church College
Feminism as an approach to the study of politics
16.12.05-17.12.05
National
Upamahadesis Rajniti Charcha Kendra at office of the organization, Kolkata
US invasion on Iraq 1.05.04 State.
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects &
Publications)
Nil
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 10-12
students on average are employed at the graduation level.The rest mainly progress
towards post graduate study.
383
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Departmental teachers
motivate the students to develop communication skill in English which will help them
in case of employment as well as higher studies.
13. Future Plans:
i) Enrichment of the departmental library
ii) To help the students in different matters outside the class room
iii) To organize more seminars and motivate the students to participate
iv) To interact with the teachers of the department of Political Sc. of different
colleges to inculcate some best practices
v) To publish at least one paper in a year by the departmental teachers
vi) To arrange special coaching for better students and also for weaker students
vii) To undertake a survey on ‘Dropout rate of primary school children and children
not going to primary school’ in Ward No. 17 in Barrackpore Municipality.
14. Any other information:
Departmental activities: Students of the Dept. of Political Sc. conduct creative
activities like:
a. Celebration of Teachers’ Day through their innovative presentation
b. Publication of departmental magazine “Swapnash”
c. Presentation of papers in the seminars with the help of departmental teachers
in the presence of academic experts from different universities.
d. Helping the organization and arrangement of library books (both the central
library and departmental library) through putting bar code stickers.
e. Arrangement of departmental picnic.
f. They engage themselves in blood donation programme.
Students Feedback: The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-
back from its stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations
about the department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and
suggestions. A sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the
time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
384
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions
1. Departmental teacher are helpful and cooperative in and outside the class.
2. Classes are regularly held.
1. Inadequate number of text and reference books in the library.
2. No separate room for the department.
1. Purchase of more text and reference books in the library. 2. Organization of more seminars. 3. Improvement of canteen and
sanitary system. Parents Feedback: The college and the department organized Parent-Teachers’
meeting every year in the month of February in order to inform the parent about their
wards, functioning of the college and the department, seek suggestions from them for
further improvement of the institution and department also. In different meeting
parent gave the following suggestion:
a. Parent-Teacher meeting is a healthy practice and it should be continued
b. More books are need in library (both central and departmental library)
c. Moral or Value-based education and Personal Counseling be imparted to the
students
d. Poor but meritorious students be given more financial assistance
e. Classes of Communicative English and Computer learning be started from 1st
year
f. Parents express their satisfaction about the college as well as the department
Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Tutor-ward system: The department maintains tutor-ward system for the last 3 years
in a group of 15 to 20 students per teacher in order to address the problems of the
students and to redress the problems. Information about the class attendance,
performance in the class test and other exams, behaviour in the class room,
attentiveness of the students are recorded and corrective measures are taken.
Distinguishing features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 85.08%
i. The college has selected as Zonal Nodal centre of distribution and evaluation
of answer scripts of Political Science General Paper, Exam of C.U. from
2006 to 2008. Sri Aloke Sengupta, Smt. Madhmita Ghoshal & Smt. Sumita
Chakraborty has functioned as the head examiner. Sri Chanchal Chakraborty
acted as co-ordinator of Centre for Career Development. And Placement Cell
385
in addition to his normal duties. Outgoing Students of the department donate
books for the Departmental Library as a support service for the present and
future students.
Concluding remarks: The department can claim that the teachers to the best of their capacity always take care of the students in teaching-learning process, preparation for competitive examination, employment of the students, faculty development. The dedications of the teachers are praise worthy and highly appreciated by the guardian of the students, Academic Peer Groups.
386
History of the Department:
Department of sociology was started in the year 2004 (vide letter no.
C/6314/112-Affl. dt 23.08.04) under the leadership of Shri Alok Sengupta. It is a new
Department. Initially, this subject was not known to the community very much. Later
on, awareness on this subject is gradually increasing. Sociology, as a subject, has
some practical importance. So, the number of students is also increasing. Now, it has
become a well-flourished department of both teaching faculty and the student
community.
Aims and Objectives of the Department:
In the changed circumstances, social activity and social work have assumed a
considerable importance. A large number of NGOs have been operating through out
the globe. We have witnessed that India is no exception to this. NGOs in India have
been paying attention to a number of issues of urgent social concern. Therefore, the
need was felt to introduce Sociology at the Honours Level to attract students towards
this subject both in terms of academic and application because at that time Sociology,
as an academic discipline, was taught only in one college in the whole North 24
Parganas.
The objective of the Department is to make one students aware about the
changing situations – economic, political, technological-which will have a great
impact on society as a whole.
1. Faculty Profile:
b) Adequacy
Sl. Type of Post Sanctioned Present Status
1. Substantive 01 Vacant 2. Fulltime –Management Appointee 02 02 3. Class Basis (Part Time) –Management Appointee /
Guest 01 01
c) Competency*: List of Teachers with their Details
Sl. Name of the Designation Qualification Experience Field of Teachers
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
387
Teacher in years Specialization Competency reflected in students’ feedback
1. Vacant 2. Sri.
Angshuman Chakraborty
Lecturer M.A 04 Rural & Urban Sociology
93%
3. Smt. Sutapa Ghosh
Lecturer M.A 03 Population Studies
89.5%
4. Smt. Sutapa Basu Dhar
Lecturer M.A 0.5 Population Studies
Joined Recently
5. Sri Argha Sukul
Lecturer M.A. 2
*Competency of faculty is measured by the UGC stipulated criteria & faculty member’s
achievement in teaching-learning process as reflected in Students’ Feedback.
2. Student Profile:
Social Status:
2007-08 2006-07 2005-06 2004-05 General 96 86 61 33 SC 4 5 6 4 ST 0 0 0 0 OBC 0 1 1 1 Total 100 92 68 38 Economic Status:
2007-08 2006-07 Below 1500 8 5 1501-5000 32 23 5001-10000 26 18 10001-15000 11 10 15001-20000 2 2 Above 20000 10 7 Others 21 27 Total* 110 92
*The difference between Social status & Economic Status of students is due to non-
availability of data on economic status.
3. Changes made in the courses or programmes during the past 5 Years & the
contribution of the faculty to those changes: 2006-07.
4. Trends in the success rate & drop out of students during the last 5 years:
388
Year
No of students appeared
No of students passed*
No of second class
No of first class
% first class college
% first class CU
% passed College
% passed CU >=40%
<50% >=50% <55%
>=55% <60%
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 20 20 13 04 01 - - 10.46 100 100 2008 26 26 16 08 02 Nil - 8.81 100 100
* Remaining students passed in the general category
5. Learning resources of the departments:
a) Departmental Infrastructure:
Class Room No. 229: 6.5mX9m
b) Library
Departmental Central Journal/ periodicals
62 289 Two
c) Computer: One with uninterrupted Internet connection.
d) Laboratory:N.A.
i) Laboratory Space/ departmental rooms: 6.5mX9m (Room No.
227)
ii) List of Equipments:
e) Other Resources:
6. Teaching methods:
Lecture method √ Interactive method √ Project base learning √ Computer assisted learning (Including internet) √ Audio visual learning Experimental learning Seminars √ Others √
7. Participation of teachers in academic & personal counseling [per week]:
On an average 2 hrs (academic counseling). Counseling classes are allotted
and taken by the teachers during the period February to May i.e. post Test period. A
teacher has to take at least one counseling class per day and at least six counseling
classes per week.
389
8. Details of faculty development programmes in last five years( Refresher/
Orientation)
N.A.
9. Participation & Contribution of teachers in teaching, consultancy &
Research: Total No. of teachers in the dept.
Teaching (Class Room, Examination Duty, Script evaluation) / teacher / week
Laboratory interaction on av.
Research/ project work
Library work / teacher / week
Administrative work / teacher / week
Consultancy work / teacher / week
02 (fulltime)
18 hrs. 1 hr. - 4 hrs. 2 hrs. -
01 (Class basis)
8 hrs. - - 2 hrs. - -
10. Collaboration with other Department/ Institutions (Seminar/ Symposium
attended):
Participant Teacher
Conference/seminar/symposium/workshop/refresher & orientation programme
Date
Sri Angshuman Chakraborty
Attended UGC and UNDP sponsored post centenary golden jubilee international seminar on “ Globalisation: potentialities and predicaments” at dept. of Sociology, CU
16th to 17th jan’ 2007
Attended and organized Institutional seminar on “ micro-credit, SHG Women Impowerment” at Hiralal Majumdar College for Women , Dakshineshwar, Kolkata-35
15th-16th dec’05
Attended Institutional Seminar on “Practicing Sociology” at Maulana Azad College & Sociological Association of W.B
9th Mar.’07
Attended & organized State level Seminar on “Social Change in Contemporary West Bengal” at Centre for Social Sciences & Humanities, C.U
22nd Sept.’07
Attended State level seminar as a speaker on “ Social research: its uses & abuses”.
28th Feb,2005
Attended National level seminar on “ Socialization: its importance
26th Feb,2005
390
Attended National level seminar as a speaker on “Globalization: a sociological perspective”.
25th April 2006
Attended National level seminar on “New trends in career options”.
22nd Feb-19th Mar, 08
Smt. Sutapa Ghosh
Attended National level seminar as a speaker on “Globalization: a sociological perspective”.
25th April 2006
Attended UGC and UNDP sponsored post centenary golden jubilee international seminar on “ Globalisation: potentialities and predicaments” at dept. of Sociology, CU
16th to 17th jan’ 2007
Attended Institutional seminar on “Child Development: Indian scenario”.
13th March 2007
Attended seminar on “Overall development of the SC & ST students and the role of UGC at Srikrishna College, Bagula, Nadia
16th Dec, 2000
Attended a seminar on “Education in a Changing society”at Srikrishna College, Bagula, Nadia
10th Aug’
Attended a seminar on “Market Education Linkage” at Sudhiranjan Lahiri Mahavidyalaya.
8th Feb.’02
Attended a seminar on “Globalization & problem of Employment in India” at Sudhiranjan Lahiri Mahavidyalaya
4th -5th Feb’05
Attended as a Rapportier a state level workshop on syllabi of History at the UG level at Sudhiranjan Lahiri Mahavidyalaya
9th Apr’05
Attended Seminar on “Practicing Sociology” at Maulana Azad College & Sociological Association of W.B
9th Mar.’07
Attended National level seminar on “New trends in career options”.
22nd Feb-19th March 2008
Attended & presented a paper on Indian Society & Practicing Sociology: Changes & Challenges at Dept of Sociology, K.U.
13th – 14th Mar’08
Attended & presented a paper on “ Civil Society & Social Change” at Arambagh Girl’s College
25th -26th Sept.’08
11. Priority areas for Research & details of the ongoing projects (Projects &
Publications)
391
One research project entitled “Children rights in India (a case study in North 24
Parganas)” by Smt. Sutapa Ghosh.
Publications by faculty (last 5 years)
Name of the teacher
Title Year International/National/College
In Journals/magazine Sri Angshuman Chakraborty
Study materials in sociology
2003 B.D.P of N.S.O.U
Distance education – a new vision of the modern world
2003 News letter of N.S.O.U, Kolkata 73
A translated work on “ Jose Marti & Che Guevara- break & continuity”
2003 Progressive Pub., Kolkata 73
Social Research- its uses & abuses
2005 College Magazine
Globalization and its impact on man media
2006 College Magazine
Smt.Sutapa Ghosh
Greying India, open eyes 2004 Journal of SRLM, vol 1&2 Sishur ki adhikar aachhe? 2007&
2008 Samajiki, 2nd issue
Sri. Chanchal Chakraborty
Political development of Afghanistan & Iraq
- -
12. a) Placement Record of the past students: During the last five years 15 to 20
students on average are going to vertical progression (like PG, Entry into job market
and competitive Exams). Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team
visit.
b) Contribution of the dept. to aid student placements: Guidance for career
opportinuties and for MSW examination is provided by the faculty members of the
department as an aid to student’s placement. The studnts are given opportinutes for
competing on different examinations through preparing them writing bio-
dataprovide assistances to the graduate students in the form of computer learning,
preparation of competitive examination like WBCS, research programme and vertical
progression of study like MSW and providing information for different types of jobs.
13. Future Plans:
Introduction of PG courses in sociology.
392
To initiate some project work with the assistance of some reputed NGOs
where the students of our Department will get training and employment.
14. Any other information:
Departmental Activities:
i. Seminars & workshops are arranged by the faculties of department
and by the resource persons.
ii. The counseling for academically backward students.
iii. For better interaction between the teachers & students
departmental picnic and educational tour are arranged annually.
iv. Celebration of Teachers’ day.
Students Feedback The department as an integral part of the college receives feed-back from its
stake holders i.e. the students. The students gave their observations about the
department and the college in the form of strengths, weakness and suggestions. A
sample of the last five years is given here. Detail will be shown at the time of NAAC
Peer Team visit.
Strengths Weaknesses Suggestions Steps Taken Teachers
attend their classes regularly and punctually. Teacher –
student interaction is very close and proximate. Teachers are
very cooperative and helpful.
Notes in the classes are given in English, so Bengali medium students are neglected. Lack of
organization of Seminars by the Department.
Notes be given in both English and Bengali versions in the classes.
More seminars
should be arranged by the Department.
Notes are now given in both English and Bengali versions in the classes.
Departmental teachers think over the issue on seminar and all of them have agreed on this view that the during the academic session 2008-2009, more seminars will be organized by the Department.
Parent’s Feedback
Suggestions:-
Demand on introduction of PG course in sociology with in the college
premise.
393
Proposal for setting up of a Departmental Lab and Departmental Class room.
Details will be shown at the time of NAAC Peer Team visit.
Tutor – Ward System
Department runs a tutor – ward system where students are divided into small
groups and each group is assigned to each teacher, so that each student can be taken
care of personally. Through this system, the concentration level of the students in the
classroom, their attendance, academic performances, library activities, general
awareness level, etc. are monitored by the teachers.
Distinguishing features:
Class Allotted & Class Taken Performance: 83.16%
i. Most of the students get chance at PG level in regular course in different
universities.
ii. The number of students who achieved jobs is also satisfactory.
Concluding Remarks: Our department is still in its infancy. We, the departmental
teachers, are trying our students are actively engaged in community-service oriented
activities. Some teachers are directly related to NGO activities. Because, book
oriented learning is not adequate at the present moment. Subject, like Sociology,
should be directly related to our day-to-day activities. Teachers as well as students
must develop an awareness regarding different social issues. So, we are trying to
motivate our students to the field of applied sociology. In our future plan, there is a
provision for campus recruitment by the NGOs for the students. Teachers are actively
involved in research activities; some are academically related to other educational
institutions. All these are the distinguishing features of our department. It is very
encouraging to us that the students, guardians, academic peers are pointing out the
strengths of our department. But, there are some limitations like shortage of faculty
etc. We are trying our best to minimize our limitations in the near future.
394
I certify that that the data included in this Self-Study Report (SSR) are ture to the best of my knowledge. This SSR is prepared by the institution after internal discussions, and no part thereof has been out sourced. I am aware that the Peer team will validate the information provided in this SSR during the peer team visit.
Signature of the Head of the institution
with seal: Place: Date: